Return to flip book view

GENERAL CATALOGUELV SWITCHGEARWIRING ACCESSORIESCABLE MANAGEMENT

WELCOME TO...

With over 50 years manufacturing experience, the Installation Materials Division continues to expand and broaden its portfolio of electrical products and service. From Cable Management to LV Switchgear, Wiring Accessories to Audio & Data products, our focus is to offer a complete solution for the domestic, commercial and industrial market sectors.With five manufacturing facilities based in the heart of the UK, we are ideally placed to service over 800 distributors worldwide. Continual investment enables the company to remain in step with our customers’ expectations, maintain quality, develop new products and respond to market and regulatory requirements. The ongoing development of our manufacturing processes ensures the Installation Materials Division continues to supply quality products for today's customer.50+YearsBritish Manufacturing

2Proteus Switchgear and M2 are at the forefront of the electrical manufacturing market for innovation and product development. The group specialise in the manufacture and distribution of switchboards, panelboards and distribution boards for the industrial market, as well as consumer units, wiring accessories and circuit protection devices for the commercial and domestic market, in accordance with BS EN ISO 9001 Quality Systems. Centaur and Tamlex have become leading names in the steel and PVCu cable management market. The comprehensive ranges of both brands are widely specified in all commercial, governmental and industrial sectors. Additionally, the manufacturing operations promote direct contact with its customers to provide bespoke solutions to help achieve the goal of complete customer satisfaction.Switchgear & Wiring AccessoriesCable ManagementBritish ManufacturersSince1969

3Design FacilitiesRapid PrototypingTesting FacilitiesStandards & ComplianceQuality ControlDedicated Sales TeamTechnical SupportDue to the comprehensive ranges, substantial stocks are necessary to offer a next day delivery service to its UK customers and short lead times to support overseas customers.We are a service driven business; that’s what our business was built on. We have a vital edge over our competition with our ability to turn around bespoke products quickly.UK manufacturingFamily Owned, British ManufacturingIn-HouseDesign, Manufacturing & TestingTechnical SupportSpeak Direct to the ManufacturerQuality AssuranceBSI ISO 9001:2015Bespoke Product OfferingStock HoldingIn-House SupportMANUFACTURING IN GREAT BRITAIN FOR 50 YEARS

4The manufacturing operations that constitute the Installation Materials Division (IMD) recognise that Social Values matter and are of increasing importance to all our stakeholders, including customers, suppliers, governmental institutions, the local and wider community and our own staff.Sustainability at IMDIMD are on a journey to improve our sustainability efforts, ensuring we continually monitor our climate and environmental impact.Our first Social Values & Sustainability Report forms part of our Annual Management Meeting and constitutes our position on Social Values. It highlights our latest performance data for 2021 on waste management, energy consumption, personnel and supplier social audits as well as our targets for the forthcoming year.Sustainability & Social ValuesMADE USING RECYCLED CARDBOARDWe appreciate the need to conduct our business in a professional manner and exhibit corporate and social responsibility in all our activities. These will include supplying products that meet national and international safety standards; sourcing from suppliers who also commit to social responsibility regarding their employees and their environment and working with our customers to help ensure the installation of our products is carried out to latest building regulations.We are committed to the setting of targets and the management of initiatives to constantly reduce the impact of our activities on the environment either through the design of our products, including the use of packaging and the methods employed in our manufacturing processes.

5Business Ethics People & The CommunityEnvironmentWe are committed to focusing and improving 3 primary areas. Business Ethics - for the responsible procurement and auditing throughout our supply chain; People & The Community - acknowledging the safety and well-being of our employees, promoting equal opportunities and developing relationships within our local communities; Environment - where we are actively sourcing more eco friendly packaging, reducing our single use plastics and working towards offsetting our overall carbon footprint.CHOSEN CHARITIES:Reduction of Single Use PlasticsReduction of single use plastics within all products & packaging.Increased use of recycled materials where possible.Work in the CommunityWe are actively targeting charities local to our manufacturing operations and aim to develop ongoing relationships to provide support. Primary 3rd party suppliers to have a social audit carried out periodically.Social Audit of Supply ChainTARGET AREAS:

6PROTEUS CONSUMERLV SWITCHGEARM2 - CONSUMER UNITSMetalclad Consumer Units 110Insulated Consumer Units 120Accessories 122Circuit Protection Devices 124Surge Protection Devices 127 Technical Information 130slimline 136square 148grid 154metal 162 weatherproof 166decorative 170LV Switchboards 10Custom Built LV Systems 11Special MCCB Panelboards 12Specials 13MC Range MCCB Panelboards 14Moulded Case Circuit Breakers 26MCX 3-Phase Distribution Boards 32CBX 3-Phase Distribution Boards 33XL 3-Phase Distribution Boards 34BX 3-Phase Distribution Boards 38ABX 3-Phase Distribution Boards 41Metalclad Consumer Units 74Insulated Consumer Units 86Proteus EV 64Enclosures/Multi-Purpose Units 89PROTEUS INDUSTRIALIP65 Power Distribution Boards 42Fuse Gear & Isolators 43Changeover Switches 48Busbar Chambers 50Steel Enclosures & Emergency Stops 52Earth Bars 53Circuit Protection Devices 54Surge Protection Devices 61Proteus EV 64Technical 102Switch Fuses/Fire Alarm Switches 90Metering Ancillary Products 92 Three Phase Consumer Units 94Mantel Units 95Circuit Protection Devices 54Timers 96Contactors & Isolators 97Accessories 98Specials 100Technical Information 102M2 - WIRING ACCESSORIES80113152decorative screwless 182ceiling 194Lighting Distribution Units 196Power Distribution Units 204Technical Information 229CONTENTSWIRING ACCESSORIESIP67 Rotary Isolators 128

7TAMLEXCENTAURMeridian PVCu Trunking 236President PVCu Trunking 242President Aluminium Trunking 248President Bench Trunking 252President Power Poles & Posts 256Campus Range 258Kensington Trunking 264Maxi Trunking 268Trunking 298Lighting Trunking 304Dado & Skirting Trunking 306Cable Tray 312FastConnect Basket Tray 316Service Boxes & Plates 322Steel Conduit 329Modular Flush Screed Trunking 330Flush Screed Trunking 333Switch, Socket & Adaptable Boxes 334Mini Trunking 270Red Range & Non-Combustible 272Conduit 274Surface & Socket Boxes 282Dry Lining Boxes 284Bespoke Products 286Technical Information 29010298Strut Framework & Accessories 336General Fixings 341Technical Information 342236CONTENTSCABLE MANAGEMENT

INDUSTRIAL SWITCHGEARDIVISIONSection ContentProteus are committed to bringing our customers solutions for power distribution and energy efficiency, whilst focusing on the manufacture of switchgear products specifically designed to offer reliability from ‘plant room to plug top’.With many years of experience in Power & Distribution, we can help you make your energy use and distribution systems safer in order to protect your people, assets and business. Our comprehensive array of electrical distribution products, technologies and services, allows architects and facility owners a flexible approach to their electrical distribution needs.With considerable stock within our UK based factory and 800 distributors worldwide, we are ready and able to satisfy all of your power distribution needs.LV Switchboards 10Custom Built LV Systems 11Special MCCB Panelboards 12Specials 13MC Range MCCB Panelboards 14Moulded Case Circuit Breakers 26MCX 3-Phase Distribution Boards 32CBX 3-Phase Distribution Boards 33XL 3-Phase Distribution Boards 34BX 3-Phase Distribution Boards 38ABX 3-Phase Distribution Boards 41IP65 Power Distribution Boards 42Fuse Gear & Isolators 43Changeover Switches 48Busbar Chambers 50Steel Enclosures & Emergency Stops 52Earth Bars 53Circuit Protection Devices 54Surge Protection Devices 61Proteus EV 64Technical 1029

10PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | LV SWITCHBOARDSForm 2, Form 3 and Form 4 levels of segregation.Multi-function, analogue/digital tariff and non tariff metering.Restricted earth fault protection utilising Class X CTs providing protection of transformer LV windings.Cableways positioned to left or right hand of switchgear or with high/low level pre-connected terminals for front access applications.All switchgear has the option of 3 or 4 pole switching.Manual and automatic changeover systems.Fully integrated automatic PFC including multi-stage ‘switching’ hand/off/auto selection, automatic control relays, contactors, fuse protection (25KVAr, 50KVAr stages as standard, other sizes available).Sealable supply authority CT chambers.Surge suppression.Modular design to customer requirements.Main incomer options up to 2500 amps.LV SwitchboardsGENERAL CONSTRUCTION TO BSEN 61439-1&2 SPECIFIABLE OPTIONS:

11 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALCUSTOM BUILT LV SYSTEMSWith increasing emphasis on energy conservation, Proteus Switchgear offers the complete range of intrinsic energy management, varying from timeswitch and relay logic to electronic microprocessor control* of lighting, heating and ventilation and fire/security systems.To meet these changing requirements in retail, commercial and industrial applications, Proteus Switchgear manufactures custom-designed energy management panels, typically incorporating the following options:Main incoming isolation/protection up to 800 amps.24 hour essential services distribution.Point of entry/exit key switch controlled services.Fire alarm interlocking.Signage control/extended hours manual override.Emergency lighting test/battery discharge facility.Panels built to specification or in conjunction with our technical departments.*Microprocessor specification to be confirmed by client and system supplier, i.e. unit free issued to Proteus for inclusion within panel.Custom Built LV SystemsENERGY MANAGEMENT PANELS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION TO BSEN 61439-1&2PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL

12PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | CUSTOM BUILT MCCB BOARDSADDITIONAL FACILITIES THAT CAN BE INCLUDED IN CUSTOM BUILT PANELS: Option of lockable doors for all MCCBs and MCB housings.Segregated cableways to suit specific cable sizes and types. Width and depth to suit.Feeder MCCB busbar section accepts MCCBs rated up to 250 amps as standard. Larger rated outgoing MCCBs can be factory fitted to busbar systems (upto 800A).Distribution busbars up to 800A.Standard enclosures to IP3X.IP65 enclosures are also available.Options of main incomer as 3 or 4 pole switching.Options of MCB or multi-function distribution boards.Busbar ratings from 200A to 800A.Changeover systemsSealable Supply Authority ChambersTariff and non-tariff kWh meteringMulti-function meteringSurge suppressionSpecial MCCB PanelboardsGENERAL CONSTRUCTION TO BSEN 61439-1&2

13 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALSPECIALSFITTED DEVICESMCBs and RCBOs can be fitted and cabled to terminals and contactors / 3 or 5 pin socketsSURGE ARRESTORSType 12 & Type 2 surge arrestor cabled in parallel with supply. Din rail mounted.CABLING ASSISTANCEDevices can be cabled to panel mounted terminals to aid cablingSUPPLY AUTHORITY C.T. CHAMBERSupply authority C.T. chamber with C.T. support plates. Built to specific supply authority requirementsCustom built assemblies to customer requirementsSpecialsPROTEUS INDUSTRIAL

14PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | MC PANEL BOARD FEATURES250A, 400A and 800A busbar MCCB Panelboards.Available from 3 to 18 triple pole outgoing ways as standard.Factory fitted incoming MCCB/Isolator up to 800A (3 & 4 pole).Outgoing MCCBs can be factory fitted on request.High fault level rating, 36kA Icc.Removable end plates for easy glanding and ease of installation.Standard board width 900mm allowing easy cabling.Construction gives type 2 and type 3 group mounted segregation to BS EN 61439:Pt1 & 2:2011.Constructed with 1.6mm thick steel with an epoxy paint finish to RAL7035.Other paint finishes available upon request.Key hole foot fixings for wall mounting.Lift off door hinges.MC Range MCCB PanelboardsKEYFEATURES:3-PHASE PANELBOARDS FULLY COMPLIANT TO BS EN 61439-1&2FEATURES:

15 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALMC PANEL BOARD FEATURESModern design allows ultimate flexibility with SP & TP MCCBs which can be fitted in any position.Fully shrouded neutral terminal system with clear perspex covers.Main Earth TerminationMain earthing termination point onto high conductivity copper plate and robust bonding throughout.MC Range MCCB PanelboardsOFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE1.1.Modern DesignModern Design2.Fully Shrouded Neutral Terminal System2.Shrouded Neutral Terminal SystemDoor fitted over outgoing MCCBs as standard using high quality, steel pin hinges. Removable for ease of fitting.3.Removable Door3.Removable DoorOutgoing MCCBs up to 250A TP and 200A SP.4.Outgoing MCCBs4.Outgoing MCCBs5.PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL

16PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | MCP72/I250MCP32/I200200A MCCB INCOMER OR SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FITTED BOARDS250A MCCB INCOMER OR SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FITTED BOARDS(S) - Add suffix ‘S’ for Switch Disconnector Incomer Fitted Boards e.g. MCP32/I200S200A MCCB INCOMER FITTED BOARDS(S) - Add suffix ‘S’ for Switch Disconnector Incomer Fitted Boards e.g. MCP72/I250S250A MCCB INCOMER FITTED BOARDSMCP42/I200FMCP62/I250FMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyOutgoing MCCB’s:Upto 250A TP and 200A SPMCCB PANELBOARDS - 250A BUSBAR 36KA ICCNO. of O/G WAYS CAT. NO. - 3 POLE H W D3 MCP32/I200 (S) 500 900 1705 MCP52/I200 (S) 700 900 1707 MCP72/I200 (S) 700 900 17011 MCP112/I200 (S) 950 900 17015 MCP152/I200 (S) 1300 900 17017 MCP172/I200 (S) 1300 900 170NO. of O/G WAYS CAT. NO. - 3 POLE H W D3 MCP32/I250 (S) 500 900 1705 MCP52/I250 (S) 700 900 1707 MCP72/I250 (S) 700 900 17011 MCP112/I250 (S) 950 900 17015 MCP152/I250 (S) 1300 900 17017 MCP172/I250 (S) 1300 900 170NO. of O/G WAYS CAT. NO. - 4 POLE H W D4 MCP42/I200F 1000 900 1706 MCP62/I200F 1200 900 1708 MCP82/I200F 1200 900 17012 MCP122/I200F 1450 900 17016 MCP162/I200F 1800 900 17018 MCP182/I200F 1800 900 170NO. of O/G WAYS CAT. NO. - 4 POLE H W D4 MCP42/I250F 1000 900 1706 MCP62/I250F 1200 900 1708 MCP82/I250F 1200 900 17012 MCP122/I250F 1450 900 17016 MCP162/I250F 1800 900 17018 MCP182/I250F 1800 900 170• Available from 3 to 18 triple pole outgoing ways.• Factory fitted incoming MCCB/isolator up to 250A 3/4 pole.• These boards utilise the busbar ability to accept 250A MCCBs by using one way as the incoming position when a 3 pole incomer is acceptable.• Reduced height where space is at a premium.• Any rating of MCCB up to 250A can be used as the incomer.• The incoming device is fitted at the top right as standard to allow cable spreading room, this can be moved to any position.• Range of side extension boxes, side meter boxes, bottom extension boxes and corner boxes to suit 250A range of MC panels.• Bottom extension boxes are available in 200 or 300 mm height as standard.• Side extension and meter boxes are available in left/right hand and 3/4 pole versions sized to suit all 250A range MC panels• Corner boxes available when using side and bottom boxes to give a clean look.• Meters, SPDs and Earth Leakage Units are also available.MC Range MCCB PanelboardsFEATURES:WALLMOUNTEDSIDEHINGEDDOORWALLMOUNTEDSIDEHINGEDDOORWALLMOUNTEDSIDEHINGEDDOORWALLMOUNTEDSIDEHINGEDDOOR

17 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIAL4 POLESIDE EXTENSION BOX3 & 4 POLE INCOMERSIDE METER EXTENSION BOX3 & 4 POLE INCOMERMCPMB52RBOTTOM EXTENSION BOX CORNER EXTENSION BOX MCPCB34L* - To suit four pole boards.* - To suit four pole boards.MCPBEB200Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyOutgoing MCCB’s:Upto 250A TP and 200A SPMCCB PANELBOARDS - 250A BUSBAR 36KA ICCCAT. NO. H W DMCPBEB200 200 900 170MCPBEB300 300 900 170CAT. NO. (LEFT SIDE) CAT. NO. (RIGHT SIDE) H W DMCPCB22L MCPCB22R 200 200 170MCPCB32L MCPCB32R 300 200 170MCPCB24L MCPCB24R 200 400 170MCPCB34L MCPCB34R 300 400 170NO. of METER POSITIONSCAT. NO. (LEFT SIDE) CAT. NO. (RIGHT SIDE) H W D2 MCPMB32L MCPMB32R 500 400 1703 MCPMB52L MCPMB52R 700 400 1704 MCPMB72L MCPMB72R 700 400 1706 MCPMB112L MCPMB112R 950 400 1708 MCPMB152L MCPMB152R 1300 400 1709 MCPMB172L MCPMB172R 1300 400 1702 MCPMB42FL* MCPMB42FR* 1000 400 1703 MCPMB62FL* MCPMB62FR* 1200 400 1704 MCPMB82FL* MCPMB82FR* 1200 400 1706 MCPMB122FL* MCPMB122FR* 1450 400 1708 MCPMB162FL* MCPMB162FR* 1800 400 1709 MCPMB182FL* MCPMB182FR* 1300 400 170CAT. NO. (LEFT SIDE) CAT. NO. (RIGHT SIDE) H W DMCPEB32L MCPEB32R 500 200 170MCPEB52L MCPEB52R 700 200 170MCPEB72L MCPEB72R 700 200 170MCPEB112L MCPEB112R 950 200 170MCPEB152L MCPEB152R 1300 200 170MCPEB172L MCPEB172R 1300 200 170MCPEB42FL* MCPEB42FR* 1000 200 170MCPEB62FL* MCPEB62FR* 1200 200 170MCPEB82FL* MCPEB82FR* 1200 200 170MCPEB122FL* MCPEB122FR* 1450 200 170MCPEB162FL* MCPEB162FR* 1800 200 170MCPEB182FL* MCPEB182FR* 1800 200 170MC Range MCCB PanelboardsMCPEB32L3 POLE4 POLE3 POLE4 POLE3 POLE4 POLE3 POLEBottom extension boxes can also be used as a top extension box

18PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | • Available from 4 to 18 triple pole outgoing ways.• Factory fitted incoming MCCB/isolator up to 400A 3/4 pole.• Ample cabling space for incoming cables.• Space next to incomer for metering, earth leakage protection and surge protection to monitor and protect whole board.• Range of side extension boxes, side metering boxes, bottom extension boxes and corner boxes MCCB PANELBOARDS - 400A BUSBAR 36KA ICCMCP44/I315MCP84/I400S315A MCCB INCOMER FITTED BOARDS(S) - Add suffix ‘S’ for Switch Disconnector Incomer option e.g. MCP84/I400S. Triple pole only400A MCCB INCOMER OR SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FITTED BOARDSMC Range MCCB PanelboardsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyOutgoing MCCB’s:Upto 250A TP and 200A SPFEATURES:NO. of O/G WAYSCAT. NO. 3 POLE CAT. NO. 4 POLE H W D4 MCP44/I315 MCP44/I315F 1300 900 1706 MCP64/I315 MCP64/I315F 1500 900 1708 MCP84/I315 MCP84/I315F 1500 900 17012 MCP124/I315 MCP124/I315F 1750 900 17016 MCP164/I315 MCP164/I315F 2100 900 17018 MCP184/I315 MCP184/I315F 2100 900 170WALLMOUNTEDSIDEHINGEDDOORNO. of O/G WAYSCAT. NO. 3 POLE CAT. NO. 4 POLE H W D4 MCP44/I400 (S) MCP44/I400F 1300 900 1706 MCP64/I400 (S) MCP64/I400F 1500 900 1708 MCP84/I400 (S) MCP84/I400F 1500 900 17012 MCP124/I400 (S) MCP124/I400F 1750 900 17016 MCP164/I400 (S) MCP164/I400F 2100 900 17018 MCP184/I400 (S) MCP184/I400F 2100 900 170to suit 400A range of MC panels.• Bottom extension boxes are available in 200 or 300 mm heights as standard.• Side extension and meter extension boxes are available in left/right hand versions sized to suit all 400A range MC panels.• Corner boxes available when using side and bottom extension boxes to give a clean look.• Meters, SPDs and Earth Leakage Units are also available.WALLMOUNTEDSIDEHINGEDDOOR

19 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALBottom extension boxes can also be used as a top extension boxMCPEB64LSIDE EXTENSION BOX SIDE METER EXTENSION BOX MCPMB84RMCCB PANELBOARDS - 400A BUSBAR 36KA ICCMC Range MCCB PanelboardsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyOutgoing MCCB’s:Upto 250A TP and 200A SPBOTTOM EXTENSION BOX CORNER EXTENSION BOX MCPCB34LMCPBEB200CAT. NO. H W DMCPBEB200 200 900 170MCPBEB300 300 900 170CAT. NO. (LEFT SIDE) CAT. NO. (RIGHT SIDE) H W DMCPCB22L MCPCB22R 200 200 170MCPCB32L MCPCB32R 300 200 170MCPCB24L MCPCB24R 200 400 170MCPCB34L MCPCB34R 300 400 170CAT. NO. (LEFT SIDE) CAT. NO. (RIGHT SIDE) H W DMCPEB44L MCPEB44R 1300 200 170MCPEB64L MCPEB64R 1500 200 170MCPEB84L MCPEB84R 1500 200 170MCPEB124L MCPEB124R 1750 200 170MCPEB164L MCPEB164R 2100 200 170MCPEB184L MCPEB184R 2100 200 170NO. of METER POSITIONCAT. NO. (LEFT SIDE) CAT. NO. (RIGHT SIDE) H W D2 MCPMB44L MCPMB44R 1300 400 1703 MCPMB64L MCPMB64R 1500 400 1704 MCPMB84L MCPMB84R 1500 400 1706 MCPMB124L MCPMB124R 1750 400 1708 MCPMB164L MCPMB164R 2100 400 1709 MCPMB184L MCPMB184R 2100 400 170

20PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | MC Range MCCB PanelboardsMCCB PANELBOARDS - 800A BUSBAR 36KA ICCMCP48/I500500A MCCB INCOMER FITTED BOARDS(S) - Add suffix ‘S’ for Switch Disconnector Incomer option e.g. MCP88/I630S. Triple pole only630A MCCB INCOMER OR SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FITTED BOARDS(S) - Add suffix ‘S’ for Switch Disconnector Incomer option e.g. MCP88/I800S. Triple pole only800A MCCB INCOMER OR SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FITTED BOARDSMCP48/I630SMCP128/I800F• Available from 4 to 18 triple pole outgoing ways.• Factory fitted incoming MCCB/isolator up to 800A 3/4 pole.• Ample cabling space for incoming cables.• Space next to incomer for metering, earth leakage protection and surge protection to monitor and protect whole board.• Range of side extension boxes, side metering boxes, bottom extension boxes and corner boxes Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyOutgoing MCCB’s:Upto 250A TP and 200A SPFEATURES:to suit 800A range of MC panels.• Bottom extension boxes are available in 200 or 300 mm heights as standard.• Side extension and meter extension boxes are available in left/right hand versions sized to suit all 800A range MC panels.• Corner boxes available when using side and bottom extension boxes to give a clean look.• Meters, SPDs and Earth Leakage Units are also available.NO. of O/G WAYSCAT. NO. 3 POLE CAT. NO. 4 POLE H W D4 MCP48/I500 MCP48/I500F 1450 900 1706 MCP68/I500 MCP68/I500F 1650 900 1708 MCP88/I500 MCP88/I500F 1650 900 17012 MCP128/I500 MCP128/I500F 1900 900 17016 MCP168/I500 MCP168/I500F 2250 900 17018 MCP188/I500 MCP188/I500F 2250 900 170NO. of O/G WAYSCAT. NO. 3 POLE CAT. NO. 4 POLE H W D4 MCP48/I630 (S) MCP48/I630F 1450 900 1706 MCP68/I630 (S) MCP68/I630F 1650 900 1708 MCP88/I630 (S) MCP88/I630F 1650 900 17012 MCP128/I630 (S) MCP128/I630F 1900 900 17016 MCP168/I630 (S) MCP168/I630F 2250 900 17018 MCP188/I630 (S) MCP188/I630F 2250 900 170NO. of O/G WAYSCAT. NO. 3 POLE CAT. NO. 4 POLE H W D4 MCP48/I800 (S) MCP48/I800F 1450 900 1706 MCP68/I800 (S) MCP68/I800F 1650 900 1708 MCP88/I800 (S) MCP88/I800F 1650 900 17012 MCP128/I800 (S) MCP128/I800F 1900 900 17016 MCP168/I800 (S) MCP168/I800F 2250 900 17018 MCP188/I800 (S) MCP188/I800F 2250 900 170WALLMOUNTEDSIDEHINGEDDOORWALLMOUNTEDSIDEHINGEDDOORWALLMOUNTEDSIDEHINGEDDOOR

21 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALMC Range MCCB PanelboardsMCCB PANELBOARDS - 800A BUSBAR 36KA ICCMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyOutgoing MCCB’s:Upto 250A TP and 200A SPMCPEB68LSIDE EXTENSION BOX SIDE METER EXTENSION BOX BOTTOM EXTENSION BOX CORNER EXTENSION BOX MCPCB34LMCPBEB200CAT. NO. H W DMCPBEB200 200 900 170MCPBEB300 300 900 170CAT. NO. (LEFT SIDE) CAT. NO. (RIGHT SIDE) H W DMCPCB22L MCPCB22R 200 200 170MCPCB32L MCPCB32R 300 200 170MCPCB24L MCPCB24R 200 400 170MCPCB34L MCPCB34R 300 400 170CAT. NO. (LEFT SIDE) CAT. NO. (RIGHT SIDE) H W DMCPEB48L MCPEB48R 1450 200 170MCPEB68L MCPEB68R 1650 200 170MCPEB88L MCPEB88R 1650 200 170MCPEB128L MCPEB128R 1900 200 170MCPEB168L MCPEB168R 2250 200 170MCPEB188L MCPEB188R 2250 200 170NO. of METER POSITIONCAT. NO. (LEFT SIDE) CAT. NO. (RIGHT SIDE) H W D2 MCPMB48L MCPMB48R 1450 400 1703 MCPMB68L MCPMB68R 1650 400 1704 MCPMB88L MCPMB88R 1650 400 1706 MCPMB128L MCPMB128R 1900 400 1708 MCPMB168L MCPMB168R 2250 400 1709 MCPMB188L MCPMB188R 2250 400 170Bottom extension boxes can also be used as a top extension boxMCPMB48R

22PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | METERINGNON-TARIFF MULTIFUNCTION MULTIMETERS (1 & 3 PHASE) Fitted adjacent to main incomer to monitor total panelboard power usage.No meter extension box required.MID/TARIFF MULTIMETERS (1 & 3 PHASE) To be fitted adjacent to main incomer to monitor total panelboard power usage. No meter extension box required.To be fitted in meter extension boxes to monitor outgoing / incoming circuits up to 250A. e.g.6 way panelboard c/w 400A TP MCCB incomer (MCP64/I400).Compatible meter extension boxes could be fitted on left (MCPMB64L) or right (MCPMB64R). Associated switchgear could be 6 x 100A TP MCCBs (MC100T) and 6 x Digital multimeters (MCPMFM100T).To be fitted in meter extension boxes to monitor outgoing / incoming circuits up to 250A. e.g.6 way panelboard c/w 400A TP MCCB incomer (MCP64/I400). Compatible meter extension boxes could be fitted on left (MCPMB64L) or right (MCPMB64R). Associated switchgear could be 6 x 125A TP MCCBs (MC125T) and 6 x digital multimeters (MCPMFM125TMID).MCPMFM063TMIDMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMC Range MCCB PanelboardsAMPERAGE CAT. NO. (3 PHASE) CAT. NO. (1 PHASE)63A MCPMFM063T MCPMFM063S100A MCPMFM100T MCPMFM100S125A MCPMFM125T MCPMFM125S160A MCPMFM160T MCPMFM160S200A MCPMFM200T MCPMFM200S250A MCPMFM250T -AMPERAGE CAT. NO. (3 PHASE)315A MCPMFM315T400A MCPMFM400T500A MCPMFM500T630A MCPMFM630T800A MCPMFM800TNON-TARIFF MULTIFUNCTION MULTIMETERS AMPERAGE CAT. NO. (3 PHASE)315A MCPMFM315TMID400A MCPMFM400TMID500A MCPMFM500TMID630A MCPMFM630TMID800A MCPMFM800TMIDMID/TARIFF MULTIMETERS (1 & 3 PHASE) AMPERAGE CAT. NO. (3 PHASE) CAT. NO. (1 PHASE)63A MCPMFM063TMID MCPMFM063SMID100A MCPMFM100TMID MCPMFM100SMID125A MCPMFM125TMID MCPMFM125SMID160A MCPMFM160TMID MCPMFM160SMID200A MCPMFM200TMID MCPMFM200SMID250A MCPMFM250TMID -• Tariff and non tariff multifunction meters.• Fitting into side meter boxes for outgoing devices or 250A TP incomers.• Fitted next to incomer on 250A 4P, 400A and 800A panelboards.FEATURES:Tariff or MID approved meters are used in situations where it is necessary to charge clients in a Landlord – Tenant type arrangement. The landlord uses the individual meters to charge clients for their energy usage. These meters have a higher accuracy class than Non-Tariff meters.Non-Tariff (check) meters are used in situations where the electricity bill is apportioned to different departments within a company but there is only one company paying the bill.MCPMFM315TMCPMFM315MIDMCPMFM063T

23 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALEARTH LEAKAGE UNITS To be fitted in meter extension boxes to monitor outgoing / incoming circuits earth leakage up to 250A. e.g.6 way panelboard c/w 400A TP MCCB incomer (MCP64/I400). Compatible meter extension boxes could be fitted on left (MCPMB64L) or right (MCPMB64R). Associated switchgear could be 6 x 100A TP MCCBs (MC100T) and 6 x Earth Leakage Units (MCPEL100).• It is intended that the earth leakage units are under the supervision of instructed or skilled persons.• Earth leakage relay has adjustable trip current and time settings.STAND ALONE EARTH LEAKAGE UNITS CT internal diameters of 70 mm from 100A to 200A and 120mm for current ratings from 250A to 630A.MCEL200TACCESSORIESFitted adjacent to main incomer to monitor total panelboard earth leakage. No meter extension box required.MCPEL100• The MCCB is tripped via its integral shunt trip coil.• The full breaking capacity of the MCCB is retained.• Type A filtering.IP3X ENCLOSED MCCBSMCE100TMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMC Range MCCB PanelboardsFEATURES:AMPERAGE CAT. NO.100A MCPEL100125A MCPEL125160A MCPEL160200A MCPEL200250A MCPEL250AMPERAGE CAT. NO.400A MCPEL400630A MCPEL630AMPERAGE CAT. NO. (3 POLE+N)CAT. NO. (4 POLE)MIN. SENSITIVITY AMPSH W D100A MCEL100T MCEL100F 0.03 700 300 170125A MCEL125T MCEL125F 0.03 700 300 170160A MCEL160T MCEL160F 0.03 700 300 170200A MCEL200T MCEL200F 0.03 700 300 170250A MCEL250T MCEL250F 0.1 950 400 170315A MCEL315T MCEL315F 0.1 950 400 170400A MCEL400T MCEL400F 0.1 950 400 170500A MCEL500T MCEL500F 0.1 950 400 170630A MCEL630T MCEL630F 0.1 950 400 170Triple Pole 36kA Moulded Case Circuit Breaker in Steel Enclosure fitted with Earth Fault Relay DeviceAMPERAGE CAT. NO. (3 POLE) CAT. NO. (4 POLE) H W D63A MCE063T MCE063F 400 300 17080A MCE080T - 400 300 170100A MCE100T MCE100F 400 300 170125A MCE125T MCE125F 700 300 170160A MCE160T MCE160F 700 300 170200A MCE200T MCE200F 700 300 170250A MCE250T MCE250F 950 400 170315A MCE315T MCE315F 950 400 170400A MCE400T MCE400F 950 400 170500A MCE500T MCE500F 950 400 170630A MCE630T MCE630F 950 400 170800A MCE800T MCE800F 1300 500 300Triple Pole 36kA Moulded Case Circuit Breaker in IP3X Steel Enclosures

24PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES 3 PHASE + N (4 POLE)SHUNT TRIP UNITS MCST4P630ACCESSORIES*-Wire in series with aux contact.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMC Range MCCB PanelboardsENCLOSURES TO SUIT INDIVIDUAL MCCBS (3 & 4 POLE) MCENC13 pole units will accept 1 x SP or 1 x TP MCCB. 4 pole units will accept 1 x 4P MCCB only. When fitting a SP MCCB, 2 blanking modules (MCCBM1) will also need to be installed.250A MCCB must be large frame size MCCB (MC250TLF, MC250FLF).AMPERAGE 3 POLE CAT. NO.4 POLE CAT. NO.H W D16A - 100A MCENC1 MCENC1F 400 300 170125A - 200A MCENC2 MCENC2F 700 300 170250A - 630A MCENC6 MCENC6F 950 400 170800A MCENC8 MCENC8F 1300 500 300DEVICE MCCB TYPE CAT. NO.Shunt Trip MC016T-MC250T MC040TE-MC250TEMC063FA-MC250FA MC040FAE-MC250FAEMCST3P250*Auxiliary MC016T-MC250T MC040TE-MC250TEMC063FA-MC250FA MC040FAE-MC250FAEMCA3P250Shunt Trip MC250TLF-MC630T MCST3P630Auxiliary MC250TLF-MC630T/MC800F MCA4P630Shunt Trip MC250FALF-MC630FA MCST4P400A*Auxiliary MC250FALF-MC630FA MCA4P630Shunt Trip MC800T/MC800F MCST4P630220VOLTSINCOMER AMPERAGEINCOMER POLES TYPE PROTECTIVE DEVICE CAT. NO. H W D≤250A 3 Type 1+2 125A TP MCCB MCPT12/250 300 900 170≤250A 3 Type 2 125A TP MCCB MCPT2/250 300 900 170≤250A 4 Type 1+2 125A TP MCCB MCPT12/250FFitted adjacent to incomer≤250A 4 Type 2 125A TP MCCB MCPT2/250F>315 - 800A 3 & 4 Type 1+2 160A TP MCCB MCPT12/800>315 - 800A 3 & 4 Type 2 160A TP MCCB MCPT2/800For 250A TP incomer boards, the SPD will be fitted in the included 300 mm bottom extension box. Type 1+2 and Type 2 device kits include a 125A TP MCCB to be fitted into board taking an outgoing way to feed SPD.For 250A 4P incomer boards, the SPD will be fitted adjacent to the incoming device. Type 1+2 and Type 2 device kits include a 125A TP MCCB to be fitted into board taking an outgoing way to feed SPD.For 315 - 800A TP and 4P incomer boards, the SPD will be fitted adjacent to the incoming device. Kits include a 250A TP MCCB to be fitted into board taking an outgoing way to feed SPD.Type 1: Protection against the effects of lightning.Type 2: Protection against the effects of man-made surges on the mains supply system.MCP84/I400 & MCPT12/800(Blanks sold separately)

25 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIAL900mm200mm 400mm800mm300mm 700mmMCPBEB300 MCPCB34RMCPCB32LMCPEB64L MCPMB64RMC400TSPDMCPEL400Core Bal. CTMCP64/I400ENENMCPMFM400TMC250T900mm200mm 400mm700mm200mmMCPBEB200 MCPCB24RMCPCB22LMCPEB52L MCPMB52RMCP52/I250E EN NADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES MCCBM1250A BUSBAR SYSTEM400A AND 800A BUSBAR SYSTEMSGENERAL ARRANGEMENTS** - 800mm height only up to 400A incomer. 950mm 500A - 800A. Depth 170mm/215mm over door.MCNUTM8Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMC Range MCCB PanelboardsDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Padlocking device - for 3P & adj 4P MCCBs (16A to 630A) MCPDSP MCCB blank MCCBM1Incomer door MCPID120 mm2 lug connection kit for MC016T-MC250T MCLK120150 mm2 lug connection kit for MC016T-MC250T MCLK150185 mm2 lug connection kit for MC016T-MC250T MCLK185MC016T-MC250T long terminal shield (3 Pole MCCB) MCLTSMC063FA-MC250FA long terminal shield (4 Pole MCCB) MCLTS4P3x M8 nut insert and bolt: MC016T-MC250T & MC040TE-MC250TE MCNUTM84x M8 nut insert and bolt: MC063FA-MC250FA & MC040FAE-MC250FAE MCNUTM84PKey lock for door XLKLRotary handle and shaft for MC016T - MC250T/MC063FA - MC250FA MC250TRHRotary handle and shaft for MC250TLF - MC630T MC630TRHRotary handle and shaft for MC800T MC800TRHRotary handles are not available for large frame 250A to 800A 4 pole MCCB’s.

26PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | MCCB FEATURESThe moulded case circuit breakers are housed in fibre reinforced thermoset polyester that combines ruggedness, high dielectric and mechanical strength.High quality silver alloy contacts (with elements of tungsten and graphite) ensure both high conductivity at point contact and minimal pitting during switching for a longer contact life.Positive contact indication is by means of the operating lever position.KEYFEATURES:MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS BS EN 60947 1-2FEATURES:Moulded Case Circuit Breakers

27 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALMCCB FEATURESFull technical detail, markings and adjustable parameters clearly identified.Box clamp terminals for connection of cables upto 120mm2 (upto MC250T).Phase BarriersPhase barriers supplied with lug connected MCCBs.OFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE1.1.Technical DetailTechnical Detail2.Box Clamp Terminals2.Box Clamp TerminalsFully shrouded terminals.3.Fully Shrouded Terminals4.Trip PositionMid-trip position of MCCB dolly.4.Trip Position3.Fully Shrouded Terminals5.Moulded Case Circuit Breakers

28PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | MCCBMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMoulded Case Circuit BreakersMC032TMC125SSINGLE POLE MCCBS• The moulded case circuit breakers are housed in fibre reinforced thermoset polyester that combines ruggedness, high dielectric and mechanical strength.** - For panel boards only.• High quality silver alloy contacts (with elements of tungsten and graphite) ensure both high conductivity at point contact and minimal pitting during switching for a longer contact life.• Positive contact indication is by means of the operating lever position.MC100TMRMOTOR RATED MCCBSFEATURES:Single Pole 36kA Moulded Case Circuit BreakersTRIPLE POLE MCCBSTriple Pole 36kA Moulded Case Circuit BreakersCURRENT RATING (A)NO. of POLESkA RATING(kA)THERMAL RELEASEMAGNETIC RELEASETERMINAL CAPACITYCAT. NO.16 SP 36 F 500A 120 mm2MC016S 20 SP 36 F 500A 120 mm2MC020S 25 SP 36 F 500A 120 mm2MC025S 32 SP 36 F 500A 120 mm2MC032S 40 SP 36 F 500A 120 mm2MC040S 50 SP 36 F 500A 120 mm2MC050S 63 SP 36 F 500A 120 mm2MC063S 80 SP 36 F 800A 120 mm2MC080S 100 SP 36 F 1000A 120 mm2MC100S 125 SP 36 F 1250A 120 mm2MC125S 160 SP 36 F 1600A 120 mm2MC160S 200 SP 36 F 2000A 120 mm2MC200S CURRENT RATING (A)NO. of POLESkA RATING(kA)THERMAL RELEASEMAGNETIC RELEASETERMINAL CAPACITYCAT. NO.16 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 250A 120 mm2MC016T 20 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 250A 120 mm2MC020T 25 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 250A 120 mm2MC025T 32 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 320A 120 mm2MC032T 40 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 400A 120 mm2MC040T 50 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 500A 120 mm2MC050T 63 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 630A 120 mm2MC063T 80 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 800A 120 mm2MC080T 100 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 1000A 120 mm2MC100T 125 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 1250A 120 mm2MC125T 160 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) 1600A 120 mm2MC160T 200 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) A (5-10xIn) 120 mm2MC200T 250 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) A (5-10xIn) 120 mm2MC250T** MOTOR RATING KW (APPROX.)MCCB AMPSkA RATING(kA)THERMAL RELEASEMAGNETIC RELEASETERMINAL CAPACITYCAT. NO.30 63A 36 A (0.7-1x In) 15xIn 120 mm2MC063TMR 37 80A 36 A (0.7-1x In) 15xIn 120 mm2MC080TMR 51 100A 36 A (0.7-1x In) 15xIn 120 mm2MC100TMR 63 125A 36 A (0.7-1x In) 15xIn 120 mm2MC125TMR 80 160A 36 A (0.7-1x In) 15xIn 120 mm2MC160TMR 90 200A 36 A (0.7-1x In) 10-15xIn 120 mm2MC200TMR 110 250A 36 A (0.7-1x In) 10-15xIn 120 mm2MC250TMR** Triple Pole 36kA Motor Rated Moulded Case Circuit Breakers F - Fixed | A - Adjustable| LF - Large frame.** - For panel boards only.

29 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALMCCBMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMoulded Case Circuit Breakers Large Frame TP MCCBs cannot be fitted as an outgoing device.MC250TLF must be used when using as an individual cable in, cable out MCCB device. *** - This MCCB does not fit in MCP panelboards.MC250TLFMC400FAFOUR POLE MCCBS4 Pole MCCBs cannot be fitted as outgoing devices in MCP panelboards.* - MC250FALF must be used when using as an individual cable in, cable out MCCB device. CURRENT RATING (A)NO. of POLESkA RATING(kA)THERMAL RELEASEMAGNETIC RELEASETERMINAL CAPACITYCAT. NO.250 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) A (5-10xIn) Lugged(M12) MC250TLF***315 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) A (4-8xIn) Lugged(M12) MC315T400 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) A (4-8xIn) Lugged(M12) MC400T500 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) A (4-8xIn) Lugged(M12) MC500T630 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) A (4-8xIn) Lugged(M12) MC630T 800 TP 36 A (0.8-1xIn) A (4-8xIn) Lugged(M12) MC800T1000 TP 70 A (0.4-1xIn) A (2-10xIn) Lugged MC1000T***1250 TP 70 A (0.4-1xIn) A (2-10xIn) Lugged MC1250T***1600 TP 70 A (0.4-1xIn) A (2-10xIn) Lugged MC1600T***Large Frame Triple Pole 36 - 70kA Moulded Case Circuit BreakersLARGE FRAME TRIPLE POLE MCCBSCURRENT RATING (A)NO. of POLESkA RATING(kA)THERMAL RELEASEMAGNETIC RELEASETERMINAL CAPACITYCAT. NO.63 FP 36 A 0-8-1 630 Tunnel-120mm2MC063FA 80 FP 36 A 0-8-1 800 Tunnel-120mm2MC080FA 100 FP 36 A 0-8-1 1000 Tunnel-120mm2MC100FA 125 FP 36 A 0-8-1 1250 Tunnel-120mm2MC125FA 160 FP 36 A 0-8-1 1600 Tunnel-120mm2MC160FA 200 FP 36 A 0-8-1 5-10X Tunnel-120mm2MC200FA 250 FP 36 A 0-8-1 5-10X Tunnel-120mm2MC250FA 250 FP 50 A 0-8-1 5-10X Lugged(M12) MC250FALF* 315 FP 50 A 0-8-1 5-10X Lugged(M12) MC315FA 400 FP 50 A 0-8-1 5-10X Lugged(M12) MC400FA 500 FP 50 A 0-8-1 5-10X Lugged(M12) MC500FA 630 FP 50 A 0-8-1 5-10X Lugged(M12) MC630FA 800 FP 36 F 800A A (8-10xIn) Lugged(M12) MC800FFour Pole 36 - 50kA Moulded Case Circuit Breakers F - Fixed | A - Adjustable| LF - Large frame.

30PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | MCCBMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMoulded Case Circuit BreakersMC160FAEMC160TEELECTRONIC MCCBSThree Pole 36kA Moulded Case Circuit BreakersELECTRONIC MCCBSFour Pole 36kA Moulded Case Circuit BreakersCURRENT RATING (A)NO. of POLESkA RATING(kA)THERMAL RELEASEMAGNETIC RELEASETERMINAL CAPACITYCAT. NO.40 TP 36 A (0.4-1x In) 400A 120mm2MC040TE 100 TP 36 A (0.4-1x In) 1000A 120mm2MC100TE 160 TP 36 A (0.4-1x In) 1600A 120mm2MC160TE 250 TP 36 A (0.4-1x In) 2500A 120mm2MC250TE 400 TP 36 A (0.5-1x In) 4000A Lugged M12 MC400TE 630 TP 36 A (0.5-1x In) 6300A Lugged M12 MC630TE CURRENT RATING (A)NO. of POLESkA RATING(kA)THERMAL RELEASEMAGNETIC RELEASETERMINAL CAPACITYCAT. NO.40 FP 36 A (0.4-1x In) 400A 120mm2MC040FAE 100 FP 36 A (0.4-1x In) 1000A 120mm2MC100FAE 160 FP 36 A (0.4-1x In) 1600A 120mm2MC160FAE 250 FP 36 A (0.4-1x In) 2500A 120mm2MC250FAE 400 FP 36 A (0.5-1x In) 4000A Lugged M12 MC400FAE 630 FP 36 A (0.5-1x In) 6300A Lugged M12 MC630FAE TRIPLE POLE NON-AUTO MCCBSMC250TNACURRENT RATING (A)NO. of POLESkA* RATING(kA)THERMAL RELEASEMAGNETIC RELEASETERMINAL CAPACITYCAT. NO.200 TP 36 - - Tunnel-120mm2MC200TNA250 TP 36 - - Tunnel-120mm2MC250TNA400 TP 36 - - Lugged(M12) MC400TNA630 TP 36 - - Lugged(M12) MC630TNA800 TP 36 - - Lugged(M12) MC800TNA*Non-Auto MCCBs should be protected by a Proteus MC..T/FA MCCB of the same rating.Non-Auto MCCBs cannot be fitted as outgoing devices in MCP panelboards.T - Triple Pole | NA - Non-Auto FOUR POLE NON-AUTO MCCBSMC200TNACURRENT RATING (A)NO. of POLESkA* RATING(kA)THERMAL RELEASEMAGNETIC RELEASETERMINAL CAPACITYCAT. NO.200 FP 36 - - Tunnel-120mm2MC200FNA250 FP 36 - - Tunnel-120mm2MC250FNA400 FP 36 - - Lugged(M12) MC400FNA630 FP 36 - - Lugged(M12) MC630FNA800 FP 36 - - Lugged(M12) MC800FNA*Non-Auto MCCBs should be protected by a Proteus MC..T/FA MCCB of the same rating.Non-Auto MCCBs cannot be fitted as outgoing devices in MCP panelboards. F - Four Pole | NA - Non-AutoTE denotes triple pole, electronic trip unitFAE denotes four pole, electronic trip unit

31 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALMCCBMoulded Case Circuit BreakersProteus offer a large range of custom designed, bespoke LV switchboards, panelboards, distribution boards and consumer units. Ensure your customer’s exact requirements are met with a completely bespoke solution.Designed to Your SpecificationOn-Site SurveyTesting & ComplianceBe involvedOur team are happy to visit your site to establish your project requirementsProteus utilise the latest drawing software and provide panel layout drawings at both quotation and construction stagesAll products tested to relevant British & European Standards and the 18th Edition Wiring RegulationsYou’re welcome to visit the factory to see your board being built and discuss build requirementsBESPOKE POWER DISTRIBUTION CONFIGURATIONSFROM PROTEUS

32PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | MCX 3-PHASE DISTRIBUTION BOARDS200A MCB/MCCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDSMCX22/I200250A MCB/MCCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDSMCX22/I250• The MCX range ‘combination board’ brings together the standard TP&N MCB distribution board with typical 17.5 mm module MCBs with the opportunity to fit larger amperage MCCBs upto 160A.• Accepts MCBs up to 63A and RCBOs up to 45A (17.5 mm wide module).• Accepts MCCBs 16A to 160A • Isolator incomer fitted as standard.• Manufactured to BSEN 61439 - Part 1 & 3.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 26 & 54MCX 3-Phase Distribution BoardsFEATURES:INCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G WAYS CAT. NO. H W D200A TP Isolator 2 W-63A, 2 W-160A MCX22/I200 950 600 170200A TP Isolator 2 W-63A, 4 W-160A MCX24/I200 1100 600 170200A TP Isolator 4 W-63A, 2 W-160A MCX42/I200 1000 600 170200A TP Isolator 4 W-63A, 4 W-160A MCX44/I200 1100 600 170200A TP Isolator 6 W-63A, 2 W-160A MCX62/I200 1100 600 170200A TP Isolator 6 W-63A, 4 W-160A MCX64/I200 1200 600 170200A TP Isolator 8 W-63A, 2 W-160A MCX82/I200 1100 600 170200A TP Isolator 8 W-63A, 4 W-160A MCX84/I200 1200 600 170200A TP Isolator 12 W-63A, 2 W-160A MCX122/I200 1200 600 170200A TP Isolator 12 W-63A, 4 W-160A MCX124/I200 1300 600 170MCX range offers versatile use of standard MCBs upto 63A, RCBOs upto 45A and MCCBs upto 160A. INCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G WAYS CAT. NO. H W D250A TP Isolator 2 W-63A, 2 W-160A MCX22/I250 950 600 170250A TP Isolator 2 W-63A, 4 W-160A MCX24/I250 1100 600 170250A TP Isolator 4 W-63A, 2 W-160A MCX42/I250 1000 600 170250A TP Isolator 4 W-63A, 4 W-160A MCX44/I250 1100 600 170250A TP Isolator 6 W-63A, 2 W-160A MCX62/I250 1100 600 170250A TP Isolator 6 W-63A, 4 W-160A MCX64/I250 1200 600 170250A TP Isolator 8 W-63A, 2 W-160A MCX82/I250 1100 600 170250A TP Isolator 8 W-63A, 4 W-160A MCX84/I250 1200 600 170250A TP Isolator 12 W-63A, 2 W-160A MCX122/I250 1200 600 170250A TP Isolator 12 W-63A, 4 W-160A MCX124/I250 1300 600 170MCX range offers versatile use of standard MCBs upto 63A, RCBOs upto 45A and MCCBs upto 160A. SURGE ARRESTOR FOR MCX & CBX BOARDSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. Type 12 Surge protection for CBX/MCX boards CBX/MCXT12Type 2 Surge protection for CBX/MCX boards CBX/MCXT2Factory fitted Type 12 & Type 2.For more information on surge arrestors see page 61.FACTORY FITTEDSURGEPROTECTION

33 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALCBX 3-PHASE DISTRIBUTION BOARDSCBX 3-Phase Distribution BoardsDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D80-125 SP CBENCSP 385 205 11680-125 TP CBENCTP 385 205 116• The CBX range ‘combination board’ brings together the standard TP&N MCB distribution board with typical 17.5mm module MCBs with the opportunity to fit larger amperage MCBs upto 125A rated.200A MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDSCBX22/I200• Accepts MCBs and RCBOs (17.5mm wide module).• Accepts MCBs 80A to 125A (26.3mm wide module).• Isolator incomer fitted as standard.• Manufactured to BSEN 61439 - Part 1 & 3.250A MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDSCBX24/I250LARGE FRAME TYPE C MCBLARGE FRAME MCB IP3X STEEL ENCLOSURESCB125T/CCBENCTPMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 54FEATURES:INCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G WAYS CAT. NO. H W D200A TP Isolator 2 W-63A, 2 W-125A CBX22/I200 950 600 170200A TP Isolator 2 W-63A, 4 W-125A CBX24/I200 1100 600 170200A TP Isolator 4 W-63A, 2 W-125A CBX42/I200 1000 600 170200A TP Isolator 4 W-63A, 4 W-125A CBX44/I200 1100 600 170200A TP Isolator 6 W-63A, 2 W-125A CBX62/I200 1100 600 170200A TP Isolator 6 W-63A, 4 W-125A CBX64/I200 1200 600 170200A TP Isolator 8 W-63A, 2 W-125A CBX82/I200 1100 600 170200A TP Isolator 8 W-63A, 4 W-125A CBX84/I200 1200 600 170200A TP Isolator 12 W-63A, 2 W-125A CBX122/I200 1200 600 170200A TP Isolator 12 W-63A, 4 W-125A CBX124/I200 1300 600 170CBX range offers versatile use of standard size MCB's upto 63A, RCBO's upto 45A and larger frame size MCB's 80A to 125AINCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G WAYS CAT. NO. H W D250A TP Isolator 2 W-63A, 2 W-125A CBX22/I250 950 600 170250A TP Isolator 2 W-63A, 4 W-125A CBX24/I250 1100 600 170250A TP Isolator 4 W-63A, 2 W-125A CBX42/I250 1000 600 170250A TP Isolator 4 W-63A, 4 W-125A CBX44/I250 1100 600 170250A TP Isolator 6 W-63A, 2 W-125A CBX62/I250 1100 600 170250A TP Isolator 6 W-63A, 4 W-125A CBX64/I250 1200 600 170250A TP Isolator 8 W-63A, 2 W-125A CBX82/I250 1100 600 170250A TP Isolator 8 W-63A, 4 W-125A CBX84/I250 1200 600 170250A TP Isolator 12 W-63A, 2 W-125A CBX122/I250 1200 600 170250A TP Isolator 12 W-63A, 4 W-125A CBX124/I250 1300 600 170CBX range offers versatile use of standard size MCB's upto 63A, RCBO's upto 45A and larger frame size MCB's 80A to 125ADESCRIPTION kA RATING CAT. NO.80A SP 10 CB080S/C80A TP 10 CB080T/C100A SP 10 CB100S/C100A TP 10 CB100T/C125A SP 10 CB125S/C125A TP 10 CB125T/CDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Key lock for door XLKLCB MCB padlock device DLPX1LOCKINGXLKL

34PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | XL RANGE FITTED WITH SURGE PROTECTIONProteus Switchgear offers a comprehensive range of Lightning and Surge Protection Devices for single and three phase applications. Whether it’s a stand-alone device FEATURES:or a pre-assembled SPD in a distribution board, Proteus can provide a coordinated system to meet your specific requirements125A ISOLATOR INCOMER c/w TYPE 2 SPDNO. of O/G TP WAYS CAT. NO. TYPE 2 SPDH W D3 XL4S125T2 457 600 1325 XL6S125T2 512 600 1327 XL8S125T2 567 600 13211 XL12S125T2 732 600 13215 XL16S125T2 842 600 13219 XL20S125T2 942 600 13223 XL24S125T2 1217 600 132125A ISOLATOR INCOMER c/w TYPE 1+2 SPDNO. of O/G TP WAYS CAT. NO. TYPE 2 SPDH W D3 XL4S125T12 457 600 1325 XL6S125T12 512 600 1327 XL8S125T12 567 600 13211 XL12S125T12 732 600 13215 XL16S125T12 842 600 13219 XL20S125T12 942 600 13223 XL24S125T12 1217 600 132XL4S125T2 XL6S125T12200A ISOLATOR INCOMER c/w TYPE 2 SPDNO. of O/G TP WAYS CAT. NO. TYPE 2 SPDH W D3 XL4S2T2 732 600 1325 XL6S2T2 732 600 1327 XL8S2T2 732 600 13211 XL12S2T2 842 600 13215 XL16S2T2 942 600 13219 XL20S2T2 1217 600 13223 XL24S2T2 1217 600 132200A ISOLATOR INCOMER c/w TYPE 1+2 SPDNO. of O/G TP WAYS CAT. NO. TYPE 2 SPDH W D3 XL4S2T12 732 600 1325 XL6S2T12 732 600 1327 XL8S2T12 732 600 13211 XL12S2T12 842 600 13215 XL16S2T12 942 600 13219 XL20S2T12 1217 600 13223 XL24S2T12 1217 600 132XL8S2T2 XL12S2T12XL 3-Phase Distribution BoardsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyFor surge protection Info, SPD selection chart, loose surge arrestors and enclosed surge arrestors please go to page 61.SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES

35 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIAL• Available from 4 to 24 triple pole outgoing ways.• Accepts MCBs and RCBOs (17.5mm wide module).• Key lock available for door (XLKL).• Dual Earth and Neutral terminal bars.• Removable gland plates top & bottom.• Manufactured to BSEN 61439 - Part 1 & 3.XL4S2KEY LOCKXLKL125A ISOLATOR INCOMER DISTRIBUTION BOARDS200A ISOLATOR INCOMER DISTRIBUTION BOARDSXL8S125• The XL range of kWh metered boards and split load kWh metered boards, which can be used to meter lighting and power, have over 100% more cabling space than the standard equivalent three phase board. kWh meters are factory fitted to monitor the number of ways chosen to suit the application. Non-tariff as standard, tariff meter available on requestFEATURES:INCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G WAYS CAT. NO. H W D125A TP Isolator 4 XL4S125 457 600 132125A TP Isolator 6 XL6S125 512 600 132125A TP Isolator 8 XL8S125 567 600 132125A TP Isolator 12 XL12S125 732 600 132125A TP Isolator 16 XL16S125 842 600 132125A TP Isolator 20 XL20S125 942 600 132125A TP Isolator 24 XL24S125 1217 600 132INCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G WAYS CAT. NO. H W D200A TP Isolator 4 XL4S2 732 600 132200A TP Isolator 6 XL6S2 732 600 132200A TP Isolator 8 XL8S2 732 600 132200A TP Isolator 12 XL12S2 842 600 132200A TP Isolator 16 XL16S2 942 600 132200A TP Isolator 20 XL20S2 1217 600 132200A TP Isolator 24 XL24S2 1217 600 132DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. W DKey lock for door XLKL - -XL 3-Phase Distribution BoardsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyXL 3-PHASE DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

36PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | XL 3-PHASE DISTRIBUTION BOARDS100A METERED DISTRIBUTION BOARDSXL8S1MDAll above units are supplied complete with a 100A 4 pole incoming isolator as standard.SPLIT LOAD METERED DISTRIBUTION BOARDSXL68MDSPLIT LOAD METERED BOARD INCOMING ISOLATOR KITSEach individual XL distribution board unit with meter fitted must not exceed 100A full load current per phase. Select isolator incoming kit to satisfy the total load current demand.NON TARIFF METERS & ENCLOSURESKWH2DMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyXL 3-Phase Distribution BoardsDESCRIPTION kWh METER CAT. NO. H W D4 way TP&N MCB Board Digital XL4S1MD 567 600 1326 way TP&N MCB Board Digital XL6S1MD 732 600 1328 way TP&N MCB Board Digital XL8S1MD 732 600 13212 way TP&N MCB Board Digital XL12S1MD 842 600 13216 way TP&N MCB Board Digital XL16S1MD 942 600 132TP METER WAYS (LIGHTING)TP METER WAYS (POWER)kWh METER CAT. NO. H W D4 6 Digital XL46MD 969 600 1326 8 Digital XL68MD 1079 600 1328 12 Digital XL812MD 1299 600 132Additional split load configurations available on request.DID YOU KNOW?DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D125A 4 pole isolator incoming kit XLI125 400 600 132200A 4 pole isolator incoming kit XLI200 400 600 132DESCRIPTION kWh METER CAT. NO. H W D100A DP direct connect meter Digital KWH2D 90 75 73100A 4P direct connect meter Digital KWH4D 90 125 73100A DP meter enclosure only - KWH2E 383 235 125100A 4P meter enclosure only - KWH4E 383 235 125Meters have volt-free pulse contact.Supply - bottom terminals.Load - top terminals.

37 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALCASE STUDY:Halfords were previously purchasing pre-assembled, standard switch boards from an alternative overseas manufacturer, the design and lead time of which was becoming an issue and Halfords realised they required a more bespoke, future proof solution. HALFORDSSPECIAL DISTRIBUTION BOARDSFollowing contact with Proteus Industrial Switchgear of Telford, a site visit to an existing store was arranged where further design discussions were held with the installation electricians. The discussions resulted in the design of a distribution panel incorporating multiple mcb boards, contactors, time switches and emergency lighting test equipment which were all designed to meet their future requirements.An initial trial installation was successfully completed at the new Halfords store in Beckton. The Store Development Manager said, “with Proteus being a UK based manufacturer it was easy to discuss our requirements and make any changes as the design progressed. The end result was a more cost effective panel board with reduced supply and site installation time.”BESPOKE SOLUTIONSITE VISITSTECHNICAL SUPPORT FROM MANUFACTURERCase Study

38PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | BX 3-Phase Distribution BoardsBX RANGE FITTED WITH SURGE PROTECTIONMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separately125A ISOLATOR INCOMER c/w SPDProteus Switchgear offers a comprehensive range of Lightning and Surge Protection Devices for single and three phase applications. Whether it’s a stand-alone device FEATURES:or a pre-assembled SPD in a distribution board, Proteus can provide a coordinated system to meet your specific requirementsNO. of O/G TP WAYS CAT. NO. TYPE 2 SPDCAT. NO. TYPE 1+2 SPDH W D3 BX4S125T2 BX4S125T12 390 410 1105 BX6S125T2 BX6S125T12 442 410 1107 BX8S125T2 BX8S125T12 495 410 11011 BX12S125T2 BX12S125T12 600 410 11015 BX16S125T2 BX16S125T12 810 410 11019 BX20S125T2 BX20S125T12 1000 410 11023 BX24S125T2 BX24S125T12 1180 410 110BX6S125T12200A ISOLATOR INCOMER c/w SPDNO. of O/G TP WAYS CAT. NO. TYPE 2 SPDCAT. NO. TYPE 1+2 SPDH W D3 BX4S2T2 BX4S2T12 600 410 1105 BX6S2T2 BX6S2T12 600 410 1107 BX8S2T2 BX8S2T12 700 410 11011 BX12S2T2 BX12S2T12 810 410 11015 BX16S2T2 BX16S2T12 1000 410 11019 BX20S2T2 BX20S2T12 1180 410 11023 BX24S2T2 BX24S2T12 1180 410 110BX8S2T12250A ISOLATOR INCOMER c/w SPDNO. of O/G TP WAYS CAT. NO. TYPE 2 SPDCAT. NO. TYPE 1+2 SPDH W D7 BX8S250T2 BX8S250T12 950 500 17011 BX12S250T2 BX12S250T12 950 500 17015 BX16S250T2 BX16S250T12 1300 500 17019 BX20S250T2 BX20S250T12 1300 500 17023 BX24S250T2 BX24S250T12 1300 500 170BX12S250T2For surge protection Info, SPD selection chart, loose surge arrestors and enclosed surge arrestors please go to page 61.SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES

39 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIAL• Available in 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 to 24 triple pole outgoing ways.• Wide selection of factory fitted incoming devices to choose from to meet the demands of modern BX12S2125A ISOLATOR INCOMER DISTRIBUTION BOARDS200A ISOLATOR INCOMER DISTRIBUTION BOARDSBX8S125installations.• Accepts MCBs and RCBOs (17.5mm wide module).• Dual Earth and Neutral terminal bars.• Manufactured to BSEN 61439 parts 1 & 3.• Removable gland plates, top and bottom.BX 3-PHASE DISTRIBUTION BOARDSBX8S250250A ISOLATOR INCOMER DISTRIBUTION BOARDSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyDoor Options:Supplied with a solid door as standard and can be ordered with a clear door fitted be adding /CD to the part code. (For example: BX6S125/CD)FEATURES:BX 3-Phase Distribution BoardsINCOMER (FACTORY FITTED)NO. of O/G TP WAYS CAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D125A TP Isolator 4 BX4S125 (4P) 390 410 110125A TP Isolator 6 BX6S125 (4P) 442 410 110125A TP Isolator 8 BX8S125 (4P) 495 410 110125A TP Isolator 12 BX12S125 (4P) 600 410 110125A TP Isolator 16 BX16S125 (4P) 810 410 110125A TP Isolator 20 BX20S125 (4P) 1000 410 110125A TP Isolator 24 BX24S125 (4P) 1180 410 110INCOMER (FACTORY FITTED)NO. of O/G TP WAYS CAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D200A TP Isolator 4 BX4S2 600 410 110200A TP Isolator 6 BX6S2 600 410 110200A TP Isolator 8 BX8S2 700 410 110200A TP Isolator 12 BX12S2 810 410 110200A TP Isolator 16 BX16S2 1000 410 110200A TP Isolator 20 BX20S2 1180 410 110200A TP Isolator 24 BX24S2 1180 410 110INCOMER (FACTORY FITTED)NO. of O/G TP WAYS CAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D250A TP Isolator 8 BX8S250 950 500 170250A TP Isolator 12 BX12S250 950 500 170250A TP Isolator 16 BX16S250 1300 500 170250A TP Isolator 20 BX20S250 1300 500 170250A TP Isolator 24 BX24S250 1300 500 170(4P) - Add suffix ‘4P’ for 4 pole incomer fitted boards e.g. BX4S1254P

40PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | BX 3-PHASE DISTRIBUTION BOARDS100A TYPE A 100 mA RCD INCOMER DISTRIBUTION BOARDSBX6R100100A TYPE A 300 mA RCD INCOMER DISTRIBUTION BOARDSBX6R300BX4R30100A TYPE A 30mA RCD INCOMER DISTRIBUTION BOARDSBX ACCESSORIES BXSB2100A 100 mA boards available with Type S RCD on request.100A 300 mA boards available with Type S RCD on request.BX 3-Phase Distribution BoardsINCOMER (FACTORY FITTED)NO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D100A 4P 30 mA RCD 4 BX4R30 390 410 110100A 4P 30 mA RCD 6 BX6R30 442 410 110100A 4P 30 mA RCD 8 BX8R30 495 410 110100A 4P 30 mA RCD 12 BX12R30 600 410 110100A 4P 30 mA RCD 16 BX16R30 810 410 110100A 4P 30 mA RCD 20 BX20R30 1000 410 110100A 4P 30 mA RCD 24 BX24R30 1180 410 110INCOMER (FACTORY FITTED)NO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D100A 4P 100 mA RCD 4 BX4R100 390 410 110100A 4P 100 mA RCD 6 BX6R100 442 410 110100A 4P 100 mA RCD 8 BX8R100 495 410 110100A 4P 100 mA RCD 12 BX12R100 600 410 110100A 4P 100 mA RCD 16 BX16R100 810 410 110100A 4P 100 mA RCD 20 BX20R100 1000 410 110100A 4P 100 mA RCD 24 BX24R100 1180 410 110INCOMER (FACTORY FITTED)NO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D100A 4P 300 mA RCD 4 BX4R300 390 410 110100A 4P 300 mA RCD 6 BX6R300 442 410 110100A 4P 300 mA RCD 8 BX8R300 495 410 110100A 4P 300 mA RCD 12 BX12R300 600 410 110100A 4P 300 mA RCD 16 BX16R300 810 410 110100A 4P 300 mA RCD 20 BX20R300 1000 410 110100A 4P 300 mA RCD 24 BX24R300 1180 410 110DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DSpreader box BXSB1 265 410 110Spreader box BXSB2 495 410 110BX MULTI PURPOSE UNITSBXM14DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D14 Modules BXM14 265 410 11028 Modules (2x 14 mod banks)BXM28 495 410 110DID YOU KNOW?BX boards are supplied with a solid door as standard and can be ordered with a clear door fitted by adding /CD to the part code (For example: BX6S2/CD).Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyDoor Options:Supplied with a solid door as standard and can be ordered with a clear door fitted be adding /CD to the part code. (For example: BX6R30/CD)SOLIDDOORDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.100/125A Single phase conv kitBXSCK1200A Single phase conv kit BXSCK2Key lock for door XLKLACCESSORIES

41 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALABX 3-Phase Distribution BoardsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseOutgoing Switchgear:Supplied separatelyDoor Options:Supplied with a solid door as standard and can be ordered with a clear door fitted be adding /CD to the part code. (For example: ABX6S1/CD)ABX 3 PHASE DISTRIBUTION BOARDS3-PHASE ABX BOARD - HORIZONTALABX2S1• Busbars are 80A max with 100A intermittent rating and are one piece construction.• Cleanline overall hinged door (key operated lockable door optional).• Accepts RCBOs and MCBs, 17.5mm wide module.• Isolators can be locked in ON or OFF position (using DLPX1 locking device).• Robust IP3X steel construction.• ABX Manufactured to BSEN 61439 parts 1 & 3.3-PHASE ABX BOARD - VERTICALABX4S1VHORIZONTAL ABX TYPE A RCD BOARDSABX2R30ABX4R300VVERTICAL ABX TYPE A RCD BOARDSFEATURES:INCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D100A FP Isolator 2 ABX2S1 269 326 110100A FP Isolator 4 ABX4S1 269 436 110100A FP Isolator 6 ABX6S1 269 562 110100A FP Isolator 8 ABX8S1 269 673 110100A FP Isolator 12 ABX12S1 269 900 110INCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D100A FP Isolator 2 ABX2S1V 326 269 110100A FP Isolator 4 ABX4S1V 436 269 110100A FP Isolator 6 ABX6S1V 562 269 110100A FP Isolator 8 ABX8S1V 673 269 110100A FP Isolator 12 ABX12S1V 900 269 110NO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO.100A 30 mA RCD INCOMERCAT. NO.100A 100 mA RCD INCOMERCAT. NO.100A 300 mA RCD INCOMERH W D2 ABX2R30 ABX2R100 ABX2R300 269 326 1104 ABX4R30 ABX4R100 ABX4R300 269 436 1106 ABX6R30 ABX6R100 ABX6R300 269 562 1108 ABX8R30 ABX8R100 ABX8R300 269 673 11012 ABX12R30 ABX12R100 ABX12R300 269 900 110NO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO.100A 30 mA RCD INCOMERCAT. NO.100A 100 mA RCD INCOMERCAT. NO.100A 300 mA RCD INCOMERH W D2 ABX2R30V ABX2R100V ABX2R300V 326 269 1104 ABX4R30V ABX4R100V ABX4R300V 436 269 1106 ABX6R30V ABX6R100V ABX6R300V 562 269 1108 ABX8R30V ABX8R100V ABX8R300V 673 269 11012 ABX12R30V ABX12R100V ABX12R300V 900 269 110KEY LOCKXLKLDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. W DKey lock for door XLKL - -

42PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | IP65 POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARDS125A TP ISOLATOR - STEEL ENCLOSURE200A TP ISOLATOR - STEEL ENCLOSURE125A TP ISOLATOR - GRP ENCLOSURE 200A TP ISOLATOR - GRP ENCLOSURE• All boards will accept RCBOs and MCBs 17.5 mm wide modules.• Isolators can be locked in ON or OFF position (using DL1 locking device).PDU4SPDU6S2SPDU4SSPDU4S2Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseRCD Incomer:Factory fitted 100A 4 pole RCD incomer options available on requestKey Lock Options:GRP boards part code - GRPKLSteel boards part code - STLKLFEATURES:IP65 Power Distribution BoardsINCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D125A TP isolator 4PDU4SS500 400 200125A TP isolator 6PDU6SS600 400 200125A TP isolator 8PDU8SS600 400 200125A TP isolator 12PDU12SS800 400 200125A TP isolator 16PDU16SS800 400 200INCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D200A TP isolator 4PDU4S2S600 400 200200A TP isolator 6PDU6S2S600 400 200200A TP isolator 8PDU8S2S800 400 200200A TP isolator 12PDU12S2S1100 400 200200A TP isolator 16PDU16S2S1300 400 200INCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D125A TP isolator 4PDU4S500 400 200125A TP isolator 6PDU6S600 500 250125A TP isolator 8PDU8S600 500 250125A TP isolator 12PDU12S800 600 300125A TP isolator 16PDU16S800 600 300INCOMER FACTORY FITTEDNO. of O/G TP WAYSCAT. NO. (SOLID DOOR)H W D200A TP isolator 4PDU4S2600 500 250200A TP isolator 6PDU6S2600 500 250200A TP isolator 8PDU8S2800 600 300• Manufactured to BSEN 61439 parts 1 & 3.

43 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseAdditional ratings available upon request. Manufactured to BSEN 60947.Fuse Gear & IsolatorsWFS100/IP65 WSF63/IP65SSIP65 SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FUSESHWD1D2AC23 RATED SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FUSESIP65 STEEL ENCLOSUREAC23 RATED SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FUSESIP65 GRP ENCLOSURESWITCH DISCONNECTOR FUSES IP65 STEEL ENCLOSURESWITCH DISCONNECTOR FUSES IP65 GRP ENCLOSURECURRENT RATING A AC21 / AC23NO. of POLES CAT. NO. H W D1 D263 3P + N WFS63/IP65SS 500 400 200 70100 3P + N WFS100/IP65SS 500 400 200 70125 3P + N WFS125/IP65SS 600 400 200 70160 3P + N WFS160/IP65SS 600 400 200 70200 3P + N WFS200/IP65SS 700 500 300 70CURRENT RATING A AC21 / AC23NO. of POLES CAT. NO. H W D1 D263 3P + N WFS63/IP65 500 400 200 70100 3P + N WFS100/IP65 500 400 200 70125 3P + N WFS125/IP65 600 500 250 70160 3P + N WFS160/IP65 600 500 250 70200 3P + N WFS200/IP65 800 600 300 70CURRENT RATING A AC23NO. of POLES CAT. NO. H W D1 D220 3P + N WSF20/IP65SS 400 300 200 4032 3P + N WSF32/IP65SS 400 300 200 4063 3P + N WSF63/IP65SS 500 400 200 40100 3P + N WSF100/IP65SS 500 400 200 40CURRENT RATING A AC23NO. of POLES CAT. NO. H W D1 D220 3P + N WSF20/IP65 400 300 200 4032 3P + N WSF32/IP65 400 300 200 4063 3P + N WSF63/IP65 500 400 200 40100 3P + N WSF100/IP65 500 400 200 40• AC21 - Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloadsFEATURES:• AC23 - Switching of motor loads or other high inductive loadsFor 3 & 4 pole IP67 rotary isolators please go to pages 128 & 129IP67 ROTARY ISOLATORSIP67LOCK OFF20ATO100APOSITIONPROTECTION

44PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | U SWITCHGEAR RANGEU200FSHWD1D2• Switch mechanism rated at 65kA when fitted with appropriate BS88 fuses.• Heavy duty interlocking handle.• Fully rated BS88 fuses fitted.* - when using 95mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB1 is fitted. ** - when using 185mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB2 is fitted. # - when using 240mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB4 is fitted. *** - Floor standing unit.FEATURES:AC23 RATED SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FUSESCURRENT RATING A-AC23CSA MAX mm2BOLT SIZE (METRIC)POWER RATING AT 400 V (kW)PROTEUS BS88 PT.2 FUSE FITTEDCAT. NO. H W D1 D263 95*M833 PBD U63FS 500 350 185 70100 95*M855 PCD U100FS 500 350 185 70125 95*M859 PDD U125FS 500 350 185 70160 95*M875 PDD U160FS 500 350 185 70200 150/185**M10110 PDD U200FS 700 400 255 70250 150/185**M10132 PED U250FS 700 400 255 70315 185**M10185 PED U315FS 700 400 255 70400 185/240#M10220 PED U400FS 900 400 330 70500 -M12275 PFF U500FS 1300 500 300 70630 -M12300 PFF 630FS 1300 500 300 55800 -M12450 PGF 800FS*** 1625 654 500 55Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFuse Gear & Isolators63A - 800A Triple Pole and Neutral Fuse Switch complete with Built In Spreader Boxes and FusesSTEELENCLOSUREOFFFORSECURITY• Built-in cable box suitable for most applications.• Manufactured to BSEN 60947 parts 1 & 3.• AC23 - Switching of motor loads or other high inductive loads• Removable endplates U200FS4P* - when using 95mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB1 is fitted. ** - when using 185mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB2 is fitted. # - when using 240mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB4 is fitted.AC23 RATED SWITCH DISCONNECTOR FUSES WITH SWITCHED NEUTRALCURRENT RATING A-AC23CSA MAX mm2BOLT SIZE (METRIC)POWER RATING AT 400 V (kW)PROTEUS BS88 PT.2 FUSE FITTEDCAT. NO. H W D1 D263 95*M833 PBD U63FS4P 500 350 185 70100 95*M855 PCD U100FS4P 500 350 185 70125 95*M859 PDD U125FS4P 500 350 185 70160 95*M875 PDD U160FS4P 500 350 185 70200 150/185**M10110 PDD U200FS4P 700 400 255 70250 150/185**M10132 PED U250FS4P 700 400 255 70315 185**M10185 PED U315FS4P 700 400 255 704 POLESWITCHING

45 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALU SWITCHGEAR RANGEHWD1D2* - when using 95mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB1 is fitted. ** - when using 185mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB2 is fitted. # - when using 240mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB4 is fitted.AC23 RATED SWITCH DISCONNECTORSACCESSORIESU200SUCB2Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFuse Gear & IsolatorsCURRENT RATING A-AC23CSA MAX mm2BOLT SIZE (METRIC)POWER RATING AT 400 V (kW)CAT. NO. H W D1 D263 95*M833 U63S 500 350 185 70100 95*M855 U100S 500 350 185 70125 95*M859 U125S 500 350 185 70160 95*M875 U160S 500 350 185 70200 150/185**M10110 U200S 700 400 255 70250 150/185**M10132 U250S 700 400 255 70315 185**M10185 U315S 700 400 255 70400 185/240#M10220 U400S 900 400 330 70 500 -M12275 U500S 1300 500 300 70630 -M12300 U630S 1300 500 300 7063A - 630A Triple Pole and Neutral Metalclad Switch DisconnectorDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DCable spreader box to suit up to U160FS/U160SUCB1 200 350 185Cable spreader box to suit U200FS/U200S upto U315FS/U315SUCB2 200 400 255Cable spreader box to suit U400FS/U400SUCB4 200 400 330Fuse barrier for U250FS/S - U400FS/SUFB200 - - -Fuse barrier for U063FS/S - U160FS/SUFB63 - - -Handle for UFS/SUFH - - -Shaft for UFS/SUFS - - -STEELENCLOSUREOFFFORSECURITYU200S4P* - when using 95mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB1 is fitted. ** - when using 185mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB2 is fitted. # - when using 240mm2 cable it is recommended that the UCB4 is fitted.AC23 RATED SWITCH DISCONNECTOR WITH SWITCHED NEUTRALCURRENT RATING A-AC23CSA MAX mm2BOLT SIZE (METRIC)POWER RATING AT 400 V (kW)CAT. NO. H W D1 D263 95*M833 U63S4P 500 350 185 70100 95*M855 U100S4P 500 350 185 70125 95*M859 U125S4P 500 350 185 70160 95*M875 U160S4P 500 350 185 70200 150/185**M10110 U200S4P 700 400 255 70250 150/185**M10132 U250S4P 700 400 255 70315 185**M10185 U315S4P 700 400 255 704 POLESWITCHING

46PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | EURO SWITCHGEAR RANGEKey features - as above plus, Fully rated fuses fitted. Cable Termination Type - Tunnel. TIS and TCP are ‘Bolt in’ fuses to BS88 pt2. Accessory - MN10 is a screw fixed add-on switched neutral pole for 63/100A unitsSWITCH DISCONNECTOR FUSESHWD1D2EF20TNMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFuse Gear & Isolators• Fully insulated high visibility rotary operating handle.• Padlockable in off position for security.• Finger protected cable terminations.FEATURES:• Epoxy powder coat finish.• Robust, heavy duty steel enclosure.• Folded steel construction for extra rigidity.• Flush fitting door.• Door removable for ease of installation.• Manufactured to BSEN 60947 parts 1 & 3.CURRENT RATING A-AC21A/AC22ANO. of POLESCURRENT RATING A-AC23AMAX. STRANDED CABLE CSA mm2PROTEUS FUSE TO BS88 PT.2&6 SPARE FUSE UNITCAT. NO. H W D1 D220 3 P+N 20 16 PNSD/TDH2 Part 6 EF20TN 283 235 125 3520 1 P+N - 16 PNSD/TDH2 Part 6 EF20S 283 235 125 3520 2 P+N - 16 PNSD/TDH2 Part 6 EF20D 283 235 125 3532 3 P+N 32 16 PNSD/TDH3 Part 6 EF32TN 283 235 125 3532 1 P+N - 16 PNSD/TDH3 Part 6 EF32S 283 235 125 3532 2 P+N - 16 PNSD/TDH3 Part 6 EF32D 283 235 125 3563 3 P+N 63 35 TIS/TDH6 Part 2 EF63TN 420 300 145 4563 1 P+N - 35 TIS/TDH6 Part 2 EF63S 420 300 145 4563 2 P+N - 35 TIS/TDH6 Part 2 EF63D 420 300 145 45100 3 P+N 100 70 (in) 35 (out) TCP/TDH10 Part 2 EF100TN 420 350 145 45100 1 P+N - 35 TCP/TDH10 Part 2 EF100S 420 350 145 45100 2 P+N - 35 TCP/TDH10 Part 2 EF100D 420 350 145 4520A - 100A Triple Pole and Neutral Switch Fuse c/w FusesSTEELENCLOSUREOFFFORSECURITY

47 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSWITCH DISCONNECTORSE20TNCURRENT RATING (A) AC21A/AC22A @ 500VCURRENT RATING (A) AC23A @ 500VMAX. STRANDED CABLE CSA mm2CABLE TERMINATION TYPECAT. NO. H W D1 D220 20 16 Tunnel E20TN 195 235 125 3532 25 16 Tunnel E32TN 195 235 125 3563 63 35 Tunnel E63TN 383 235 125 35100 80 70 Tunnel E100TN 383 235 125 35160 n/a 70 Tunnel E160TN 420 300 145 45200 n/a 70 Tunnel E200TN 420 300 145 4520A - 200A Triple Pole and Neutral Metalclad Switch DisconnectorSTEELENCLOSUREOFFFORSECURITYHWD1D2ADD ON NEUTRALEN100DESCRIPTION CURRENT RATING CAT. NO.20 / 32A Add on neutral 20A / 32A EN20/3263A Add on neutral 63A EN63100A Add on neutral 100A EN100Suitable for Switch Disconnectors & Switch Disconnector FusesFuse Gear & IsolatorsEURO SWITCHGEAR RANGE500V ACFor 690 V ratings refer to datasheetsIP65 ISOLATORSM160TCURRENT RATING (A) AC21A @ 415VCURRENT RATING (A) AC23A @ 415VMAX. CABLE SIZE mm2CABLE TERMINATION TYPECAT. NO. H W D160 TP 135 70 Tunnel M160T 380 283 130200 TP 135 70 Tunnel M200T 380 283 130160 FP 135 70 Tunnel M1604 380 283 173200 FP 135 70 Tunnel M2004 380 283 173• 3 Pole & 4 Pole• IP65• Polycarbonate enclosure• Switch disconnector with earth block

48PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | HWD1D2CO/204CHANGEOVER SWITCHESGRP ENCLOSURES TO IP65 - 20 & 32A• Manufactured to BSEN 60947 Parts 1 & 3.• Robust enclosure powder coated to RAL7035.• Removable end plates.FEATURES:Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseChangeover SwitchesCURRENT RATING A AC21NO. of POLESCABLE SIZE mm2CAT. NO. H W D1 D2100 4 50 (M8) TCO1004 500 440 175 50125 4 50 (M8) TCO1254 500 440 175 50160 4 95 (M8) TCO1604 700 565 190 50200 4 95 (M8) TCO2004 700 565 190 50250 4 240 (M10) TCO2504 800 720 220 50315 4 240 (M10) TCO3154 800 720 220 50400 4 240 (M10) TCO4004 800 720 220 50630 4 300 (M12) TCO6304 1300 1300 300 70800 4 300 (M12) TCO8004 1300 1300 300 70STEEL ENCLOSURES TO IP3X - 100 - 800ACURRENT RATING A AC21NO. of POLESCABLE SIZE mm2CAT. NO. H W D1 D220 2 2.5 CO/202 126 101 96 2520 4 2.5 CO/204 126 101 96 2532 2 6 CO/322 176 116 111 2532 4 6 CO/324 176 116 111 25GRP ENCLOSURES TO IP65 - 63 & 100ACURRENT RATING A AC21NO. of POLESCABLE SIZE mm2CAT. NO. H W D1 D263 2 35 CO/632 240 160 169 2563 4 35 CO/634 246 160 169 25100 2 35 CO/1002 240 160 169 25100 4 35 CO/1004 240 160 169 25CO/634TCO1254

49 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALCase StudyCASE STUDY:In March 2014, Innovia Films announced that they had signed a contract with the Bank of England for Innovia Security to supply Guardian® polymer substrate for the next generation of UK sterling bank notes.INNOVIA FILMSPRO2000 SWITCHBOARDSProteus Industrial has supplied Innovia Films since 2010 in an on-going programme of replacing much of their old switchgear with the latest, and in some cases totally bespoke, control equipment. By working closely with the Electrical Engineering Manager and the electrical team at Innovia, a new order has just been placed by City Electrical Factors (CEF) Carlisle branch, for two purpose built PRO2000 switchboards to distribute 400V power throughout the state of the art Innovia Security facility as part of the programme.Designed and built in the Proteus factory in Telford, the customer was able to see the switch board being built to their unique specification. “As a British manufacturer ourselves it is great to be able to talk and actually see our own panel being built” said the customer, “I cannot think of another company left in the UK that could offer this service”.BESPOKE SOLUTIONIN-HOUSE DESIGN FACILITIESTECHNICAL SUPPORT FROM MANUFACTURER

50PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | HWD100A BUSBAR CHAMBERSBUSBAR CHAMBERS200A BUSBAR CHAMBERS100BC2 200BC3300BC3400BC4600BC6• Manufactured to BSEN 61439-1 & 2.• 4 pole configuration.• 6 ratings from 100A to 800A.FEATURES:Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseHigher Ratings:Available on requestBusbar Chambers• 36kA Icc.• Fully rated neutral.• Twin bar design from 100A up to 800A.• Set of 4 clamps supplied with each chamber.CURRENT RATING ANO. of POLES CAT. NO. H W D100 4 100BC2 400 610 190100 4 100BC3 400 915 190100 4 100BC4 400 1220 190100 4 100BC6 400 1830 190CURRENT RATING ANO. of POLES CAT. NO. H W D200 4 200BC2 400 610 190200 4 200BC3 400 915 190200 4 200BC4 400 1220 190200 4 200BC6 400 1830 190315A BUSBAR CHAMBERS 400A BUSBAR CHAMBERSCURRENT RATING ANO. of POLES CAT. NO. H W D315 4 300BC2 400 610 190315 4 300BC3 400 915 190315 4 300BC4 400 1220 190315 4 300BC6 400 1830 190CURRENT RATING ANO. of POLES CAT. NO. H W D400 4 400BC2 400 610 190400 4 400BC3 400 915 190400 4 400BC4 400 1220 190400 4 400BC6 400 1830 190630A BUSBAR CHAMBERS800A BUSBAR CHAMBERSCURRENT RATING ANO. of POLES CAT. NO. H W D630 4 600BC2 400 610 190630 4 600BC3 400 915 190630 4 600BC4 400 1220 190630 4 600BC6 400 1830 190CURRENT RATING ANO. of POLES CAT. NO. H W D800 4 800BC3 400 915 190800 4 800BC4 400 1220 190800 4 800BC6 400 1830 190800BC6

51 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALCONNECTION BOLTSM6 BOLT SIZEBLC6/23M8 BOLT SIZEM10 BOLT SIZE CLAMPBLC10/48BLC8/23BCC240/48BOLTS TO SUIT BUSBARBOLT SIZE (METRIC)MAX. CABLE SIZE mm2CAT. NO.100 - 200A Rated M6 70 BLC6/23315 - 800A Rated M6 70 BLC6/48BOLTS TO SUIT BUSBARBOLT SIZE (METRIC)MAX. CABLE SIZE mm2CAT. NO.100 - 200A Rated M8 150 BLC8/23315 - 800A Rated M8 150 BLC8/48BOLTS TO SUIT BUSBARBOLT SIZE (METRIC)MAX. CABLE SIZE mm2CAT. NO.315 - 800A Rated M10 150 BLC10/48BOLTS TO SUIT BUSBARBOLT SIZE (METRIC)MAX. CABLE SIZE mm2CAT. NO.315 - 800A Rated Bolt 240 BCC240/48Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseBusbar Chambers

52PROTEUS INDUSTRIAL | STEEL ENCLOSURES & EMERGENCY STOPSIP65E504024MULTIPURPOSE IP65 ENCLOSURESEM/STOPIP65 EMERGENCY STOP PUSH BUTTONS IP65 EMERGENCY STOP PUSH BUTTONSMEMK• Designed to meet protection and combustible standards IP65 and IK08.• Available in 6 sizes.• Supplied in grey (RAL 7035) with solid door and FEATURES:Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSteel Enclosure & Emergency Stopsbase unit (internal mounting plate).• Wall thickness on the range is 3 – 3.5mm.• Made from UL approved ABS-HB flame retardant plastic.• Complying with BS EN 60529, BS EN 62208, • CEI23-48 & CEI23-49DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DIP65 enclosure IP65E302013 300 200 130IP65 enclosure IP65E352515 350 250 150IP65 enclosure IP65E403022 400 300 220IP65 enclosure IP65E504024 500 400 240IP65 enclosure IP65E604020 600 400 200IP65 enclosure IP65E705025 700 500 250HWDIP65 ABS Enclosure with Back Plate Fitted and A Solid Grey DoorDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DEmergency Stop Push Button - Twist ReleaseEM/STOP* 72 70 63N/C Contact Block To Suit EM/STOPEMCB1NC - - -N/O Contact Block To Suit EM/STOPEMCB1NO - - -* - Contact configuration - 1NCDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DKey release MEMK* 72 80 50Twist release MEMT* 72 80 50Twist release w/ safety snap MEMSS* 72 80 50N/C Contact Block To Suit MEM.... PCB1NC - - -N/O Contact Block To Suit MEM... PCB1NO - - -* - Contact configuration - 1NC/1NO

53 | PROTEUS INDUSTRIALPROTEUS INDUSTRIALMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseBolt Sizes:Main bolts M12Outgoing bolts M8Higher Rating:Available on request up to 2000AEarth BarsEARTH BARSPEB8L WHPEBTL12/800• Earth Bars are manufactured from HDHC copper supported on glass reinforced polyester insulators. The CSA of the bar is nominally 150mm² (25mm x 6mm / 1” x 1/4”) with a current rating of 400A and FEATURES:300mm2 (30mm x 10mm) for 800A.• The insulators are mounted on a steel ‘top hat’ section for fixing to the wall.• Mounted on insulated supports (may be used as neutral bars).NO. of O/G CONNECTIONSINTEGRAL TEST LINKCAT. NO. L W H6 No PEB6/800 315 65 688 No PEB8/800 385 65 6812 No PEB12/800 525 65 686 Yes PEBTL6/800 470 65 688 Yes PEBTL8/800 540 65 6812 Yes PEBTL12/800 680 65 6830 kA 1s, 63 kA PEAK. 800A EARTH BARSNO. of O/G CONNECTIONSINTEGRAL TEST LINKCAT. NO. L W H4 No PEB4 245 65 686 No PEB6 315 65 688 No PEB8 385 65 6812 No PEB12 525 65 686 Yes PEBTL6 470 65 688 Yes PEBTL8 540 65 6812 Yes PEBTL12 680 65 6815 kA 1s, 30 kA PEAK. 400A EARTH BARSL WH

54PROTEUS | 616BSINGLE POLE MCBs - B CURVE21016/3DOUBLE POLE MCBs - C CURVECURRENT RATING (A) 6 kA 10 kA 15 kA1 601B - -2 602B 1002/2 1502/24 604B 1004/2 1504/26 606B 1006/2 1506/210 610B 1010/2 1510/216 616B 1016/2 1516/220 620B 1020/2 1520/225 625B - 1525/232 632B 1032/2 1532/240 640B 1040/2 1540/245 645B - -50 650B 1050/2 1550/263 663B 1063/2 1563/2CURRENT RATING (A) 10 kA DP6 21006/310 21010/316 21016/320 21020/325 21025/332 21032/340 21040/350 21050/363 21063/3MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERSCircuit Protection DevicesCURRENT RATING (A) 6 kA 10 kA 15 kA1 - - -2 - 1002/3 1502/34 - 1004/3 1504/36 606C 1006/3 1506/310 610C 1010/3 1510/316 616C 1016/3 1516/320 620C 1020/3 1520/325 625C 1025/3 1525/332 632C 1032/3 1532/340 640C 1040/3 1540/345 - - -50 650C 1050/3 1550/363 663C 1063/3 1563/3CURRENT RATING (A) 10 kA 15 kA1 - -2 - 1502/44 - 1504/46 1006/4 1506/410 1010/4 1510/416 1016/4 1516/420 1020/4 1520/425 - 1525/432 1032/4 1532/440 1040/4 1540/445 - -50 1050/4 1550/463 1063/4 1563/41025/3SINGLE POLE MCBs - C CURVE1532/4SINGLE POLE MCBs - D CURVEMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus Industrial

55 | PROTEUSPROTEUSMINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS4 Pole MCBs cannot be fitted in MCB boards.31032/3Circuit Protection DevicesCURRENT RATING (A) 10 kA2 41002/34 41004/36 41006/310 41010/316 41016/320 41020/332 41032/340 41040/350 41050/363 41063/3FOUR POLE MCBs - C CURVE41032/331032/2TRIPLE POLE MCBs - B CURVECURRENT RATING (A) 10 kA TP 15 kA TP2 - 31502/24 - 31504/26 31006/2 31506/210 31010/2 31510/216 31016/2 31516/220 31020/2 31520/225 - 31525/232 31032/2 31532/240 31040/2 31540/250 31050/2 31550/263 31063/2 31563/2CURRENT RATING (A) 6 kA 10 kA 15 kA2 - 31002/3 31502/34 - 31004/3 31504/36 3606C 31006/3 31506/310 3610C 31010/3 31510/316 3616C 31016/3 31516/320 3620C 31020/3 31520/325 3625C 31025/3 31525/332 3632C 31032/3 31532/340 3640C 31040/3 31540/350 3650C 31050/3 31550/363 3663C 31063/3 31563/3TRIPLE POLE MCBs - C CURVE31516/4TRIPLE POLE MCBs - D CURVECURRENT RATING (A) 10 kA TP 15 kA TP2 31502/44 31504/46 31006/4 31506/410 31010/4 31510/416 31016/4 31516/420 31020/4 31520/425 - 31525/432 31032/4 31532/440 31040/4 31540/450 31050/4 31550/463 31063/4 31563/4Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus Industrial

56PROTEUS | Circuit Protection DevicesDOUBLE POLE MCBs - C CURVE1M21032/31 MOD2 POLE1 Module 2 Pole MCB• 1 Module• C Curve• 6kA• Fits BX, XL, ABX, CBX, MCX, PDU, OPBX ranges• Switched live and neutral polesThese MCBs can be fitted to 1 pole & 3 pole MCB board busbars. Connection to neutral is by flying lead to the neutral block. 2 pole switching. Load cables are connected to the MCB.MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus IndustrialCURRENT RATING (A) 6kA DP32 1M21032/340 1M21040/36kAFOUR POLE MCBs - C CURVE3M41006/33 MOD4 POLE3 Module 4 Pole MCB• 3 Module• C Curve• 10kA• Fits BX, XL, ABX, CBX, MCX, PDU, OPBX ranges• Switched live and neutral polesThese MCBs can be fitted to 3 pole MCB board busbars. Connection to neutral is by flying lead to the neutral block. 4 pole switching. Load cables are connected to the MCB.CURRENT RATING (A) 10kA DP6 3M41006/310 3M41010/316 3M41016/320 3M41020/325 3M41025/332 3M41032/340 3M41040/350 3M41050/363 3M41063/310kA

57 | PROTEUSPROTEUSIP3X STEEL ENCLOSURE TO SUIT 4 POLE RCDCAT. NO. H W DENCRCD4P 385 205 116CURRENT RATING (A)MAX. CABLE SIZE mm230 mA SENSITIVITY CAT. NO.100 mA SENSITIVITY CAT. NO.25 35 25/2/30TA 25/2/100TA 40 35 40/2/30TA 40/2/100TA63 35 63/2/30TA 63/2/100TA80 35 80/2/30TA 80/2/100TA100 50 100/2/30TA -CURRENT RATING (A)MAX. CABLE SIZE mm230 mA SENSITIVITY CAT. NO.100 mA SENSITIVITY CAT. NO.300 mA SENSITIVITY CAT. NO.25 25 25/4/30A - -40 25 40/4/30A 40/4/100A -63 25 63/4/30A 63/4/100A -80 25 80/4/30A 80/4/100A 80/4/300A100 25 100/4/30A 100/4/100A 100/4/300ACURRENT RATING (A)MAX. CABLE SIZE mm2RCD SENSITIVITY (mA)DIRECTIONALCAT. NO.BI-DIRECTIONALCAT. NO.63 (1P+N) 50 100 63/2/100D -100 (1P+N) 50 100 100/2/100D -100 (3P+N) 35 100 - 100/4/100TD100 (3P+N) 35 300 - 100/4/300TDRESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE25/2/30TABI-DIRECTIONAL TYPE A 4 POLE RCDsBI-DIRECTIONAL TIME DELAY RCDsType S - Time delay >150ms.25/4/30A100/2/100DSupply can be connected to top or bottom terminals.DIRECTIONAL TYPE A 2 POLE RCDsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus IndustrialRCBOs and RCDs: Are fitted with a ‘Test-Button’ facility which will check the detection and mechanical tripping function of the device, this must be operated regularly.Circuit Protection DevicesTYPE A TYPE A CURRENT RATING (A)MAX. CABLE SIZE mm2RCD SENSITIVITY (mA)2 POLECAT. NO.4 POLECAT. NO.63 35 30 63/2/30B2 63/4/30B80 35 30 - 80/4/30BTYPE B RCDs63/2/30B2

58PROTEUS | SINGLE MODULE RCBOs - 1 POLE & SOLID NEUTRALDOUBLE MODULE RCBOs - 1POLE & SWITCHED NEUTRALB CURVEMRBA range are suitable for ‘cable in-cable out’ applications and with DP comb busbar.XL6BRB CURVEC CURVE20MCRSPKB CURVE10MRBARESIDUAL CURRENT BREAKER WITH OVERLOAD* - 4.5kA rating. **- 6kA rating.* - 4.5kA rating. **- 6kA rating.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus IndustrialRCBOs and RCDs: Are fitted with a ‘Test-Button’ facility which will check the detection and mechanical tripping function of the device, this must be operated regularly.CURRENT RATING (A)6 kA CAT. NO.6 kA COMP. CAT. NO.10 kA CAT. NO.10 kA COMP.CAT. NO.6 6MBRSPA 6MBRSPKA XL6BR XL6BRK10 10MBRSPA 10MBRSPKA XL10BR XL10BRK16 16MBRSPA 16MBRSPKA XL16BR XL16BRK20 20MBRSPA 20MBRSPKA XL20BR XL20BRK25 25MBRSPA 25MBRSPKA - XL25BRK32 32MBRSPA 32MBRSPKA XL32BR XL32BRK40 40MBRSPA 40MBRSPKA* XL40BR XL40BRK**45 45MBRSPA 45MBRSPKA* XL45BR -CURRENT RATING (A)6 kA CAT. NO.10 kA CAT. NO.10 kA COMP.CAT. NO.6 6MCRSPA XL6CR XL6CRK10 10MCRSPA XL10CR XL10CRK16 16MCRSPA XL16CR XL16CRK20 20MCRSPA XL20CR XL20CRK25 - XL25CR XL25CRK32 32MCRSPA XL32CR XL32CRK40 40MCRSPA XL40CR XL40CRK**45 45MCRSPA XL45CR -CURRENT RATING (A) 6 kA CAT. NO.6 6MRBA10 10MRBA16 16MRBA20 20MRBA32 32MRBA40 40MRBATYPE A TYPE A TYPE A SINGLE MODULE RCBOs - 1 POLE & SOLID NEUTRALSINGLE MODULE RCBOs - 1 POLE & SWITCHED NEUTRALCURRENT RATING (A) 6 kA B CURVE COMP. CAT. NO.6 kA C CURVE COMP. CAT. NO.6 1BK6 1CK610 1BK10 1CK1016 1BK16 1CK1620 1BK20 1CK2032 1BK32 1CK3240 1BK40 1CK401BK10TYPE A Circuit Protection Devices

59 | PROTEUSPROTEUSCircuit Protection DevicesRESIDUAL CURRENT BREAKER WITH OVERLOADTHREE MODULE RCBOs - 4 POLEXL6CR4P100C CURVECURRENT RATING (A)10kA 30mA CAT. NO.10kA 100mACAT. NO.10kA 300mACAT. NO.6 XL6CR4P XL6CR4P100 XL6CR4P30010 XL10CR4P XL10CR4P100 XL10CR4P30016 XL16CR4P XL16CR4P100 XL16CR4P30020 XL20CR4P XL20CR4P100 XL20CR4P30025 XL25CR4P XL25CR4P100 XL25CR4P30032 XL32CR4P XL32CR4P100 XL32CR4P30040 XL40CR4P XL40CR4P100 XL40CR4P30050 XL50CR4P XL50CR4P100 XL50CR4P30063 XL63CR4P XL63CR4P100 XL63CR4P300TYPE A Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus IndustrialRCBOs and RCDs: Are fitted with a ‘Test-Button’ facility which will check the detection and mechanical tripping function of the device, this must be operated regularly.3 MOD4 POLE3 Module 4 Pole RCBO• C Curve• Type A• 10kA• Fits BX, XL, ABX, CBX, MCX, PDU, OPBX ranges• Switched live and neutral polesThese RCBOs can be fitted to 3 pole MCB board busbars. Connection to neutral is by flying lead to the neutral block. 4 pole switching means separately mounted RCDs are not necessary. Load cables are connected to the RCBO.

60PROTEUS | CURRENT RATING (A)KA RATING B CURVE CAT. NO.C CURVE CAT. NO.6 6 AFR06B1 AFR06C110 6 AFR10B1 AFR10C116 6 AFR16B1 AFR16C120 6 AFR20B1 AFR20C132 6 AFR32B1 AFR32C140 6 AFR40B1 AFR40C1COMPLETE CIRCUIT PROTECTIONARC FAULT DETECTION DEVICESAn arc-fault occurs when loose or corroded connections make intermittent contact and causes sparking or arcing between the connections. This translates into heat, which will break down the insulations of the wire and potentially trigger an electrical fire. Such arc’s can range in power and vary a great deal in strength and duration. Potential causes of arc faults could include:-WHAT IS AN ARC FAULT?WHAT IS AN AFR?The Proteus AFR is an arc fault detection device combined with short circuit, overload and earth leakage detection.Trapped/damaged cablesCable wear Damage caused by construction workLoose terminationsArc Fault Detection Devices use digital electronics to analyse the waveform of an A.C. circuit to detect arc faults. The device continuously monitors the circuit for different variations including the duration of an arc and the waveform. Once the device detects an irregular fault the device trips and disconnects the circuit, reducing the chance of it over heating and potentially causing an electrical fire.WHAT IS AN AFDD?PARALLEL ARC FAULT SERIES ARC FAULTSeries arc faults are found in loose terminal connections, damaged cords or frayed/damaged conductors. These arc’s are created in one conductor only, either phase or neutral.Parallel arc faults are found with damage caused to insulation which allows current to flow between conductors, usually between phase and neutral.AFR10B1Circuit Protection DevicesMCBRCDAFREARTH LEAKAGERCBOARC FAULTOVERCURRENTSHORT CIRCUITAFDDMCBProtection against overcurrent and short circuitRCDProtection against earth leakageRCBOProtection against overcurrent, short circuit and earth leakageAFDDProtection against arc faultAFRComplete comprehensive circuit protectionMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise• 6-40 A Rated• Series and parallel arc fault detection• 30 mA earth leakage Type A• B and C curve tripping characteristics• Switched Live & Neutral• Fits existing busbar system• Self testing (AFDD function only)Proteus offer a range of combined Arc Fault Detection (AFD) and Residual Current Circuit Breaker with Overload (RCBO) devices in B & C curve with Type A 30mA earth leakage.The single module device is designed to fit single and three phase distribution boards without the need to modify the bus bar fixing.

61 | PROTEUSPROTEUSSurge Protection DevicesSURGE PROTECTION DEVICESSurges are short-term high voltage impulses, other names being, transients, glitches and spikes, these show themselves for a very short duration of time, typically some micro seconds.Remember, it doesn’t need a direct lightning strike on an installation to cause damaging voltage surges – a ground strike in the near vicinity is quite sufficient. Also remember there are many other sources of voltage transients, such as the starting of large motors and the switching of large capacitive and inductive loads. Common examples of internal switching events are a lift motor in a hotel or fluorescent strip lights being turned on or off.WHAT ARE SURGES AND HOW ARE THEY PRODUCED?443.4 - Protection against transient overvoltage's shall be provided where the consequence caused by overvoltage…• Results in serious injury to, or loss of, human life, or• Public services or damage to cultural heritage, or• Commercial or industry activity, or• A large number of co-located individualsFor all other cases, a risk assessment according to Regulation 443.5 shall be performed in order to determine if protection against transient overvoltage is required.If the risk assessment is not performed, the electrical installation shall be provided with protection against transient overvoltage, except for single dwelling units where the total value of the installation and equipment therein does not justify such protection.• Chapter 44 - Protection against overvoltage’s of atmospheric origin or due to switching.• Chapter 53 - Devices for protection against overvoltageWHERE IS IT IN THE REGS?REG: Consequences:(a) - Serious injury to, or loss of, human life, or(b) - Interruption of public services and/or damage to cultural heritage, or(c) - Interruption of commercial or industrial activity, or(d) - Affects a large number of co-located individualsNote: CRL value <1000 = fit SPDs CRL value >1000 = No SPD required* - Refer to BS EN 62305 Risk AssessmentSPD SELECTION CHARTYes NoIs there a (LPS) Lightning Protection System Installed?Does the consequence of overvoltage result in (a) to (d)?(See below)Carry out Risk Assessment to 443.5 to determine CRL valueYesNoFit type 1 / 2 combined SPDsFit type 2 SPDs at all cable entering buildingFit type 2 at all further zonal interfaces’ and all DBs greater than 10m awayFit type 3 SPDs for sensitive equipmentTYPES OF LIGHTNING AND SURGE ARRESTORSType 1 – Surge arrestor for protection against lightning strikes.Surge arrestor for protection against man-made surges.Surge arrestor for socket outlets / strips and other sensitive control panels (i.e. intruder alarms, fire panels).Type 3 – Type 2 –RATING OF SURGE PROTECTION DEVICESType 1 devices, Maximum Impulse Current 100kA. (25kA per module)Type 2/3 devices, Maximum Discharge Current 12.5kA.Nominal Discharge Current – the device must be able to withstand a current of this magnitude 20 times without damage.Voltage protection level, is the voltage that will appear across the terminals of the device when it is carrying the nominal discharge current. Typical value is 1.5 kV.Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage. This is the maximum RMS that can be applied to the terminals of the device without causing excessive leakage current to flow.Uc- Up-In-Imax-Iimp - Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise

62PROTEUS | SPD/T12/4P SPD/T12/100KA/4P SPD/T12Designation according to EN 61643-11 Type 1+2 Type 1+2 Type 1+2Nominal voltage AC 50-60 Hz Un [V] 230/400 230/400 230/-Maximum continuous operating voltage (L-N) Uc (L-N) [V] 275 275 275Lightning impulse current (10/350) (L-N) limp (L-N) [kA] 12,5 25 12,5Lightning impulse current (10/350) (N-PE) limp (N-PE) [kA] 50 100 25Maximum discharge current (8/20) (L-N) Imax (L-N) [kA] 50 100 50Maximum discharge current (8/20) (N-PE) Imax (N-PE) [kA] 50 100 50Nominal discharge current (8/20) (L-N) In (L-N) [kA] 20 25 20Nominal discharge current (8/20) (N-PE) In (N-PE) [kA] 50 50 25Voltage protection level (L-N) at In Up (L-N) [kV] ≤1,3 1,5 ≤1,3Maximum back-up fuse A [gL] 250 315 200Short circuit withstand Icc [kA] 25 25 25SPD TYPENO. of POLESTHREE PHASE CAT. NO.1 + 2 4 SPD/T12/4P1 + 2 4 SPD/T12/4PA*THREE PHASE TYPE 1 + 2 SPDSPD TYPENO. of POLESTHREE PHASE CAT. NO.1 + 2 4 SPD/T12/100KA/4PTHREE PHASE TYPE 1 + 2 SPDSPD TYPENO. of POLESSINGLE PHASE CAT. NO.1 + 2 2 SPD/T12SINGLE PHASE TYPE 1 + 2 SPDSURGE PROTECTION DEVICESSPD’S IN INSULATED IP RATED ENCLOSURESSPD TYPE IP RATING CAT. NO. H W D1+ 2 IP65 SPD/T12/4PE 155 115 951 + 2 IP65 SPD/T12/100KA/4PE 190 250 1202 IP65 SPD/T2/4PE 155 115 951 + 2 IP65 SPD/T12E 150 100 1002 IP65 SPD/T2E 150 100 1002 + 3 IP65 SPD/T23E 150 100 100SPD/T2/4PESurge Protection DevicesMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus Industrial* - Fitted with an aux contact for remote signalingSPD/T12/4P

63 | PROTEUSPROTEUSSPD/T2/4P SPD/T2 SPD/T23Designation according to EN 61643-11 Type 2 Type 2 Type 2+3Nominal voltage AC 50-60 Hz Un [V] 230/400 230/- 230/-Maximum continuous operating voltage (L-N) Uc (L-N) [V] 275 275 275Maximum discharge current (8/20) (L-N) Imax (L-N) [kA] 40 40 15Nominal discharge current (8/20) (L-N) In (L-N) [kA] 20 20 5Voltage protection level (L-N) at In Up (L-N) [kV] ≤1,3 ≤1,3 ≤1,2Voltage protection level (N-PE) at In Up (N-PE) [kV] ≤1,5 ≤1,5 ≤1,5Maximum back-up fuse A [gL] 250 125 63Short circuit withstand Icc [kA] 25 25 10SPD TYPENO. of POLESTHREE PHASE CAT. NO.2 4 SPD/T2/4P2 4 SPD/T2/4PA*THREE PHASE TYPE 2 SPDSPD TYPENO. of POLESSINGLE PHASE CAT. NO.2 1 SPD/T2/1M2 2 SPD/T2SINGLE PHASE TYPE 2 SPDSPD TYPENO. of POLESSINGLE PHASE CAT. NO.2 + 3 2 SPD/T23SINGLE PHASE TYPE 2 + 3 SPDSURGE PROTECTION DEVICESSPD’S IN STEEL ENCLOSURESSPD TYPEIP RATING CAT. NO. H W D2 IP3X SPD/T2/4PES 385 205 1161+2 IP3X SPD/T12/4PES 385 205 1161 + 2 IP3X SPD/T12/100KA/4PES 385 205 116SPD/T12/4PESSurge Protection DevicesMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus IndustrialDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D TERMINAL CAPACITY (UP TO)100A isolator with Type 2 surge protectionEMIST2 145 95 82 50 mm2100A isolator with Type 1+2 surge protectionEMIST12 145 95 82 50 mm2SURGE PROTECTED ELECTRICITY METER ISOLATOR SWITCHESEMIST2* - Fitted with an aux contact for remote signalingPre-made insulated Bus bar ConnectionsSPD/T2/4P

64PROTEUS | Proteus EVSTANDARD DISTRIBUTION UNITS FOR EV CHARGERSGENERAL CONSTRUCTION TO BSEN 61439-1 & 2Proteus Switchgear offer a wide range of standard products which suit a variety of EV installations. Not only do they distribute power, offer short circuit, overcurrent and earth leakage protection, but they are also off-the-shelf items which makes them a quick and affordable option.They are a complete solution which comes fully assembled and with all the required devices already fitted.We offer a 1 way unit, all the way up to a 12 way unit and many different configurations in-between. Outgoing ways are described as the kW rating of the required chargers so you can easily choose the switchgear to match your EV charging requirements.Proteus offer a large range of custom designed single & three phase distribution units for EV chargers. Ensure your customer’s exact requirements are met with a completely bespoke solution.PROTEUS DISTRIBUTION UNITS FOR ELECTRIC CAR CHARGERSWhether the installation is for electric car charger for home or work or if it requires a slow unit, fast charger or rapid charger, Proteus can offer a standard or bespoke solution to supply and protect your electric car charging stations.DOMESTIC, COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL OR PUBLICProteus can offer EV charging switchgear solutions for a variety of installations from charging at home, the workplace, public access and commercial applications.COMPATIBILITY WITH DIFFERENT CHARGERS

65 | PROTEUSPROTEUSProteus EVEnsure your customer’s exact requirements are met with a completely bespoke solution.ON-SITE SURVEYOur team are happy to visit your site to establish your project requirements.DESIGNED TO YOUR SPECIFICATIONProteus utilise the latest drawing software and provide board layout drawings at both quotation and construction stages.TESTING & COMPLIANCEAll products tested to relevant British & European Standards.You’re welcome to visit the factory to see your board being built and discuss build requirements.Proteus Switchgear also offer pre-built bespoke solutions including MCCBs, MCBs, RCDs, RCBOs in IP3X steel enclosures or steel/GRP IP65 Enclosures to suit various applications.Not all EV charging installations are exactly the same, so specialist solutions are often required. Proteus Switchgear are able to design and build bespoke configurations to distribute power and offer protection to all of your required EV charging points.BESPOKE DISTRIBUTION UNITS FOR EV CHARGERSGENERAL CONSTRUCTION TO BSEN 61439-1 & 2With state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities and dedicated sales, technical and production staff, we specialise in offering solutions to problems that often cannot be addressed by standard product offerings.BE INVOLVEDPROTEUS EVHOME CHARGINGSINGLE PHASEWORKPLACE & PUBLICTHREE PHASEBESPOKE SWITCHGEAROFFERINGPFrom simple EV distribution boards to fully integrated Consumer Units featuring PME fault detection, the Proteus Switchgear range of EV distribution is the complete offering.Ensure your customers exact requirements are achieved with our bespoke switchgear service. We can design our single or three phase boards to suit your specification.Whether your installation is for a workplace or public car park we have a comprehensive range of standard distribution boards available. Including O-PEN® technology which negates the need for earth rods.

66PROTEUS | PROTEUS EVProteus EVMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus IndustrialOPTION 1 - 6kA RATEDIn this application, supply to the EV Charge Point is taken directly from the main consumer unit within the home, through our EV distribution board with PME fault detection and on to the Charge Point. Our 6kA rated EV distribution board would be suitable.OPTION 2 - 16kA RATEDIf your installation requires your EV Charge Point supply to be taken from the meter cupboard terminals, then the EV Distribution Board must meet BS61439-3 Annex ZB – 16kA Short Circuit rating. In this application, our 16kA rated EV Distribution Board would be required.As the demand for EV charging within domestic installations becomes ever more popular, choosing the correct protection for your charge point is crucial in providing a safe and effective environment. From simple EV distribution boards to fully integrated Consumer Units featuring PME fault detection, the Proteus Switchgear range of EV distribution is the complete offering.AEV40PME6kA RATEDOPTION 1OPTION 2AEV40PMES16kA RATEDEMISELECTRICMETERTERMINAL BLOCKSETB5BLETB5BRETB5CUTOUT

67 | PROTEUSPROTEUSPROTEUS EVProteus EVAEV40PMEPROTECTION DEVICE CAT. NO. H W DRCBO 40 A AEV40PME 225 225 119RCD 63 A / MCB 40 A AEVB40PME 256 309 119EV DISTRIBUTION BOARDS c/w PME FAULT DETECTIONSuitable For: 1 x 7.2kW SP EV ChargerAVE40PMESPROTECTION DEVICE CAT. NO. H W DRCBO 40A AEV40PMES 225 225 119RCD 63A / MCB 40A AEVB40PMES 256 309 119EV DISTRIBUTION BOARDS c/w PME FAULT DETECTIONSuitable For: 1 x 7.2kW SP EV ChargerOUTGOING WAYSPROTECTION DEVICECAT. NO. H W D8 RCBO 40A AEV8PME40 256 417 11912 RCBO 40A AEV12PME40 256 489 119ISOLATOR CONTROLLED EV CONSUMER UNITS c/w PME FAULT DETECTIONSuitable For: 1 x 7.2 kW SP EV ChargerAVE55PME40OUTGOING WAYSPROTECTION DEVICECAT. NO. H W D10 RCBO 40A AEV55PME40 256 489 11916 RCBO 40A AEV88PME40 256 597 119DUAL RCD EV CONSUMER UNITS c/w PME FAULT DETECTIONSuitable For: 1 x 7.2 kW SP EV ChargerAEV40PMESIPPROTECTION DEVICE CAT. NO. H W DRCBO 40A AEV40PMEIP 201 202 120RCD 63A / MCB 40A AEVB40PMEIP 259 319 144IP65 EV DISTRIBUTION BOARDS c/w PME FAULT DETECTIONSuitable For: 1 x 7.2kW SP EV ChargerPROTECTION DEVICE CAT. NO. H W DRCBO 40 A AEV40PMESIP 201 202 120RCD 63 A / MCB 40 A AEVB40PMESIP 259 319 144IP65 EV DISTRIBUTION BOARDS c/w PME FAULT DETECTIONSuitable For: 1 x 7.2kW SP EV ChargerAEVB40PMEIPMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus IndustrialAVE8PME406kA 16kA 16kA 6kA SPDREADYSPDREADY16kA 16kA

68PROTEUS | PROTEUS EVProteus EV4P ISOLATOR 4P RCDS RCD TYPE CAT. NO.40A 40A A PEV1-22-IRA40A 63A B PEV1-22-IRBTP+N POPULATED DISTRIBUTION BOARD4P RCDS RCD TYPE 4P MCBS CAT. NO.40A A 40A PEV1-22-MRA63A B 40A PEV1-22-MRBSuitable For: 22kW TP EV ChargersDimensions: 385mm(H), 205mm(W) & 112mm(D)Supplied with:• C Curve 10kA 4 Pole MCB or isolator• 30A 4 Pole RCDPEV1-22-MRAMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUse the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus IndustrialPEV1-22-IRAI - Isolator, M - MCB, RA - RCD Type A & RB - RCD Type BOUTGOING WAYSPROTECTION DEVICE CAT. NO. H W D1 RCBO 40A 40mA Type A DP RES40IP 200 127 120PRE-WIRED 40A EV IP65 DISTRIBUTION BOARDSSuitable For: 1 x 7.2 kW SP EV ChargerRES40IP6kA SPDREADY• Pre installed 40A, 30mA Type A DP RCBO• 6mm2 6181Y double insulated tails, grey/brown and grey/blue• 6mm2 6194X single insulated earth• 10mm diameter flexible conduit• 25mm diameter flexible conduitOUTGOING WAYSPROTECTION DEVICE CAT. NO. H W D1 RCBO 40A 40mA Type A DP RES40 180 67 85PRE-WIRED 40A EV METAL DISTRIBUTION BOARDSSuitable For: 1 x 7.2 kW SP EV ChargerRES406kA SPDREADY• Pre installed 40A, 30mA Type A DP RCBO• 6mm2 6181Y double insulated tails, grey/brown and grey/blue• 6mm2 6194X single insulated earth• 10mm diameter flexible conduitAmbient temperature: -5°C to +55°C.Ambient temperature: -5°C to +55°C.

69 | PROTEUSPROTEUSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwisePROTEUS EVProteus EVProteus Industrial Switchgear are working with major names in electric vehicle (EV) charging. We design and build bespoke and standard switchgear solutions for protecting and distributing power to EV chargers.A recent project saw a roll-out of 150kW chargers across 6,500 public charging points throughout the UK. The roll-out will help future-proof the UK’s charging facilities, as currently very few EVs are capable of charging at 150kW.To provide suitable power distribution, control and circuit protection we designed and manufactured a range of products to cover the various installation types.The main panels for the 150kW ultra chargers include 1250A or 1600A incomers supplying two or four 315A MCCBs. All are fitted with type A earth leakage and surge protection with a further sub-distribution board providing lighting and maintenance outlets.As a UK manufacturer Proteus Switchgear offer such customised solutions with quality products which are fully compliant with BS 61439 parts 1 & 2.PROTEUS ASSIST THE FAST CHARGER ROLL OUTTHROUGHOUT THE UK150kW CHARGERS ACROSS 6,500PUBLIC CHARGING POINTSDID YOU KNOW WE OFFER A PRE-FABRICATED SOLUTION? CONTACT US FOR MORE INFORMATION

70PROTEUS | Are you installing EV charge points and looking for a compliant alternative to Earth electrodes?Why do you need to install Earth electrodes?PME (TNCS) is the most common form of earthing provided at new installations and utilises a single conductor for the neutral and earthing functions (PEN) with an earth terminal derived from the neutral cable. The danger arises if there is an open PEN conductor within the network. This can lead to an electric shock if any metallic parts, including gas pipework and any bonded appliance, were touched by a person in simultaneous contact with the general mass of Earth.Unfortunately, MCBs and RCDs currently used DO NOT detect this fault and DO NOT offer any protection.Because of this the IET Wiring Regulations BS:7671, states that a PME earthing facility shall not be used as means of earthing for the protective conductor contact of a charging point located outdoors or that might reasonably be expected to be used to charge a vehicle located outdoors.Unless one of the following methods is used• The charge point forms part of a three-phase installation where all of the demand including the charge point/s are balanced over all of the available phases• The car charging installation includes an Earth electrode of sufficient resistance to ensure the rise of earth potential will be limited to a maximum of 70 V rms during a broken neutral event• Protection of electric shock is provided by a device which disconnects the charging point/s from the live conductors of the supply and the protective earth within 5 seconds in the event of a broken neutralwe have the answer……With the introduction of BS: 7671 it is now very clear what is allowed for protection on EV charge point installations. matt:e has developed a range of connection centres that allow for the compliant connection of EV charge points to PME infrastructures without the use of Earth electrodes.O-PEN® TECHNOLOGYDID YOU KNOW?The O-PEN® protection device which monitors the PEN conductor and trips the 5 pole MCB in the event of a fault, automatically recloses once the fault is cleared using Matt:E technology.PROTEUS EVProteus EVMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCompliant:BS EN 61439-3Use the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus IndustrialOPBX06S1UP TO 4x22kW 3 PHASE CHARGERS UP TO 6x7.2kW SINGLE PHASE CHARGERS Electric vehiclerecharging point only

71 | PROTEUSPROTEUSNO. OF WAYSINCOMER CAT. NO. H W D4 100A OPBX04S1 1000 500 170+50 door 6 100A OPBX06S1 1000 500 170+50 door 8 100A OPBX08S1 1200 500 170+50 door 12 100A OPBX12S1 1200 500 170+50 door 100A 4P MATT:E O-PEN® ISOLATOR INCOMERNO. OF WAYSINCOMER CAT. NO. H W D4 200A OPBX04S2 1100 500 170+50 door 6 200A OPBX06S2 1100 500 170+50 door 8 200A OPBX08S2 1300 500 170+50 door 12 200A OPBX12S2 1300 500 170+50 door 16 200A OPBX16S2 1550 500 170+50 door 200A 4P MATT:E O-PEN® ISOLATOR INCOMERRATING CAT. NO. H W D200A OPS2 1100 500 170400A OPS4 1350 1200 300630A OPS6 1350 1500 300STAND ALONE O-PEN®SPD CAT. NO.Type 1+2 100A OPSPDT12S1Type 2 100A OPSPDT2S1Type 1+2 200A OPSPDT12S2Type 2 200A OPSPDT2S2SURGE KIT FOR OPXRATING CAT. NO.100A OPMFMS1200A OPMFMS2MID METER KIT FOR OPXNO. OF MOD.CAT. NO. H W D20 OPMB20 300 500 17040 OPMB40 500 500 170MODULAR BOXES• Available in 4, 6, 8, 12 & 16 triple pole outgoing ways.• Choose between 100A or 200A 4 pole isolator incomer.• Features a matt:e O-PEN® protection device which monitors the PEN conductor and trips the 5 pole MCB in the event of a fault, automatically reclosing once the fault is cleared.• Accepts MCBs from 2A to 63A and RCBOS from 6A to 63A.• Surge protection and Multi-function Metering optional if required.• Insulated earth and neutral terminal bars.• Removable end plates, top and bottom.• Removable door.• Key hole wall fixings.• Additional modular boxes available for RCD’s.• Larger sized incomers available upon request.PRODUCT FEATURES NO EARTH RODS REQUIREDNO EARTH RODS REQUIREDPROTEUS EVProteus EVOPBX06S1UP TO 4x22kW 3 PHASE CHARGERS UP TO 6x7.2kW SINGLE PHASE CHARGERS Electric vehiclerecharging point onlyMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCompliant:BS EN 61439-3Use the colour code to identify the supplying Proteus Division:Blue box:Proteus Consumer No box:Proteus IndustrialOPBX04S1OPBX06S2

72

Please refer to page 54 for circuit protection devicesCONSUMER UNITDIVISIONFor over 30 years, Proteus Switchgear has been at the forefront of British manufacturing - specialising in the production of domestic consumer units and circuit protective devices, working proficiently to supply a full and varied product range. In addition to our standard product range, we have the ability to offer fully bespoke units, tailored to customer needs to suit any individual installation. At Proteus, we are entirely committed to the design and development of our products with the future in mind. Our values insist that we are continuously endeavouring to provide 100% tested products alongside features and benefits that allow us to excel within the Switchgear industry.Section ContentMetalclad Consumer Units 74Insulated Consumer Units 86Proteus EV 64Enclosures/Multi-Purpose Units 89Switch Fuses/Fire Alarm Switches 90Metering Ancillary Products 92Three Phase Consumer Units 94Mantel Units 95Circuit Protection Devices 54Timers 96Contactors & Isolators 97Accessories 98Specials 100Technical Information 10273

74PROTEUS CONSUMER | RCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBNELSPDNDPINCOMERDPRCDMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBNMCBESPDL NEEEESELECTION AND CONFIGURATIONS• Is the Consumer Unit being installed in a domestic (household) premise (Reg. 421.1.201), i.e. metalclad consumer unit?• To avoid hazards and minimise inconvenience in the event of a fault, take into account the danger caused by failure of a single circuit such as a lighting circuit. Reduce the possibility of tripping of an RCD due to excessive protective conductor currents (Reg. 314.1).ISOLATOR CONTROLLED BOARDRCD CONTROLLED BOARD• Allows the use of single module RCBO devices for individual circuit protection at 30mA.• Reduces risk of nuisance tripping.• An earth fault on one circuit would not adversely affect other circuits in the installation.• Can be used as main domestic Consumer Unit.• Suitable for Grouped Circuit Protection of small numbers of circuits, usually downstream of main consumer unit.• Typical applications include garages, showers and small extensions.• If fed from main Consumer Unit also with RCD protection, earth leakage discrimination must be considered.• Can be used as sub-distribution board, but should not be used as main domestic Consumer Unit.See page 78 for Metalclad boards (88 for insulated boards)See page 79 for Metalclad boards (88 for insulated boards)Metalclad Consumer UnitsThis guide to Consumer Units has been compiled in order to assist in understanding the new wiring regulations. However it is not intended to be a substitute for BS 7671 which should always be consulted in order to ensure that all installations are constructed in accordance with these regulations.• Socket outlets up to 32A must be protected by a residual-current device (Reg. 411.3.3).• Is Lightning or Surge Protection required under Regulation 443.4 & 5?• Are Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs) required to provide additional protection against fire under regulation 421.1.7?

75 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERNEDPINCOMERRCBO/AFDDRCBO/AFDDRCBO/AFDDRCBO/AFDDSupplyL NSELECTION AND CONFIGURATIONSDUAL RCD BOARDHIGH INTEGRITY DUAL RCD BOARD• High Integrity circuit ways off the isolator are available for dedicated circuit protection - i.e. Smoke Alarms.• Dual 30mA RCD configuration offering Grouped Circuit Protection.• Circuits can be segregated to reduce unwanted tripping.• Can be used as main domestic Consumer Unit.• Offers Grouped Circuit Protection using two 30mA RCDs• Circuits can be segregated to reduce unwanted tripping, for example upstairs lights + downstairs ring main off RCD1 and downstairs lights + upstairs ring main off RCD2.• Can be used as main domestic Consumer Unit. See page 80 for Metalclad boardsSee page 81 for Metalclad boardsDUAL TARIFF BOARD• For segregation of On Peak and Off Peak circuits.• Optional split load and isolator incomer options available.• Additional configurations available upon request.• Can be used as main domestic Consumer Unit.Metalclad Consumer UnitsAFDD BOARD• For compliance to Regulation 421.1.7 - recommended use of Arc Fault Detection Devices as a means of providing additional protection against fire caused by arc faults in final AC circuits.• Use standard Isolator Controlled Consumer Units and fit 1 module combined AFD/RCBO Devices offering Arc Fault, Earth Leakage, Overload and Short Circuit protection.• Can be used as main domestic Consumer Unit.See page 60 for Combined AFD/RCBOsDPISOLATORMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBN1MCBESPDL NDPRCDDPRCDN2DPISOLATORMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBN2ESPDL NDPRCDDPRCDN3RCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBN1See page 82 for Metalclad boardsEEEEERCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBLSPDNDPINCOMERDPINCOMERNEN NESupplyL1SupplyL2Supply NN3N2N2N1RCBORCBORCBORCBORCBORCBO

76PROTEUS CONSUMER | METALCLAD CONSUMER UNIT FEATURESMetalclad Consumer UnitsThe new range of Metalclad Consumer Units from Proteus Switchgear have been designed in conjunction with contractors and housing authorities specifically to meet the requirements of BS 7671 - The Wiring Regulations.With its linear design and matt white (RAL9010) finish, the consumer unit offers the home owner a discreet and contemporary product, whilst providing suitable protection to meet today’s need.The All-Metal construction ensures compliance to Regulation 421.1.201, whilst the optional Surge Protection feature means you are up to date with the latest 18th Edition regulations.The Proteus Metalclad range meets these requirements and offers additional features providing a more versatile product for the installing contractor.KEYFEATURES:METALCLADRANGEFEATURES:

77 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERMETALCLAD CONSUMER UNIT FEATURESMetalclad Consumer UnitsIncreased height for added cabling space.OFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE1.2.Increased Height1.2.Added cabling capacity3.4.3.Easy access for meter tail connections.7.BS EN 61439-3 Compliant.6.Bespoke consumer units made to order.5.Removable blank for SPD installation.18th Edition / SPD CompliantComb bus bar / Half Din Rail for quick fitting of devices.4.Preformed cablesInstallation of Devices

78PROTEUS CONSUMER | ISOLATOR INCOMER CONSUMER UNITSThe Proteus Metalclad range of metal consumer units are designed and manufactured to BS EN 61439 pt3 and meets the requirements of BS 7671, regulation 421.1.201 - effects against thermal influences specifically for domestic household dwellings. With the addition of a removable blank adjacent to the main switch, these consumer units are 18th Edition compliant for Surge Protection Devices.AYXLM8UT2ISOLATOR CONTROLLED CONSUMER UNITSMetalclad Consumer UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 54FEATURES:O/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATING WITHOUT SPDCAT. NO.H W D2 63A AYXLM2 - 220 115 854 100A AYXLM4U AYXLM4UT2 256 201 1196 100A AYXLM6U AYXLM6UT2 256 273 1198 100A AYXLM8U AYXLM8UT2 256 273 11910 100A AYXLM10U AYXLM10UT2 256 309 11912 100A AYXLM12U AYXLM12UT2 256 381 11914 100A AYXLM14U AYXLM14UT2 256 381 11916 100A AYXLM16U AYXLM16UT2 256 417 11918 100A AYXLM18U AYXLM18UT2 256 489 11920 100A AYXLM20U AYXLM20UT2 256 489 11926 100A AYXLM26U AYXLM26UT2 256 597 119LIFT UPLIDS18thCOMPLIANT63A / 100A Double Pole Switch Disconnector Incomer Metalclad Consumer Unit• Available range of outgoing circuits from 2 to 26 way• Units will accept 6kA and 10kA MCBs and RCBOs• Optional Surge Protection Device (SPD) fitted• Non-combustible enclosureWITH SPDTYPE 2CAT. NO.For TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23

79 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERRCD INCOMER CONSUMER UNITS* - 30mA trip rating.RCD INCOMER CONSUMER UNITSAJBXM8UAThe Proteus range of RCD incomer metalclad consumer units are available with 63A, 80A and 100A RCD incomer ratings and 30mA earth leakage protection. For higher earth leakage protection, 100mA to 500mA, please contact our sales office for further details on 01527 517 117.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 54Metalclad Consumer UnitsFEATURES:O/G WAYS RCD RATING*WITHOUT SPDCAT. NO.H W D2 63A AJBXM2UA - 220 115 854 63A AJBXM4UA AJBXM4UAT2 256 201 1196 63A AJBXM6UA AJBXM6UAT2 256 273 1198 63A AJBXM8UA AJBXM8UAT2 256 273 11912 63A AJBXM12UA AJBXM12UAT2 256 381 1192 80A AKBXM2UA - 232 150 1194 80A AKBXM4UA AKBXM4UAT2 256 201 1196 80A AKBXM6UA AKBXM6UAT2 256 273 1198 80A AKBXM8UA AKBXM8UAT2 256 273 11912 80A AKBXM12UA AKBXM12UTA2 256 381 1192 100A ALBXM2UA - 232 150 1194 100A ALBXM4UA ALBXM4UAT2 256 201 1196 100A ALBXM6UA ALBXM6UAT2 256 273 1198 100A ALBXM8UA ALBXM8UAT2 256 273 11912 100A ALBXM12UA ALBXM12UAT2 256 381 11963A / 100A 30mA RCD Incomer Metalclad Consumer Unit • Available range of outgoing circuits from 2 to 12 way• Incoming RCD fitted can be a choice of either 63A, 80A, or 100A• Units will accept 6kA and 10kA MCBs• Optional Surge Protection Device (SPD) fitted• Non-combustible enclosureLIFT UPLIDS18thWITH SPDTYPE 2CAT. NO.COMPLIANTFor TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23

80PROTEUS CONSUMER | Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 54This selection of Consumer Units offer the facility to spread the load circuits across one or two 30mA RCDs. In addition, our standard range of dual RCD consumer units are available with SPD pre-fitted.DUAL RCD CONSUMER UNITSAYXLMJB5JB5UAT2DUAL RCD CONSUMER UNITSMetalclad Consumer Units Dual RCD ControlledO/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATINGRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*WITHOUT SPD CAT. NO. H W D6 100A 63A 63A AYXLMJB3JB3UA AYXLMJB3JB3UAT2 256 309 11910 100A 63A 63A AYXLMJB5JB5UA AYXLMJB5JB5UAT2 256 381 11910 100A 80A 80A AYXLMKB5KB5UA AYXLMKB5KB5UAT2 256 381 11910 100A 100A 100A AYXLMLB5LB5UA AYXLMLB5LB5UAT2 256 381 11912 100A 63A 63A AYXLMJB6JB6UA AYXLMJB6JB6UAT2 256 417 11912 100A 80A 80A AYXLMKB6KB6UA AYXLMKB6KB6UAT2 256 417 11912 100A 100A 100A AYXLMLB6LB6UA AYXLMLB6LB6UAT2 256 417 11916 100A 80A 80A AYXLMKB8KB8UA AYXLMKB8KB8UAT2 256 489 11916 100A 100A 100A AYXLMLB8LB8UA AYXLMLB8LB8UAT2 256 489 11920 100A 80A 80A AYXLMKB10KB10UA AYXLMKB10KB10UAT2 256 597 11920 100A 100A 100A AYXLMLB10LB10UA AYXLMLB10LB10UAT2 256 597 119Metalclad Consumer UnitsFEATURES:LIFT UPLIDS18thWITH SPD TYPE 2CAT. NO.COMPLIANT• Supplied with 2x Type A 30mA RCDs, 1x 100A DP isolator and full complement of earth and neutral terminals along with marking labels, busbar and instructions• Non-combustible enclosureFor TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23O/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATINGRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*WITHOUT SPD CAT. NO. H W D6 100A 63A 63A ACP33CMUA ACP33CMUAT23 256 309 11910 100A 63A 63A ACP55CMUA ACP55CMUAT23 256 381 11912 100A 80A 80A ACP66CMUA ACP66CMUAT23 256 417 119CONTRACTOR PACKWITH SPD TYPE 2+3CAT. NO.• Contractor packs are sold complete with MCBs

81 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 54HIGH INTEGRITY DUAL RCD CONSUMER UNITS* - 30mA trip rating. AYXLM2JB4JB4UAT2HIGH INTEGRITY CONSUMER UNITSDual RCD High Integrity Metalclad Consumer UnitO/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATINGRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*WITHOUT SPD CAT. NO. H W D6 100A 63A 63A AYXLM1JB2JB3UA AYXLM1JB2JB3UAT2 256 309 11910 100A 63A 63A AYXLM2JB4JB4UA AYXLM2JB4JB4UAT2 256 381 11912 100A 63A 63A AYXLM2JB5JB5UA AYXLM2JB5JB5UAT2 256 417 11914 100A 63A 63A AYXLM2JB6JB6UA AYXLM2JB6JB6UAT2 256 489 11920 100A 80A 80A AYXLM4KB8KB8UA AYXLM4KB8KB8UAT2 256 597 1196 100A 63A 63A AYXLMDSLV6UA AYXLMDSLV6UAT2 256 309 11910 100A 63A 63A AYXLMDSLV10UA AYXLMDSLV10UAT2 256 381 11910 100A 100A 100A AYXLMDSLV10UNA AYXLMDSLV10UNAT2 256 381 11912 100A 63A 63A AYXLMDSLV12UA AYXLMDSLV12UAT2 256 417 11912 100A 100A 100A AYXLMDSLV12UNA AYXLMDSLV12UNAT2 256 417 11916 100A 80A 80A AYXLMDSLV16UA AYXLMDSLV16UAT2 256 489 11916 100A 100A 100A AYXLMDSLV16UNA AYXLMDSLV16UNAT2 256 489 11922 100A 80A 80A AYXLMDSLV22UA AYXLMDSLV22UAT2 256 597 11922 100A 100A 100A AYXLMDSLV22UNA AYXLMDSLV22UNAT2 256 597 119Metalclad Consumer UnitsFor applications where ‘High Integrity’ circuit protection is required, for example smoke detectors, these units allow dedicated RCBO installation.FEATURES:Standard configurations listed below supplied with DP Isolator and RCD/s factory fitted, link leads for both Live and Neutral connections also pre-installed.LIFT UPLIDSWITH SPD TYPE 2CAT. NO.18thCOMPLIANTFor TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23• Supplied with 2x Type A 30mA RCD’s, 1x 100A DP Isolator and full complement of earth and neutral terminals along with marking labels, bus bar and instructions• Non-combustible enclosure• DSLV units are flexible/variable

82PROTEUS CONSUMER | SPLIT LOAD CONSUMER UNITSAYXLMSLV12UAAYXLM8Y4UDUAL TARIFF CONSUMER UNITSMetalclad Consumer Units Split LoadIsolator controlled dual tariff consumer units. For RCD incomers, please contact our sales office.O/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATING RCD 1 RATING* WITHOUT SPD CAT. NO.H W D6 100A 63A AYXLMSLV6UA AYXLMSLV6UAT2 256 273 11012 100A 63A AYXLMSLV12UA AYXLMSLV12UAT2 256 381 110ON PEAK OFF PEAK WITHOUT SPD CAT. NO. H W D100A isolator 6 ways 100A isolator 2 ways AYXLM6Y2U AYXLM6Y2UT2 256 309 119100A isolator 8 ways 100A isolator 4 ways AYXLM8Y4U AYXLM8Y4UT2 256 381 119100A isolator 8 ways 100A isolator 6 ways AYXLM8Y6U AYXLM8Y6UT2 256 417 119100A isolator 10 ways 100A isolator 4 ways AYXLM10Y4U AYXLM10Y4UT2 256 417 119100A isolator 12 ways 100A isolator 4 ways AYXLM12Y4U AYXLM12Y4UT2 256 446 119100A isolator 12 ways 100A isolator 6 ways AYXLM12Y6U AYXLM12Y6UT2 256 489 119100A isolator 10 ways 100A isolator 10 ways AYXLM10Y10U AYXLM10Y10UT2 500 309 1193 & 3 Dual RCD 100A isolator 2 ways AYXLMJB3JB3Y2U AYXLMJB3JB3Y2UT2 256 381 1194 & 4 Dual RCD 100A isolator 4 ways AYXLMJB4JB4Y4U AYXLMJB4JB4Y4UT2 256 446 1195 & 5 Dual RCD 100A isolator 4 ways AYXLMJB5JB5Y4U AYXLMJB5JB5Y4UT2 256 489 119* - 30mA trip rating.LIFT UPLIDSLIFT UPLIDSWITH SPD TYPE 2CAT. NO.WITH SPD TYPE 2CAT. NO.18thCOMPLIANT18thCOMPLIANTFEATURES:Our standard range of dual tariff consumer units provide dedicated segregation of on peak and off peak circuits.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 54DUAL TARIFF & SPLIT LOAD CONSUMER UNITSMetalclad Consumer Units• Available in bespoke configurations• Suitable for Multi-Tariff installations• Optional Surge Protection Device (SPD) fittedFor TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23• Supplied with 1 x 30mA RCDs, 1 x 100A DP isolator and full complement of earth and neutral terminals• Units are variable / configurable• Non-combustible enclosure

83 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERDUAL RCD CONTROLLED CONSUMER UNITSMetalclad Consumer Units Dual RCD Controlled• Supplied with 2x Type A 30mA RCDs, 1x 100A DP isolator and full complement of earth and neutral terminals• Non-combustible enclosureISOLATOR CONTROLLED CONSUMER UNITSO/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATING WITHOUT SPDCAT. NO.H W D22 100A AYXLM22DBU AYXLM22DBUT2 500 301 11930 100A AYXLM30DBU AYXLM30DBUT2 500 381 11934 100A AYXLM34DBU AYXLM34DBUT2 500 417 11942 100A AYXLM42DBU AYXLM42DBUT2 500 489 119100A Double Pole Switch Disconnector Incomer Metalclad Consumer Unit• Available range of outgoing circuits from 22 to 42 way• Units will accept 6kA and 10kA MCBs and RCBOs• Optional Surge Protection Device (SPD) fitted• Non-combustible enclosureWITH SPDTYPE 2CAT. NO.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 54Metalclad Consumer UnitsDOUBLE BANK CONSUMER UNITS* - 30mA trip rating.O/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATINGRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*WITHOUT SPD CAT. NO. H W D18 100A 80A 80A AYXLMKB8KB10UA AYXLMKB8KB10UAT2 500 309 11926 100A 80A 80A AYXLMKB12KB14UA AYXLMKB12KB14UAT2 500 381 11930 100A 80A 80A AYXLMKB14KB16UA AYXLMKB14KB16UAT2 500 417 119WITH SPD TYPE 2CAT. NO.For TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23HIGH INTEGRITY DUAL RCD CONSUMER UNITS* - 30mA trip rating. Dual RCD High Integrity Metalclad Consumer UnitO/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATINGRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*WITHOUT SPD CAT. NO. H W D18 100A 80A 80A AYXLM2KB6KB10UA AYXLM2KB6KB10UAT2 500 309 11926 100A 80A 80A AYXLM2KB10KB14UA AYXLM2KB10KB14UAT2 500 381 11930 100A 80A 80A AYXLM2KB12KB16UA AYXLM2KB12KB16UAT2 500 417 119WITH SPD TYPE 2CAT. NO.• Supplied with 2x Type A 30mA RCD’s, 1x 100A DP Isolator and full complement of earth and neutral terminals• Non-combustible enclosure• DSLV units are variable / configurableMore double banked configurations available on requestAYXLM22DBUT2AYXLMKB12KB14UAAYXLM2KB6KB10UAT2

84PROTEUS CONSUMER | ENCLOSURES & GARAGE / SHOWER UNITSGARAGE UNITSAPXLM10UMETALCLAD ENCLOSURESAPGU2AMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 54The Proteus Metalclad range offers a selection of din rail mount enclosures for building your own switchgear assembly. Metalclad Consumer UnitsFEATURES:A range of Garage and Shower Units are also available, pre-fitted with MCBs and bus bar.NO. OF MOD.CAT. NO. H W D6 APXLM6U 256 201 11910 APXLM10U 256 273 11912 APXLM12U 256 309 11916 APXLM16U 256 381 11918 APXLM18U 256 417 11922 APXLM22U 256 489 11928 APXLM28U 256 597 119O/G WAYSRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*CAT. NO. H W D2 40A 6A+16A APGU2A 220 115 854 40A 6A+16A APGU4MUA 256 201 119Metal Clad Garage Unit with 40A RCD with 6A and 16A MCB• Compact designO/G WAYSRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*CAT. NO. H W D1 40A 40A APSU95A 220 115 851 63A 50A APSU115A 232 150 85SHOWER UNITSMetal Shower Unit complete with 40A RCD and 40A MCB or 63A RCD and 50A MCB• Non-combustible enclosureAPSU115AAENC204MLMODULAR METALCLAD ENCLOSURESNO. OF MOD.CAT. NO. H W D2 AENC202MC 180 67 854 AENC204MC 180 112 85• Centralised dinrail• Consumer unit style enclosuresNO. OF MOD.CAT. NO. H W D2 AENC202ML 230 67 904 AENC204ML 235 113 1056 AENC206ML 235 143 1058 AENC208ML 235 185 10512 AENC212ML 237 259 105MODULAR METALCLAD ENCLOSURES• Centralised dinrailAENC202MC

85 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERMETALCLAD ACCESSORIESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIA2x 25mm / 1x 16mm M32 - brass MTGP32B 322x 25mm / 1x 16mm M40 - brass MTGP40B 402x 25mm / 1x 16mm M32 - plastic MTGP32P 322x 25mm / 1x 16mm M40 - plastic MTGP40P 40MTGP40BMETER TAIL GLAND PACKSTo compliment the Proteus range of Metalclad consumer units, a selection of spacer mounts are available for use where retrofitting to surface mount cables are necessary. FEATURES:In addition, Meter Tail glands are available for providing Class II insulation protection for incoming supply cables. Metalclad Consumer UnitsNO. OF MODULES BANKS CAT. NO. H W D6 1 ASM6 256 201 3010 1 ASM10 256 273 3012 1 ASM12 256 309 3016 1 ASM16 256 381 3018 1 ASM18 256 417 3022 1 ASM22 256 489 3028 1 ASM28 256 597 30• 30mm deep • Aids surface cable entry• Accepts mini trunking adaptors• Supplied with fixing screwsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseINTUMESCENT PUTTY PADDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Intumescent putty pad (210mm x 148mm x 3mm)IP21X15ASM12CONSUMER UNIT SPACER MOUNTSFor 6 - 28 Module Metalclad BoardsFor more information contact our sales office or see below.CONSUMER UNITSPACER MOUNTASM6 ASM10 ASM12 ASM16 ASM18 ASM22 ASM28ISOLATOR CONTROLLED 4 Way 6 + 8 Way 10 Way 12/14 Way 16 Way 20 Way 26 WayRCD CONTROLLED 4 Way 6 + 8 Way 10 Way 12 Way - - -DUAL RCD - - 6 Way 10 Way 12 Way 16 Way 22 WayHIGH INTEGRITY - - 6 Way 10 Way 12 Way 16 Way 22 Way

86PROTEUS CONSUMER | INSULATED CONSUMER UNIT FEATURESInsulated Consumer UnitsThe Proteus range of insulated Consumer Units has quickly become one of the most innovative insulated boards in the market. Developed through a keen interest in customer feedback, Proteus Switchgear created a Consumer Unit that was flexible to any imaginable on-site scenario. The options available include Isolator Incomer units and also RCD Incomer units - suitable for single Phase MCBs and also RCBOs, offering complete peace of mind for those essential circuits requiring dedicated earth fault protection. KEYFEATURES:INSULATEDRANGEFEATURES:

87 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERINSULATED CONSUMER UNIT FEATURESInsulated Consumer UnitsUnique stacking system.Removable endplates for maximum cable access.Half Din Rail for quick fitting of devices.OFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE1.1.StackingStacking2.Removable Endplates2.Removable EndplatesComb bus bar greater connection.3.Comb Bus Bar3.Comb Bus BarRear, side and top/bottom cable entries.4.Cable Entry4.Cable Entry5.BS EN 61439-3 Compliant.6.Increased height for added cabling space.7.Translucent front door.8.Manufactured from thermoplastic materials to BS 60695. 9.Bespoke consumer units made to order.10.

88PROTEUS CONSUMER | For Isolator controlled Consumer Units with over 30 outgoing ways contact factory for availability.* - Cannot be bankedYXL# units are supplied with translucent cover.YXL6ISOLATOR & RCD INCOMER CONSUMER UNITSISOLATOR CONTROLLED CONSUMER UNITSRCD incomer units are available in higher earth leakage sensitivity options on request.* - Insulated boards which cannot be banked.RCD CONTROLLED CONSUMER UNITS JBX4Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 54Insulated Consumer UnitsO/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATING (A)NO. of MODULESCAT. NO. H W D1 D22 63 4 YXL2* 230 116 110 2204 100 6 YXL4* 230 152 110 2206 100 10 YXL6 230 252 106 2058 100 10 YXL8 230 252 106 20512 100 16 YXL12 230 359 106 20514 100 16 YXL14 230 359 106 205Double Pole Switch Disconnector Incomer Insulated Consumer Unit• Outgoing circuits from 2 to 14 ways available on request• Incoming Isolators fitted range from 63A / 100A• Modular principle, allows limitless permutations• Original installations can be supplemented to keep pace with user requirements• Easy wiring access provided by removable endplates• Four quarter turn screws provide easy removal of front cover• Units will accept 6kA and 10kA MCBs and RCBOsO/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATING (A)NO. of MODULESCAT. NO. H W D1 D22 63 4 JBX2* 230 116 110 2204 63 6 JBX4* 230 152 110 2206 63 10 JBX6 230 252 106 2058 63 10 JBX8 230 252 106 20510 63 14 JBX10 200 320 106 20512 63 14 JBX12 200 320 106 2054 80 6 KBX4* 230 152 110 2206 80 10 KBX6 230 252 106 2058 80 10 KBX8 230 252 106 20510 80 14 KBX10 200 320 106 20512 80 14 KBX12 200 320 106 2056 100 10 LBX6 230 252 106 2058 100 10 LBX8 230 252 106 20510 100 14 LBX10 200 320 106 20512 100 14 LBX12 200 320 106 205Residual Current Device Incomer Insulated Consumer Unit• Offers a range of outgoing circuits from 2 to 12 ways• Incoming RCD fitted can be a choice of 25A / 40A / 63A / 80A / 100A• Comes with Earth Fault sensitivity ratings of 30mA or 100mA• Easy wiring access provided by removable endplates• Four quarter turn screws provide easy removal of front cover• Units will accept 6kA and 10kA MCBs, RCBOs and DIN Rail mounting HRC carriers"LIFT UPLIDSGLOW WIRELIFT UPLIDS960° RATEDGLOW WIRE960° RATEDHWD1D2HWD1D2

89 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseENCLOSURES/MULTI-PURPOSE UNITSMULTI-PURPOSE UNITS* - Insulated enclosures which cannot be banked.PXL4• Surface mounting units suitable for use with Proteus modular isolation and protection devices to provide local or individual circuit control eg. Workshop* - Enclosure supplied without transparent front cover.INSULATED IP ENCLOSURESENC654• Build your own consumer unit or multi-purpose board simply clip on your required equipment to the DIN Rail and if necessary fit the Comb Busbar• Fitted with full DIN rail, Earth and Neutral terminal barsEnclosures/Multi-Purpose UnitsNO. of MODULES CAT. NO. H W D1 D24 PXL4* 230 116 110 2206 PXL6* 230 152 110 22010 PXL10 230 252 106 20516 PXL16 230 359 106 20518 PXL18* 230 390 110 220NO. of MODULES IP RATING CAT. NO. H W D1 or 2 20 ENC202* 135 40 654 20 ENC204* 135 75 654 40 ENC404 230 116 1104 55 ENC544 160 120 952 65 ENC652 150 100 1004 65 ENC654 200 127 1208 65 ENC658 200 200 12012 65 ENC6512 258 318 14218 65 ENC6518 259 428 14224 65 ENC6524 383 318 14236 65 ENC6536 507 318 142LIFT UPLIDSLIFT UPLIDSGLOW WIRE960° RATEDGLOW WIRE960° RATEDHWD1D2

90PROTEUS CONSUMER | Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSwitch Fuse/Fire Alarm SwitchesSWITCH FUSE & FIRE ALARM SWITCHESDOUBLE POLE HRC SWITCH FUSESDP Isolator can be locked in the ON or OFF position using DLPX1.FIRE ALARM PANEL SWITCH• Compliant with B5839 pt 1-2002 & BSEN 54 pt4-1997• Three module steel enclosure• 45A DP Isolator and 6A Type B SP MCB fitted• Both devices can be locked in the ‘ON’ position using locking accessories supplied• Surface mounted c/w top and bottom knockouts• Ingress protection: IP20• Surface mounting switch disconnector fuse unit in robust steel enclosure. • Powder coated paint finish. SF20FEATURES:CURRENT RATINGCAPACITY IN (mm2)CAPACITY OUT (mm2)CAT. NO. H W D20 50 25 SF20 225 114 9032 50 25 SF32 225 114 9040 50 25 SF40 225 114 9050 50 25 SF50 225 114 9063 50 25 SF63 225 114 9080 50 50 SF100/80 307 192 93100 50 50 SF100 307 192 9320A - 100A Single Pole Plus Neutral Switch Complete With High Rupture Capacity Fuse• Top hinged steel door• Incorporating DP isolator and BS88 fuse all enclosed in a robust metalclad enclosure• Isolation switch can be locked in ON or OFF position• Tough polyester epoxy paint coatingDESCRIPTION CAPACITY IN (mm2)CAPACITY OUT (mm2)CAT. NO. H W DMetalclad unit 50 25 FS1 175 110 85NB: MCB will trip under fault conditions even when lock is fitted.For Use When Connecting A Fire Alarm To A Public Or Private Power Distribution Supply. • Unit is designed to accommodate fuse links to BS 88: Part 1,2 & 6.• All switches are lockable in ON or OFF position.

91 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERProteus offer a large range of custom designed, bespoke LV switchboards, panelboards, distribution boards and consumer units. Ensure your customer’s exact requirements are met with a completely bespoke solution.Designed to Your SpecificationOn-Site SurveyTesting & ComplianceBe involvedOur team are happy to visit your site to establish your project requirementsProteus utilise the latest drawing software and provide panel layout drawings at both quotation and construction stagesAll products tested to relevant British & European Standards and the 18th Edition Wiring RegulationsYou’re welcome to visit the factory to see your board being built and discuss build requirementsBESPOKE POWER DISTRIBUTION CONFIGURATIONSFROM PROTEUSServices

92PROTEUS CONSUMER | METERING ISOLATORS & TERMINALSEMISSINGLE & 3 PHASE ISOLATORSProteus Switchgear offer a comprehensive range of ancillary products specifically developed for the metering industry, featuring single and three phase isolators, heating contactors and terminal blocks.KILOWATT HOUR METERSKWH100AMIDMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMetering Ancillary ProductsFEATURES:DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D TERMINAL CAPACITY (UP TO)100A 1 P+N isolator EMIS 145 59 82 35mm2100A 1 P+N isolator - LHS neutral EMISN 145 59 82 35mm224 Hr/Off peak EMIS2 145 95 82 35mm224 Hr/Off peak - coupled neutrals EMIS2NB 145 95 82 35mm2100A 2 P+N isolator EMIS3 145 95 82 35mm2100A 3 P+N isolator EMIS4P 145 95 82 35mm2100A 3 P+N isolator - LHS neutral EMIS4PN 145 95 82 35mm2Our Meter Isolator Switches offer unrivalled performance and safety for metering applications. Hosting a number of unique features, these switches provide increased connectivity for meter tail connections.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. NO. of MODULES45A Direct connect MID approved kWh meterKWH45AMID 1100A Direct connect MID approved kWh meterKWH100AMID 2EMIS4PUtilising a 3mm hex drive throughout, the one-tool-fits-all design offers the installing engineer complete peace of mind. Unique patented twin screw terminal.1.Same 3mm hex drive for all screws.2.Blanks for all cable entries includes 16mm2 strain relief function.3.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D TERMINAL CAPACITY (UP TO)100A isolator with Type 2 surge protectionEMIST2 145 95 82 50mm2100A isolator with Type 1+2 surge protectionEMIST12 145 95 82 50mm2100A DP SURGE PROTECTED ELECTRICITY METER ISOLATOR SWITCHESEMIST2

93 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERSINGLE & 3 PHASE HEATING CONTACTORSEHC1Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D TERMINAL CAPACITY (UP TO)100A heating contactor EHC1 110 90 84 35mm2100A heating contactor, switched live versionEHC1L 110 90 84 35mm2100A heating contactor, 3P version EHC3 146 195 84 35mm2100A heating contactor, 3P switched live versionEHC3L 146 195 84 35mm2Our range of single and three phase heating contactors is available in two variants – a switched Live and Switched Neutral option offering control of heating systems within multi-tariff installations up to 100A.100A 5 WAY TERMINAL BLOCKCOLOUR CAT. NO. H W D TERMINAL CAPACITY (UP TO)Grey ETB5 64 50 40 35mm2Blue ETB5BL 64 50 40 35mm2Brown ETB5BR 64 50 40 35mm2Green ETB5GN 64 50 40 35mm2TPE Cable grommet 30044 Cable size 1.0mm2 - 10mm2Metering Ancillary ProductsMETERING ISOLATORS & TERMINALSUnique patented terminal design.1.Lockable cover screws.2.Dual load output terminals.3.Same 3mm hex drive for all connections & screws.4.Our range of 100A terminal blocks provides a quick and easy solution for making additional terminations safely. Utilising the common 3mm hexagonal screw throughout for a one-tool-tightens-all feature, there are also optional Brown, Blue and Green coloured units for quick and easy identification of line and neutral phases.Same 3mm hex drive for all screws.1.Unique joining pieces.2.Optional phase/neutral coloured mouldings.3.Thermoplastic elastomer grommet for small cables.4.Cable grommets provide additional ingress protection when using smaller cables.

94PROTEUS CONSUMER | THREE PHASE CONSUMER UNITSINSULATED ENCLOSURESWhen space is limited and the installation requires a three phase distribution board, the range of Proteus TPX consumer units is the solution.A choice of 1 to 4 outgoing TP ways fed via a * - Will accept metal gland plate MGP2.** - Will accept metal gland plate MGP3.3-phase comb busbar arrangement are available in either insulated, metalclad or IP55 enclosures.All units are pre-fitted with 100A TP Isolator incomer and busbar to suit.IP55 ENCLOSURESMETAL ENCLOSURESTPXMC2TPXIPC1TPXIC4Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 54Three Phase Consumer UnitsFEATURES:NO. of MODULES CAT. NO. H W D1D21 TPXIC1 230 250 105 2202 TPXIC2 * 230 250 105 2203 TPXIC3 ** 200 320 105 2204 TPXIC4 ** 230 360 105 220NO. of MODULES CAT. NO. H W D1 TPXIPC1 150 190 902 TPXIPC2 190 250 1153 TPXIPC3 270 340 1304 TPXIPC4 270 340 1301 - 4 Module Triple Pole and Neutral Type B Insulated Enclosures, Top Hinged Tinted Door, IP55NO. of MODULES CAT. NO. H W D1 TPXMC1 210 230 1102 TPXMC2 225 300 1103 TPXMC3 225 300 1101 - 3 Module Triple Pole and Neutral Type B Metalclad Distribution Boards, Side Hinged Steel Door, IP30HWD1D2

95 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERMANTEL CONSUMER UNITSMantel UnitsProteus offer a variety of Mantel Consumer Units (also known as skeleton or spine units) to meet and comply with the recent changes in the wiring regulations.Designed and developed with the needs of both the installer and installation conditions in mind these units offerDUAL RCD SPINE UNITSc/w 63A DP 30mA RCDHIGH INTEGRITY & DUAL RCD SPINE UNITSc/w 63A DP 30mA RCDSPLIT LOAD SPINE UNITSc/w 63A DP 30mA RCDSK2JB4JB4SKSLV12SKJB5JB5Key features:16 module units.Pre-wired switchgear where applicable.Clean cover plate / barrier of non-combustible material.FEATURES:O/G WAYSISOLATOR RATINGRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*CAT. NO. H W D10 3 7 - SK3JB7 250 333 9210 4 6 - SK4JB6 250 333 9210 5 5 - SK5JB5 250 333 9210 6 4 - SK6JB4 250 333 9210 7 3 - SK7JB3 250 333 9210 up-to 7 up-to 7 - SKSLV12 250 333 92O/G WAYSISOLATOR RATINGRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*CAT. NO. H W D8 - 4 4 SKJB4JB4 250 333 9210 - 5 5 SKJB5JB5 250 333 928 - 4 4 SKJB4JB4T2 250 333 92O/G WAYSISOLATOR RATINGRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*CAT. NO. H W D10 up-to 4 6 4 SKSLV6R4A 250 333 9210 2 4 4 SK2JB4JB4A 250 333 92Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise

96PROTEUS CONSUMER | DIGITAL, MECHANICAL & STAIRCASE TIMERSDIGITAL TIMERS72STMECHANICAL TIMERSSTAIRCASE TIMERS20.031.017.545.090.013.0N 21L30.0 19.0 11.017.945.089.0LN437891062 345148.560.036.045.085.0NLML1LOADN2NLLN43NLLN43Dimensions/Terminal Arrangement*3-wire4-wireNL7 8 9 106MLOAD2 345130.017.545.090.020.0 17.0NL1322 3 417 8 9651060.048.535.045.090.0NLNM32L1LOADCH11 channel digital timer 2 channel digital timerNLM2 3 41LOADCH17 8 96CH2LN510242SQ1SCTA range of digital, mechanical & staircase timers available in 24-hour or 7-day options, Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseTimersFEATURES:NO. of CHANNELS CURRENT RATING (A)RESISTIVE LOADCAT. NO. MODULE SIZE1 16 71ST 12 16 72ST 2Wiring Schematic And Dimensions/Terminal Arrangement*NO. of CHANNELS CAT. NO. MODULE SIZE1 Channel 24 hr synchronous timer 16A rated 241S 12 Channel 24 hr synchronous timer 16A rated 242S 22 Channel 24 hr quartz timer 16A rated 242SQ 21 NO contact 24 hr 1 Changeover contact 24 hrWiring Schematic And Dimensions/Terminal Arrangement*NO. of CHANNELS CAT. NO.Staircase timer switch 1 module 1SCTpredetermining the scheduling of automated switching options.Adjustable 30 seconds to 20 minutes.*-Please check the wiring instructions supplied with your device.

97 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERCONTACTOR & ISOLATORS ISOLATORS66.049.843.572.570.017.5 35.0 52.545.085.0• Choice of current ratings from 45A up to 100A• Operating dolly can be locked in ON or OFF state• Neutral pole designed to ‘make first / break last’• Positive contact status indication therefore can be used as an isolating switch• Switch disconnector is designed to accept cable-in/cable-out and direct to busbar connectionCONTACTORS - NORMALLY OPEN 230V COILCT202100S2CT202NCContactors & IsolatorsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCURRENT RATING (A)VOLTAGE RATING (V)POWER AT RATED VOLTAGE AC 1 (kW)POWER AT RATED VOLTAGE AC 3 (kW)NO. of POLESNO. of MODULESCAT. NO.20 400 4 - 2 1 CT20220 400 16 4 4 2 CT20440 400 25 8 4 3 CT40440 400 25 8 4 3 CT404D*63 400 37 15 2 2 CT63263 400 37 15 4 3 CT634CONTACTORS - NORMALLY CLOSED 230V COILCURRENT RATING (A) DP CAT. NO. TP CAT. NO. 4P CAT. NO.45 45S2 45S3 -63 63S2 63S3 63S4100 100S2 100S3 100S4*-DC rectified coil CURRENT RATING (A)VOLTAGE RATING (V)POWER AT RATED VOLTAGE AC 1 (kW)POWER AT RATED VOLTAGE AC 3 (kW)NO. of POLESNO. of MODULESCAT. NO.20 400 4 - 2 1 CT202NC20 400 16 4 4 2 CT204NC40 400 25 8 4 3 CT404NC63 400 37 15 2 2 CT632NC63 400 37 15 4 3 CT634NCCHANGEOVER SWITCHESCURRENT RATING (A) NO. OF POLES CAT. NO. H W D40 2 40/2/3PCS 90 36 7840 4 40/4/3PS 90 71 78• One input , 2 outputs (single phase)• Three input, 4 outputs (three phase)40/4/3PS40/2/3PCS• Outputs can be both ‘on’, both ‘off’ or 1 ‘on’ and 1 ’off’• Other options available on request• Double pole and 3 phase and neutral versions available

98PROTEUS CONSUMER | ACCESSORIES80A max. 100A intermittent rating.CB19SPMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseAccessoriesDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Blanking plate B1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Blanking module BM1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Busbar terminal shroud BBS1BLANKING MODULEBUSBAR TERMINAL SHROUDBLANKING PLATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.19 Ways, single pole CB19SP28 Ways, single pole CB28SPINSULATED COMB BUSBARSSINGLE POLECB8DPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.8 Ways, double pole CB8DP12 Ways, double pole CB12DPINSULATED COMB BUSBARSDOUBLE POLECB7TPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.7 Ways, triple pole CB7TP12 Ways, triple pole CB12TPINSULATED COMB BUSBARSTRIPLE POLECBC3DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.End Cap For DP/TP Insulated comb busbarCBC3END CAPCBCT1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Cable terminal for insulated comb busbarCBCT1CABLE TERMINAL80A max. 100A intermittent rating.80A max. 100A intermittent rating. 80A max. 100A intermittent rating.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Module blanking plate MB2METAL BLANKING PLATE

99 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERACCESSORIESTB8AccessoriesMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.MCB Dolly locking device DLPX1DLPX1PLOCKING DEVICESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.5 Hole terminal bar TB58 Hole terminal bar TB8BRASS TERMINAL BARSTB12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.10 Hole terminal bar TB1012 Hole terminal bar TB12BRASS TERMINAL BARSTB16DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.14 Hole terminal bar TB1416 Hole terminal bar TB16BRASS TERMINAL BARSPMS32DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.20A BS88 HRC Fuse PMS2032A BS88 HRC Fuse PMS32BS88 FUSESPMS63DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.40A BS88 HRC Fuse PMS4050A BS88 HRC Fuse PMS5063A BS88 HRC Fuse PMS63BS88 FUSESPMS100DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.63A BS88 HRC Fuse (Fits SF100 & SF100/80)PMS6380A BS88 HRC Fuse PMS80100A BS88 HRC Fuse PMS100BS88 FUSES

100PROTEUS CONSUMER | At Proteus, our custom build service ensure we design and manufacture a diverse range of insulated and metalclad consumer units to meet your specific requirements. Larger than average homes require larger than the average Consumer Units, building bulk quantities to specification is made simple when specifying Proteus Switchgear.STREET LIGHTING APPLICATIONSSpecial locations often require special solutions. A street lighting application demanded a compact unit incorporating Double Pole RCBO, a 2 pole contactor and a 7 day digital timer. Proteus Switchgear were able to offer a pre-cabled and configured unit with electrical noise suppression component included to meet this customers specification.MULTIPLE BANKED UNITSBESPOKE UNITS• Insulated, IP rated or metalclad units.• Multiple distribution options.• Optional circuit control devices.• Pre-wired short circuit protective devices.• Fully tested assembly.MANUFACTURETECHNICAL SUPPORTDESIGNCUSTOMER BUILT CONSUMER UNITSSpecials

101 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERCUSTOMER BUILT CONSUMER UNITSSpecialsOur range of RCD and RCBO devices undergo 100% electronic testing to ensure each device trips within the required time parameters.Each device is given a unique code following testing for complete traceability.RCD/RCBO TESTINGAs part of our UK testing facility, thermal testing of miniature circuit breakers and RCBO devices ensure our products meet the performance requirements of BS EN 60898.THERMAL TESTING

102PROTEUS CONSUMER | TECHNICAL INFORMATIONProteus MCBs are of thermo-magnetic, current limiting type and are available in a range of kA ratings (6kA up to 10kA) and operating characteristics (B, C and D Curve). A selection of SP (single pole), DP (double pole), TP (triple pole) and 4P (four pole) options are offered. 12060201052130105210.50.20.10.050.020.010.0050.0020.0010.0005Seconds Minutes1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 15 20 30 40 50I / InB C D23 4 5 6 7 81TERMINAL CAPACITIESGENERAL SPECIFICATION1Steady current value 1.13xIn: t>1hrAll MCBs are capable of carrying full load current continuously (derating factors apply for ambient conditions and no. of circuits within an enclosure).Steady current value 1.45xIn: t<1hrAs load current increases above current rating the thermal release mechanism will disconnect MCB.B-CURVED-CURVEC-CURVE3xIn: 0.1sec<t<45sec (In<=32A)3xIn: 0.1sec<t<90sec (In>32A)MCB will trip within times specified.5xIn: t<0.1secB Curve MCB ensured to trip in less than 0.1sec via magnetic release.5xIn: 0.1sec<t<15sec (In<=32A)5xIn: 0.1sec<t<30sec (In>32A)MCB will trip within times specified.t = Tripping time10xIn: 0.1sec<t<4sec (In<=32A)10xIn: 0.1sec<t<8sec (In>32A)MCB will trip within times specified.20xIn: t<0.1secD Curve MCB ensured to trip in less than 0.1sec via magnetic release.10xIn: t<0.1secC Curve MCB ensured to trip in less than 0.1sec via magnetic release.MCB INSTALLATION VOLTAGESB & C Curve 1 pole 230V AC B & C Curve Multi-pole 400V ACTechnical Information• All MCBs have a ‘trip free mechanism’.• Positive contact status indication in accordance with IEE wiring regulations.• Tunnel design, touch proof and captive terminals.• Can be used as isolating switches.• Lockable in both ON and OFF state without affecting the ability of the trip mechanism to operate.STANDARDS: BSEN 60898OPERATING VOLTAGE: 230 / 400V a.c.OPERATING FREQUENCY: 50HzAMBIENT OPERATING TEMP.: -5°C to +40°CMAXIMUM TERMINAL TORQUE: 2.5NmENCLOSURE MATERIAL: V0 rated Polyamide (self extinguishing at 960C)SUPPLY: Can be supplied from top or bottom.IP RATING: IP4X (front face) IP20 (terminals)DIELECTRIC VOLTAGE: 2500V a.c.INSULATION VOLTAGE: 500V a.c.CURVE INSTANTANEOUS TRIPPING RANGECIRCUIT APPLICATIONSB 3 - 5 Used in domestic situations where maximum sensitivity is required and very little equipment with high start-up current is connected.C 5 - 10 Suitable for commercial / industrial situations where close protection is not required and start up currents of devices can run upto 5 times rated current for a short period. Where many low voltage lights are used in a domestic situation then, due to the inrush currents of the transformers, C Curve MCBs may be required to avoid nuisance tripping.D 10 - 20 Suitable for industrial application where start-up currents may be up to 10 times rated current, for example protection for machines with electric motors fitted, welding units etc.2345678RANGE OF MCBs CAPACITY MCBs 25mm2 (In and Out)RCBOs 25mm2 (In) ; 16mm2 (Out)RCDs (<100A) 50mm2 (In and Out)RANGE OF MCBs CAPACITY RCDs (100A) 50mm2 (In and Out)Isolators 50mm2 (In and Out)Earth and Neutral bars 25mm2 and 16mm2MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERSMCB TRIPPING CURVES

103 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERTECHNICAL INFORMATIONSWITCHGEAR DERATINGAdjacent MCBs, RCBOs or MCB/RCD combinations should not be continuously loaded at, or approaching, their normal rated currents when mounted in enclosures. It is also good engineering practice to make provisions for adequate free air between devices.Under these circumstances and, in common with other manufacturers, we recommend a diversity factor of 66% is applied to the MCB nominal rated current, especially if the MCB is expected to be loaded near to or at full rating for more than one hour.Thermal issues should also be taken into consideration when choosing conductor size for the protected circuits.MCB INSTALLATION CURRENTSGenerally the MCBs detailed are not intended to provide close overload protection for motors. However they can be employed in conjunction with the customary motor overload current device as an alternative to the isolator/fuse combination. In this condition the MCB will protect the cable to the motor and the motor will be protected by its own protective device.The tables A and B detailed below give recommendations on MCB selection for motor circuits, for C Curve only.Note: The values of full load current and starting current will approximately be 10% higher at 380/220V ac than the figures stated for 400/230V motors. The figures given in table A for the starting current and its duration are intended to be used as a guide only. In practice the motor run up time will depend upon the type of drive and the loading of the motor when it is started. Consultation with the motor manufacturer should give an indication of the magnitude of the starting current and the duration.The selection of the most suitable circuit breaker can then be found from the time/current characteristics of the circuit breaker.Table A: Recommended MCB current ratings for the protection of cables to single phase 230V a.c. motors.Maximum Earth fault loop impedance (ie Zs ohms) for circuits supplying socket outlets in accordance with BS7671 regulation 411.3.2 at @ 218.5V (230V x 0.95 Cmin)BS7671: 2018 requirements: Electrical installations (18th Edition of the IEE Wiring regulations) specifically identifies B and C Curve. Lower earth fault loop impedance’s (Zs) are generally necessary for D Curve to achieve the operating times required by regulation 411-3-2. Where the requirement can not be achieved, use of the circuit breakers as overcurrent protective devices is not precluded, but the use of residual current circuit breakers (RCDs) to provide protection against indirect earth fault condition is implied. Establishment of the value of the earth fault loop impedance (Zs) at the design stage of installation will determine which type of circuit breaker should be used.Technical InformationHORSE POWER (HP) POWER FLC STARTING CURRENT DURATION OF STARTING CURRENT MCB CURRENT RATING0.25 0.18 kW 1.5A 10.5A 3.0 sec 10A0.50 0.37 kW 3.0A 21.0A 3.0 sec 10A0.75 0.55 kW 5.0A 35.0A 3.0 sec 16A1.00 0.75 kW 5.5A 38.5A 3.1 sec 20A1.50 1.12 kW 8.5A 59.5A 3.15 sec 32A2.00 1.50 kW 10.5A 73.5A 3.2 sec 50A3.00 2.25 kW 15.5A 108.0A 3.3 sec 50A4.00 3.00 kW 20.0A 140.0A 3.4 sec 63A5.00 3.80 kW 24.0A 168.0A 3.5 sec -6.00 4.50 kW 28.0A 196.0A 3.6 sec -7.00 5.20 kW 32.0A 224.0A 3.7 sec -At these levels of earth loop impedance, MCBs will provide disconnection times in accordance with BS7671 for circuits supplying socket outlets .DEVICE STANDARD 6A 10A 16A 20A 32A 40A 50A 63A 80A 100A 125AB Curve BSEN 60898 7.43 4.46 2.79 2.23 1.39 1.11 0.89 0.71 - - -C Curve BSEN 60898 3.83 2.30 1.44 1.15 0.72 0.58 0.46 0.37 0.30 0.24 0.19D Curve BSEN 60898 1.87 1.12 0.70 0.56 0.35 0.28 0.22 0.18 - - -

104PROTEUS CONSUMER | TECHNICAL INFORMATIONTable B: Recommended MCB current ratings for the protection of cables to three phase 400V a.c. motors.Providing both overcurrent protection and earth leakage protection in a combined unit, Proteus offers a range of RCBOs which will fit all Proteus modular consumer units and B Curve 3-phase distribution boards.RCBOs are available in a range of current ratings from 6A to 45A and with short circuit capacities (Ics) from 4.5kA up to 10kA. RCBOs are offered in both B and C Curve tripping characteristics.All single module RCBOs contain a switched live and solid neutral where as the double module unit offers both Live and Neutral switching.GENERAL SPECIFICATIONSimilar to our MCB technology all devices have a ‘trip free mechanism’ and positive contact status indication. Connection of load circuit cables is via tunnel design cable clamps with touch proof and captive terminal screws. Lockable in both ON and OFF position without affecting the ability of the trip mechanism to operate.RCBOs allow earth fault protection to be restricted to individual circuits, thus ensuring that only the circuit with the fault is interrupted. (When groups of circuits are protected by an RCD, all circuits would be interrupted under a fault condition, which may cause unnecessary inconvenience).Technical InformationHORSE POWER (HP)POWER FLC STARTING CURRENTDURATION OF STARTING CURRENTMCB CURRENT RATINGSTARTING CURRENTDURATION OF STARTING CURRENTMCB CURRENT RATING0.25 0.18 0.5 3.5 3.0 6 1.75 9.0 60.50 0.37 0.9 6.3 3.0 6 3.15 9.1 60.75 0.55 1.3 9.1 3.0 6 4.59 9.2 61.00 0.75 1.9 13.3 3.1 6 6.6 9.3 61.50 1.12 2.5 17.5 3.15 10 8.7 9.5 102.00 1.50 3.4 23.8 3.2 10 11.9 9.6 103.00 2.25 4.8 33.6 3.3 16 16.8 10.0 164.00 3.00 6.4 44.8 3.4 20 22.4 10.3 205.00 3.80 7.8 54.6 3.5 20 27.3 10.7 206.00 4.50 9.0 63.0 3.6 20 31.5 11.0 207.00 5.20 10.3 72.1 3.7 32 36.0 11.3 207.50 5.60 11.6 81.2 3.75 32 40.6 11.5 3210.00 7.50 14.4 100.8 4.0 40 50.4 12.3 4012.50 9.30 17.3 121.1 4.25 40 60.5 13.2 4015.00 11.00 21.1 148.0 4.5 63 73.8 14.0 5020.00 15.00 28.0 196.0 5.0 63 93.0 15.7 6325.00 18.50 35.0 245.0 5.5 - 122.0 17.3 -7.00 5.20 32.0 224.0 3.7 -RCBOs STANDARDS: BSEN 61009OPERATING VOLTAGE: 230V a.c.EARTH LEAKAGE SENSITIVITY: 30mASWITCHING: Single pole - L (switched) + N (solid) Double pole - L + N (switched)OPERATING FREQUENCY: 50Hz AMBIENT OPERATING TEMP.: -5°C - +40°CMAXI. TERMINAL TORQUE: 2NmENCLOSURE MATERIAL: VO rated PBT (both self extinguishing at 960°C)SUPPLY CONNECTIONS: Consult specific product data sheetIP RATING: IP4X (front face); IP20 (terminals)DIELECTRIC VOLTAGE: 2500V a.c.INSULATION VOLTAGE: 500V a.c.

105 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERType 1 SPDs are key to providing necessary protection of the installation against the effects of lightning strikes entering the building. Type 1 SPDs are designed to carry partial lightning currents and are defined as being tested with a high energy 10/350μs (Iimp) wave shape.These Type 1 SPDs must be installed on incoming services (e.g. mains power and data) when an external Lightning Protection System (LPS) is installed on a building. Where partial lightning currents can also flow due to a direct lightning strike on overhead supplies or externally mounted equipment, Type 1 SPDs should also be used. Combined Type 1 + Type 2 SPDs are installed at the origin of the supply to the building, normally within the main switchboard. If the installation being protected is already fitted with an SCPD of 250 A or less then the SPD can be connected direct to the busbar otherwise ensure the device is adequately protected.Type 2 SPDs in this modular form offer more general surge protection for equipment within the installation from sources of problematic electrical surges internal to the building (typically switching transients). If the installation being protected is already fitted with an SCPD of 250 A or less then the SPD can be connected direct to the busbar otherwise ensure the device is adequately protected. Their protection is limited by distance with a general protection zone of <10m. Equipment further away necessitate the installation of an additional Type 2 units in sub-distribution boards.Type 2 and Type 3 SPDs are designed to discharge the induced surges created by lightning electromagnetic fields and also other transient surge events such as switching surges, supply faults etc. These devices are defined as being tested with a specific energy wave shape of 8/20μs (In) for Type 2 SPDs or a combination wave shapes for Type 3 SPDs. For many applications where the requirement is to provide surge protection only, Type 2 and Type 3 SPDs play a critical role in protecting electronic equipment.Type 3 SPDs provide the primary ‘fine protection’ from surges, giving high sensitive equipment that added level of security. As a rule they should be installed as close as possible to the equipment being protected.TECHNICAL INFORMATIONGENERAL SPECIFICATIONRCDs Proteus RCDs are available in a wide range of earth leakage sensitivities and current ratings to meet the majority of applications. Residual Current Devices (RCDs) come in both 2 pole and 4 pole options.Proteus RCDs incorporate the latest in electronic earth leakage detection technology ensuring consistent reliable performance. With sufficient contact gap, switching of all Live and Neutral conductors and positive contact indication in accordance with the IEE wiring regulation these devices can be used for isolation purposes.RCDs also incorporate ‘trip free mechanism’ technology and can be locked ON or OFF with suitable locking device (eg.DLPX1) without affecting the devices ability to offer protection under fault conditions.General use RCDs for domestic single phase or light commercial three phase systems are required to be either Type AC or Type A. This type reference defines the nature of the earth leakage which the RCD is expected to detect and protect against.Type AC: Tripping is ensured for residual sinusoidal alternating currents, whether suddenly applied or slowly rising.Identified by the symbol: Type A: Tripping is ensured for residual sinusoidal alternating currents and residual pulsating direct currents, whether suddenly applied or slowly rising.Identified by the symbol: SURGE PROTECTION DEVICESTechnical InformationSTANDARDS: BSEN 61008 OPERATING VOLTAGE: 2P-230V a.c. 4P-230/400V a.c.OPERATING FREQUENCY: 50HzAMBIENT OPERATING TEMP.: -5°C - +40°CMAXI. TERMINAL TORQUE: 2.5Nm ENCLOSURE MATERIAL: VO rated polyamide or PBT (both self extinguishing at 960°C)SUPPLY CONNECTIONS: Consult specific product data sheetIP RATING: IP4X (front face); IP20 (terminals)DIELECTRIC VOLTAGE: 2500V a.c.INSULATION VOLTAGE: 500V a.c.

106PROTEUS CONSUMER | TECHNICAL INFORMATIONMCCB PROTECTION OF CAPACITOR CIRCUITSMoulded case circuit breakers are not in themselves intended to afford close thermal protection on motor circuits. However, when used in tandem with any intrinsic motor overload device they provide an excellent alternative to the combined isolator and fuse arrangements. In this case the motor is protected by its own circuit breaker.In order to select the correct MCCB, consideration should be given to individual MCCB time/current characteristics (for full details please refer to works). Moulded case circuit breakers are commonly applied to capacitor currents. However, due to high in-rush currents and harmonic content found in capacitor circuits, MCCBs should be rated > 1.5 times the current rating of the capacitor.This should only be undertaken in conjunction with information provided by the motor manufacturer as to starting current and duration. The motor protection table shown provides a guide to MCCB selection based on the start current and duration indicated and it must always be noted that the drive and motor loading will affect the motor run up time.(i) The figures shown are based on the assumption that the motor starting conditions are:Direct On-Line =7 x full load current for 5 seconds max.It is recommended that the MCCB should be utilized as a main isolation/protection device to the capacitor bank. (i.e. occasional switching). Capacitors should be individually protected and switched by appropriately rated contactors.IEC UTILIZATION CATEGORIES FOR LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEARThe below table lists only categories applicable to BSEN 60974-3 - Switches, Disconnectors, Switch-disconnectors and Fuse-combination units.The letter A or B can be suffixed dependent on whether the intended application requires frequent (A) or infrequent (B) operation. [For full details consult the full chart in BSEN 60947-1]Technical InformationCURRENT CATEGORY TYPICAL APPLICATIONAC AC - 20 Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditionsAC - 21 Switching of resistive loads including moderate overloadsAC - 22 Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloadsAC - 23 Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loadsDC DC - 20 Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditionsDC - 21 Switching of resistive loads including moderate overloadsDC - 22 Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloadsDC - 23 Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loadsMOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS MCCB PROTECTION OF MOTOR CIRCUITSMOTOR RATING (kW) MOTOR RATING (HP) APPROX. FLC (A) AT 400V DIRECT ON LINE MCCB TYPE/CURRENT RATING< 5.5 < 7.5 < 11.5 16A MC016T< 11 < 15 < 22.5 25A MC025T< 15 < 20 < 30 32A MC032T< 18 < 25 < 36 40A MC040T< 22 < 30 < 43 50A MC050T< 30 < 40 < 58 63A MC063TMR< 37 < 50 < 72 80A MC080TMR< 51 < 70 < 98 100A MC100TMR< 63 < 85 < 117 125A MC125TMR< 80 < 110 < 147 160A MC160TMR< 90 < 125 < 169 200A MC200TMR< 110 < 150 < 205 250A MC250TMR< 160 < 220 < 292 315A MC315T< 200 < 270 < 368 400A MC400T< 250 < 340 < 465 500A MC500T< 315 < 430 < 580 630A MC630T

107 | PROTEUS CONSUMERPROTEUS CONSUMERINGRESS PROTECTION (IP RATING)IEC/EN 60529 is an international set of test specification standards for classifying the degrees of protection provided by the enclosures of electrical equipment against the intrusion into the equipment of foreign bodies (i.e. tools, dust, fingers, etc) and moisture. This classification system utilizes the letters “IP” (“Ingress Protection”) followed by two or three digits. (A third digit is sometimes used. An “x” is used for one of the digits if there is only one class of protection; i.e. IPX4 which addresses moisture resistance only.)APPLICABLE STANDARDSThough not exhaustive the below table lists the British / European harmonised standards to which products in this catalogue comply (where applicable).The first digit of the IP code indicates the degree that persons are protected against contact with moving parts (other than smooth rotating shafts, etc.) and the degree that equipment is protected against solid foreign bodies intruding into an enclosure.The second digit indicates the degree of protection of the equipment inside the enclosure against the harmful entry of various forms of moisture (e.g. dripping, spraying, submersion, etc.)[For full details consult IEC/EN60529]TECHNICAL INFORMATIONTechnical Information1ST DIGIT PROTECTION FROM SOLID OBJECTS 2ND DIGIT PROTECTION FROM MOISTURE1 Protected against solid object greater than 50mm 1 Protection against vertically dripping water2 Protected against solid object greater than 12.5mm 2 Protection against dripping water when tilted upto 15degrees3 Protected against solid object greater than 2.5mm 3 Protection against spraying water4 Protected against solid object greater than 1mm 4 Protection against splashing water5 Dust protected 5 Protection against jetting water6 Dust tight 6 Protection against powerfully jetting water7 Protection against the temporary affects of immersion8 Protection against continuous submersionSTANDARD TITLEBS88 Cartridge fuses for voltages up to and including 1000A a.c. and 1500V d.c.BS EN 60269 Low-voltage FusesBS EN 61439 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembliesBS EN 61439-2 Power switchgear and controlgear assembliesBS EN 61439-3 Distribution boards intended to be operated by ordinary persons (DBO)BS EN 60529 Specification for degree of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)BS EN 60898 Specification for circuit-breakers for overcurrent protection for household and similar installationsBS EN 60947 Low-voltage switchgear and control gearBS EN 60947-2 Circuit-breakersBS EN 60947-3 Switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors and fuse-combination unitsBS EN 60947-4 Electromechanical contactors and motor startersBS EN 61008 Residual current operated circuit breakers without integral overcurrent protection for household and similar use (RCCBs / RCDs)BS EN 61009 Residual current operated circuit breakers with integral overcurrent protection for household and similar use (RCBOs)BS EN 61095 Specification for electromechanical contactors for household and similar purposesIEC/EN 61643-11 Surge Protection DevicesBS EN 62606 Arc Fault Detection Devices

CONSUMER UNITS & CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES Section ContentM2 offer a comprehensive range of consumer units and short circuit protective devices for the domestic market that have many features to aid the installation. The dual screw main switch isolator offers unrivalled performance for meter tails connections, whilst the unique bus bar system provide quick and easy installation of devices. In addition, our extensive range of compact RCBO devices now feature a 45A rated device. At M2, it is a matter of safety and our product features and benefits have been developed following research carried out by leading industry bodies. Our commitment to change has been a deciding factor for many esteemed housing associations to choose M2 as their primary switchgear manufacturer.Metalclad Consumer Units 110Insulated Consumer Units 120Accessories 122Circuit Protection Devices 124Surge Protection Devices 127 Technical Information 130IP67 Rotary Isolators 128®230V SWITCHGEAR 400V SWITCHGEAR109

110M2 |SELECTION AND CONFIGURATIONSMetalclad Consumer UnitsSee page 114 for Metalclad boards (120 for insulated boards)See page 115 for Metalclad boards (121 for insulated boards)• Is the Consumer Unit being installed in a domestic (household) premise (Reg. 421.1.201), i.e. metalclad consumer unit?• To avoid hazards and minimise inconvenience in the event of a fault, take into account the danger caused by failure of a single circuit such as a lighting circuit. Reduce the possibility of tripping of an RCD due to excessive protective conductor currents (Reg. 314.1).This guide to Consumer Units has been compiled in order to assist in understanding the new wiring regulations. However it is not intended to be a substitute for BS 7671 which should always be consulted in order to ensure that all installations are constructed in accordance with these regulations.• Socket outlets up to 32A must be protected by a residual-current device (Reg. 411.3.3).• Is Lightning or Surge Protection required under Regulation 443.4 & 5?• Are Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs) required to provide additional protection against fire?RCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBNELSPDNDPINCOMERDPRCDMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBNMCBESPDL NEEEEISOLATOR CONTROLLED BOARDRCD CONTROLLED BOARD• Allows the use of single module RCBO devices for individual circuit protection at 30mA• Reduces risk of nuisance tripping• An earth fault on one circuit would not adversely affect other circuits in the installation• Can be used as main domestic Consumer Unit• Suitable for Grouped Circuit Protection of small numbers of circuits, usually downstream of main consumer unit• Typical applications include garages, showers and small extensions• If fed from main Consumer Unit also with RCD protection, earth leakage discrimination must be considered• Can be used as sub-distribution board, but should not be used as main domestic Consumer Unit

111| M2M2N3N2N2N1SELECTION AND CONFIGURATIONSMetalclad Consumer UnitsSee page 116 for Metalclad boardsSee page 117 for Metalclad boardsSee page 126 for Combined AFD/RCBOsSee page 118 for Metalclad boardsDUAL RCD BOARDHIGH INTEGRITY DUAL RCD BOARD• High Integrity circuit ways off the isolator are available for dedicated circuit protection - i.e. Smoke Alarms• Dual 30mA RCD configuration offering Grouped Circuit Protection• Circuits can be segregated to reduce unwanted tripping• Can be used as main domestic Consumer Unit• Offers Grouped Circuit Protection using two 30mA RCDs• Circuits can be segregated to reduce unwanted tripping, for example upstairs lights + downstairs ring main off RCD1 and downstairs lights + upstairs ring main off RCD2• Can be used as main domestic Consumer UnitDUAL TARIFF BOARD• For segregation of On Peak and Off Peak circuits• Optional split load and isolator incomer options available• Additional configurations available upon request• Can be used as main domestic Consumer UnitAFDD BOARD• For compliance to Regulation 421.1.7 - recommended use of Arc Fault Detection Devices as a means of providing additional protection against fire caused by arc faults in final AC circuits• Use standard Isolator Controlled Consumer Units and fit 1 module combined AFD/RCBO Devices offering Arc Fault, Earth Leakage, Overload and Short Circuit protection• Can be used as main domestic Consumer UnitDPISOLATORMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBN1MCBESPDL NDPRCDDPRCDN2DPISOLATORMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBMCBN2ESPDL NDPRCDDPRCDN3RCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBN1EEEEERCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBRCBO/MCBLSPDNDPINCOMERDPINCOMERNEN NESupplyL1SupplyL2Supply NNEDPINCOMERRCBO/AFDDRCBO/AFDDRCBO/AFDDRCBO/AFDDSupplyL NRCBORCBORCBORCBORCBORCBO

112M2 |METALCLAD CONSUMER UNIT FEATURESThe new range of Metalclad Consumer Units from M2 Electrical have been designed in conjunction with contractors and housing authorities specifically to meet the requirements of BS7671 - The Wiring Regulations. The M2 XS dual screw terminal isolator with a 35mm2 terminal capacity offers protection for nearly double the average strip length, improving cable contact within the terminal and its circular terminal design reduces cable strand spread.With its linear design and matt white (RAL9010) finish, the consumer unit offers the home owner a discreet and contemporary product, whilst providing suitable protection to meet today’s need.Regulation 421.1.201 calls for switchgear assemblies - including consumer units, to KEYFEATURES:AM2X METALCLADRANGEFEATURES:Metalclad Consumer Unitsbe housed in a non-combustible enclosure, incorporating the base, cover, door and any accessories. The M2XS range meets these requirements and offers additional features providing a more versatile product.

113| M2M2METALCLAD CONSUMER UNIT FEATURESPatented terminal design.OFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE1.3.Dual Screw Termination4.3.4.NEW compact220mm high consumer units.7.Easy access for meter tail connections.6.Bespoke consumer units made to order.8.1.Dual Screw TerminationSteel cam lock with optional retrofit key lock. 5.Removable blank for SPD installation.2.18th Edition Compliant2.Metalclad Consumer UnitsAdded cabling capacity.Comb bus bar / Half Din Rail for quick fitting of devices.Preformed cablesInstallation of Devices

114M2 |ISOLATOR INCOMER CONSUMER UNITSISOLATOR CONTROLLED CONSUMER UNITS* - Double banked.Metalclad Consumer UnitsMeasurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 124 FEATURES:O/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATING WITHOUT SPDCAT. NO.H W D2 63A AM2X2MU - 220 115 854 100A AM2X4MU AM2X4MUT2 220 201 1106 100A AM2X6MU AM2X6MUT2 220 273 1108 100A AM2X8MU AM2X8MUT2 220 273 11010 100A AM2X10MU AM2X10MUT2 220 309 11011 100A AM2X11MU AM2X11MUT2 220 335 11012 100A AM2X12MU AM2X12MUT2 220 381 11014 100A AM2X14MU AM2X14MUT2 220 381 11016 100A AM2X16MU AM2X16MUT2 220 417 11020 100A AM2X20MU AM2X20MUT2 220 489 11022 100A AM2X22M* AM2X22MT2* 500 309 11026 100A AM2X26MU AM2X26MUT2 220 597 11030 100A AM2X30M* AM2X30MT2* 500 381 11034 100A AM2X34M* AM2X34MT2* 500 417 110LIFT UPLIDS63A / 100A Double Pole Switch Disconnector Incomer Metalclad Consumer Unit• Incoming Isolator fitted can be a choice of either 45A (on request), 63A, or 100A• Units will accept 6 kA and 10 kA MCBs and RCBOs • Non-combustible enclosureFor TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1WITH SPDTYPE 2CAT. NO.18thCOMPLIANTFor TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23AM2X14MUT2The M2 range of metal consumer units are designed and manufactured to BSEN 61439 pt 3 and meets the requirements of BS 7671 regulation 421.1.201 - effects against thermal influences specifically for domestic household dwellings. Manufactured from steel and finished in a polyester powder coating to RAL9010, the M2 range provides a comprehensive selection of products to meet the customers requirements.

115| M2M2RCD INCOMER CONSUMER UNITS* - 30mA trip rating.RCD INCOMER CONSUMER UNITSThe M2 range of Type A RCD incomer metalclad consumer units are available with 63A, 80A and 100A RCD incomer ratings and 30mA earth leakage protection. For 100mA earth leakage protection or Type AC, please contact our sales office for further details on 01527 520 678.Measurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 124Metalclad Consumer UnitsFEATURES:O/G WAYS RCD 1 RATING* WITHOUT SPDCAT. NO.H W D2 63A AM2R632MA - 220 115 854 63A AM2R634MUA AM2R634MUAT2 220 201 1106 63A AM2R636MUA AM2R636MUAT2 220 273 1108 63A AM2R638MUA AM2R638MUAT2 220 273 11012 63A AM2R6312MUA AM2R6312MUAT2 220 381 1102 80A AM2R802MA - 232 149 1104 80A AM2R804MUA AM2R804MUAT2 220 201 1106 80A AM2R806MUA AM2R806MUAT2 220 273 1108 80A AM2R808MUA AM2R808MUAT2 220 273 11012 80A AM2R8012MUA AM2R8012MUAT2 220 381 1104 100A AM2R1004MUA AM2R1004MUAT2 220 201 1106 100A AM2R1006MUA AM2R1006MUAT2 220 273 1108 100A AM2R1008MUA AM2R1008MUAT2 220 273 11012 100A AM2R10012MUA AM2R10012MUAT2 220 381 110TYPE A RCD63A / 100A 30mA RCD Incomer Metalclad Consumer Unit • 63A, 80A or 100A Type A 30mA DP RCD incomer• Optional key lock availableWITH SPDTYPE 2CAT. NO.18thCOMPLIANTFor TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23AM2R8012MUA

116M2 |DUAL RCD CONSUMER UNITSAM2X66TRMUAT1Metalclad Consumer UnitsMeasurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 124 FEATURES:This selection of Consumer Units offer the facility to spread the load circuits across one or two 30mA RCDs. * - 30mA trip rating.DUAL RCD CONSUMER UNITS• Supplied with 2x Type A 30mA RCDs, 1x 100A DP isolator and full complement of earth and neutral terminals along with marking labels, busbar and instructions• Non-combustible enclosureMetalclad Consumer Units Dual RCD ControlledO/G WAYSISOLATOR RATINGRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*WITHOUT SPDCAT. NO.H W D6 100A 63A 63A AM2X33TRMUA AM2X33TRMUAT2 220 309 11010 100A 63A 63A AM2X55TRMUA AM2X55TRMUAT2 220 381 11010 100A 100A 100A AM2X55TRMUNA AM2X55TRMUNAT2 220 381 11012 100A 80A 80A AM2X66TRMUA AM2X66TRMUAT2 220 417 11012 100A 100A 100A AM2X66TRMUNA AM2X66TRMUNAT2 220 417 11016 100A 80A 80A AM2X88TRMUA AM2X88TRMUAT2 220 489 11016 100A 100A 100A AM2X88TRMUNA AM2X88TRMUNAT2 220 489 11020 100A 80A 80A AM2X1010TRMUA AM2X1010TRMUAT2 220 597 11020 100A 100A 100A AM2X1010TRMUNA AM2X1010TRMUNAT2 220 597 11022 100A 80A 80A AM2X1111TRMUA AM2X1111TRMUAT2 220 597 11022 100A 100A 100A AM2X1111TRMUNA AM2X1111TRMUNAT2 220 597 110In addition, our standard range of dual RCD consumer units are available with SPDs pre-fitted.WITH SPDTYPE 2CAT. NO.18thCOMPLIANTTYPE A RCDFor TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23

117| M2M2AM2X44TR2MUAT2HIGH INTEGRITY CONSUMER UNITSMeasurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 124Metalclad Consumer UnitsFEATURES:For applications where ‘High Integrity’ circuit protection is required - such as smoke detectors, these units allow dedicated RCBO installation.Standard configurations listed below supplied with DP isolator and RCD/s factory fitted, link leads for both live and neutral connections also pre-installed.HIGH INTEGRITY DUAL RCD CONSUMER UNITS* - 30mA trip rating. • Supplied with 2x Type A 30mA RCD’s, 1x 100A DP Isolator and full complement of earth and neutral terminals along with marking labels, bus bar and instructions• Non-combustible enclosure• DSLV units are flexible/variableDual RCD High Integrity Metalclad Consumer UnitO/G WAYSISOLATOR RATINGRCD 1 RATING*RCD 2 RATING*WITHOUT SPD CAT. NO.H W D6 100A 63A 63A AM2X23TR1MUA AM2X23TR1MUAT2 220 309 11010 100A 63A 63A AM2X44TR2MUA AM2X44TR2MUAT2 220 381 11012 100A 63A 63A AM2X55TR2MUA AM2X55TR2MUAT2 220 417 11014 100A 63A 63A AM2X66TR2MUA AM2X66TR2MUAT2 220 489 11020 100A 80A 80A AM2X88TR4MUA AM2X88TR4MUAT2 220 597 1106 100A 63A 63A AM2XDSLV6UA AM2XDSLV6UAT2 220 309 11010 100A 63A 63A AM2XDSLV10UA AM2XDSLV10UAT2 220 381 11010 100A 100A 100A AM2XDSLV10UNA AM2XDSLV10UNAT2 220 381 11012 100A 80A 80A AM2XDSLV12UA AM2XDSLV12UAT2 220 417 11012 100A 100A 100A AM2XDSLV12UNA AM2XDSLV12UNAT2 220 417 11016 100A 80A 80A AM2XDSLV16UA AM2XDSLV16UAT2 220 489 11016 100A 100A 100A AM2XDSLV16UNA AM2XDSLV16UNAT2 220 489 11022 100A 80A 80A AM2XDSLV22UA AM2XDSLV22UAT2 220 597 11022 100A 100A 100A AM2XDSLV22UNA AM2XDSLV22UNAT2 220 597 110WITH SPD TYPE 2CAT. NO.18thCOMPLIANTFor TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23TYPE A RCD

118M2 |AM2X6DT6UON PEAK OFF PEAK WITHOUT SPD CAT. NO. H W D100A isolator 6 ways 100A isolator 6 ways AM2X6DT6U AM2X6DT6UT2 256 381 110100A isolator 8 ways 100A isolator 4 ways AM2X8DT4U AM2X8DT4UT2 256 381 110100A isolator 10 ways 100A isolator 4 ways AM2X10DT4U AM2X10DT4UT2 256 417 110100A isolator 12 ways 100A isolator 6 ways AM2X12DT6U AM2X12DT6UT2 256 489 110LIFT UPLIDSDUAL TARIFF CONSUMER UNITS• Available in bespoke configurations• Suitable for Multi-Tariff installations• Optional Surge Protection Device (SPD) fittedContact factory for details on Surge Protection for your Dual Tariff Consumer UnitWITH SPD TYPE 2CAT. NO.18thCOMPLIANTAM2XSLV6MUASPLIT LOAD CONSUMER UNITS• Supplied with 1x 30mA RCDs, 1x 100A DP isolator and full complement of earth and neutral terminals along with marking labels, busbar and instructions• Non-combustible enclosureAmendment 3 Metalclad Consumer Units Split LoadO/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATING RCD 1 RATING* WITHOUT SPD CAT. NO.H W D6 100A 63A AM2XSLV6MUA AM2XSLV6MUAT2 220 273 11012 100A 63A AM2XSLV12MUA AM2XSLV12MUAT2 220 381 110LIFT UPLIDS* - 30mA trip rating.WITH SPD TYPE 2CAT. NO.18thCOMPLIANTFor TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23For TYPE 1 lightning protection replace suffix T2 for T1For TYPE 2+3 overvoltage transient replace suffix T2 for T23DUAL TARIFF & SPLIT LOAD CONSUMER UNITSMetalclad Consumer UnitsMeasurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 124 FEATURES:Our standard range of dual tariff consumer units provide dedicated segregation of on peak and off peak circuits.

119| M2M2ASM16UGARAGE & SHOWER UNITSAM2GUAFEATURES:To compliment the M2 range of metalclad consumer units, a selection of spacer mounts are available for use where retrofitting to surface mount cables are necessary. In addition, meter tail glands are available for providing Class II insulation protection for incoming supply cables. • Full steel door with fitted cam lock• Amendment 3 compliant• Non-combustible enclosureO/G WAYS RCD 1 RATING*MCB RATINGCAT. NO. H W D2 40A 6A + 16A AM2GUA 220 115 854 40A 6A + 16A AM2GU4A 220 201 1101 40A 40A AM2SU95A 220 115 851 63A 50A AM2SU115A 232 150 110NO. of MODULES BANKS CAT. NO. H W D6 1 ASM6U 220 201 3010 1 ASM10U 220 273 3012 1 ASM12U 220 309 3016 1 ASM16U 220 381 3018 1 ASM18U 220 417 3022 1 ASM22U 220 489 3028 1 ASM28U 220 597 30CONSUMER UNIT SPACER MOUNTSFor 6 - 28 Module Metalclad BoardsDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIA2x 25mm / 1x 16mm M32 - brass MTGP32B 322x 25mm / 1x 16mm M40 - brass MTGP40B 402x 25mm / 1x 16mm M32 - plastic MTGP32P 322x 25mm / 1x 16mm M40 - plastic MTGP40P 40SAFETY ACCESSORIESAKLMTGP40BMETER TAIL GLAND PACKSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Key operated lock assembly AKLIntumescent putty pad (210mm x 148mm x 3mm)IP21X15Metalclad Consumer UnitsFor more information contact our sales office or see below.CONSUMER UNITSPACER MOUNTASM6U ASM10U ASM12U ASM16U ASM18U ASM22U ASM28UISOLATOR CONTROLLED 4 Way 6 + 8 Way 10 Way 12/14 Way 16 Way 20 Way 26 WayRCD CONTROLLED 4 Way 6 + 8 Way 10 Way 12 Way - - -DUAL RCD - - 6 Way 10 Way 12 Way 16 Way 22 WayHIGH INTEGRITY - - 6 Way 10 Way 12 Way 16 Way 22 Way* - 30mA trip rating.Measurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 124METALCLAD ACCESSORIES

120M2 |ISOLATOR INCOMER CONSUMER UNITSISOLATOR CONTROLLED CONSUMER UNITSM2X10IReadily available from 1 to 23 usable ways, our isolator incomer consumer units allow the use of single module RCBO devices for individual circuit protection at 30mA, reducing the risk of nuisance tripping. Our ranges of isolator incomer consumer units are pre-fitted with a unique dual screw terminal double-pole mains isolator switch for an increased level of consumer safety, with ratings ranging from 45A – 100A. Our insulated enclosures are manufactured from light grey impact resistant and flame retardant thermoplastic.Insulated Consumer UnitsMeasurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 124 FEATURES:O/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATING NO. of MODULES CAT. NO. H W D1 D21 45A 4 M2X1I 230 116 110 2202 63A 4 M2X2I 230 116 110 2203 63A 6 M2X3I 230 152 110 2204 100A 6 M2X4I 230 152 110 2208 100A 12 M2X8I 230 285 110 22010 100A 12 M2X10I 230 285 110 22014 100A 18 M2X14I 230 390 110 22016 100A 18 M2X16I 230 390 110 22021 100A 25 M2X21I 230 511 110 22023 100A 25 M2X23I 230 511 110 22045A / 63A / 100A Double Pole Switch Disconnector Incomer Insulated Consumer Units• Isolator controlled insulated consumer units, offering a range of outgoing circuits from 1 to 23• Incoming Isolators fitted range from 45A to 100A• Units will accept MCBs & RCBOsHWD1D2

121| M2M2Readily available from 1 to 10 usable ways, our Type A RCD incomer consumer units are suitable for grouped circuit protection for a small number of circuits, typically installed in addition to a property’s main consumer unit – applications such as garages, showers and small extensions. Our ranges of RCD incomer consumer units are pre-fitted with a 30mA RCD incomer, with ratings ranging from 40A – 100A. RCD CONTROLLED CONSUMER UNITSRCD CONTROLLED CONSUMER UNITSM2R808ABuild your own consumer unit or multi-purpose board. Simply clip on your required equipment to the DIN Rail and if necessary fit the Comb Busbar. Fitted with full DIN rail, Earth and Neutral terminal bars. DIN RAIL ENCLOSURESM2E18Measurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection Devices:Please refer to page 124Insulated Consumer UnitsFEATURES:O/G WAYS ISOLATOR RATINGNO. of MODULESCAT. NO. H W D1 D22 40A 4 M2R402A 230 116 110 2202 63A 4 M2R632A 230 116 110 2204 63A 6 M2R634A 230 152 110 2208 63A 12 M2R638A 230 285 110 2204 80A 6 M2R804A 230 152 110 2208 80A 12 M2R808A 230 285 110 22010 80A 12 M2R8010A 230 285 110 2208 100A 12 M2R1008A 230 285 110 22010 100A 12 M2R10010A 230 285 110 22040A / 63A / 80A / 100A Type A 30mA RCD Incomer Metalclad Consumer Units• RCD controlled insulated consumer units, offering a range of outgoing circuits from 1 to 10• 40A / 63A / 100A 30mA DP RCD incomer• Units will accept MCBsNO. of MODULES CAT. NO. H W D1 D24 M2E4 230 116 110 2206 M2E6 230 152 110 22012 M2E12 230 285 110 22018 M2E18 230 390 110 22025 M2E25 230 511 110 220HWD1D2HWD1D2TYPE A RCD

122M2 |ACCESSORIES80A max. 100A intermittent rating.CB19SPMeasurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseAccessoriesDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Blanking plate B1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Blanking module BM1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Busbar terminal shroud BBS1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.MCB Dolly locking device DLPX1MCB Dolly locking device c/w padlockDLPX1PBLANKING MODULEBUSBAR TERMINAL SHROUDBLANKING PLATEDLPX1PLOCKING DEVICESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.19 Ways, single pole CB19SP28 Ways, single pole CB28SPINSULATED COMB BUSBARSSINGLE POLEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.End Cap For DP/TP Insulated comb busbarCBC3END CAPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Module blanking plate MB2METAL BLANKING PLATE

123| M2M2CASE STUDY:East Suffolk Council selected M2 XS 18th Edition-compliant consumer units and M2 white moulded wiring accessories for their local housing specifications. Since specifying M2 Electrical, East Suffolk Council can now purchase their very own, branded Consumer Unit, a 10-way Surge Protected Dual RCD unit, complete with Miniature Circuit Breaker’s and accompanying 16-module Spacer Mount.EAST SUFFOLK COUNCILM2 CONSUMER UNITS & WIRING ACCESSORIESEast Suffolk Council’s previous supplier had a drop in quality and service levels, which prompted them to make a change. With approximately 5,000 properties to work on, the council had the opportunity to work with a British manufacturer offering a 25 year guarantee, based in BESPOKE SOLUTION25 YEAR GUARANTEETECHNICAL SUPPORT FROM MANUFACTURERWorcestershire. M2 Electrical were able to offer a more modern and stylish product than previously installed, which was the key selling point to the engineers.Case Study

124M2 |MCBS, RCBOS, COMPACT RCBOS & RCDSM2B32MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERSM26MBRSPKARESIDUAL CURRENT BREAKERS WITH OVERLOADCircuit Protection DevicesMeasurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCURRENT RATING 6 kA SP B CURVE CAT. NO. 6 kA SP C CURVE CAT. NO.6A M2B6 M2C610A M2B10 M2C1016A M2B16 M2C1620A M2B20 M2C2032A M2B32 M2C3240A M2B40 M2C4050A M2B50 M2C5063A M2B63 M2C63CURRENT RATING6 kA B CURVE CAT. NO.6 kA C CURVE CAT. NO.6 kA B CURVE CAT. NO.6 kA C CURVE CAT. NO.6A M26MBRSP M26MCRSP M26MBRSPA M26MCRSPA10A M210MBRSP M210MBCSP M210MBRSPA M210MBCSPA16A M216MBRSP M216MCRSP M216MBRSPA M216MCRSPA20A M220MBRSP M220MCRSP M220MBRSPA M220MCRSPA32A M232MBRSP M232MCRSP M232MBRSPA M232MCRSPA40A M240MBRSP M240MCRSP M240MBRSPA M240MCRSPA45A M245MBRSP - M245MBRSPA -COMPACT RESIDUAL CURRENT BREAKERS WITH OVERLOADCURRENT RATING6 kA B CURVE CAT. NO.6 kA C CURVE CAT. NO.6 kA B CURVE CAT. NO.6 kA C CURVE CAT. NO.6A M26MBRSPK M26MCRSPK M26MBRSPKA M26MCRSPKA10A M210MBRSPK M210MCRSPK M210MBRSPKA M210MCRSPKA16A M216MBRSPK M216MCRSPK M216MBRSPKA M216MCRSPKA20A M220MBRSPK M220MCRSPK M220MBRSPKA M220MCRSPKA32A M232MBRSPK M232MCRSPK M232MBRSPKA M232MCRSPKA40A M240MBRSPK M240MCRSPK M240MBRSPKA M240MCRSPKA45A M245MBRSPK M245MCRSPK M245MBRSPKA M245MCRSPKAM26MBRSPATYPE AC TYPE A TYPE AC TYPE A SINGLE MODULE RCBOs - DOUBLE POLECURRENT RATING 6 kA B CURVE COMP. CAT. NO.6A M21BK610A M21BK1016A M21BK1620A M21BK2032A M21BK3240A M21BK40M21BK10TYPE A

125| M2M2ISOLATORSM2100HM240230RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICES 2 POLELower current rated DP RCD units are available in Type A on request.Measurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCircuit Protection DevicesCURRENT RATING MAX. CABLE SIZE mm230mA TYPE AC CAT. NO.30mA TYPE A CAT. NO.32A 50 M232230 -40A 50 M240230 M240230A63A 50 M263230 M263230A80A 50 M280230 M280230A100A 50 M2100230 M2100230ACURRENT RATING M2XS CAT. NO.63A M263H100A M2100HISOLATORS63A / 100A Dual Screw Mains Isolator Switch. • Patented design• Dual screw terminals specifically developed for incoming supply cables• The circular cross section tunnel matches that of the conductor cable• Extended terminal length for greater connectivity• Accepts up to 35mm2 meter tails• IP20 ratedGREATERCONNECTIVITYPATENTEDDESIGNPatented dual screw terminal design.1.1.Patented3.3.For increased safety and a superior connection.2.Dual Screw Termination4.Added cabling capacity.Circular Cross Section TerminalGreater connectivity ensuring cables are held far more securely.4.Increased Terminal Length2.TYPE AC TYPE A

126M2 |• 6A-40A Rated• Series and parallel arc fault detection• 30mA earth leakage Type A• B and C curve tripping characteristics• Switched Live & Neutral• Fits existing busbar system• Self testing (AFDD function only)COMPLETE CIRCUIT PROTECTIONAn arc-fault occurs when loose or corroded connections make intermittent contact and causes sparking or arcing between the connections. This translates into heat, which will break down the insulations of the wire and potentially trigger for an electrical fire. Such arc’s can range in power and vary a great deal in strength and duration. Potential causes of arc faults could include:-WHAT IS AN ARC FAULT?WHAT IS AN AFR?The M2 AFR is an arc fault detection device combined with short circuit, overload and earth leakage detection.Trapped/damaged cablesCable wear Damage caused by construction workLoose terminationsArc Fault Detection Devices use digital electronics to analyse the waveform of an A.C. circuit to detect arc faults. The device continuously monitors the circuit for different variations including the duration of an arc and the waveform. Once the device detects an irregular fault the device trips and disconnects the circuit, reducing the chance of it over heating and potentially causing an electrical fire.WHAT IS AN AFDD?PARALLEL ARC FAULT SERIES ARC FAULTSeries arc faults are found in loose terminal connections, damaged cords or frayed/damaged conductors. These arc’s are created in one conductor only, either phase or neutral.Parallel arc faults are found with damage caused to insulation which allows current to flow between conductors, usually between phase and neutral.CURRENT RATINGKA RATING B CURVE CAT. NO.C CURVE CAT. NO.6A 6 M2AFR06B1 M2AFR06C110A 6 M2AFR10B1 M2AFR10C116A 6 M2AFR16B1 M2AFR16C120A 6 M2AFR20B1 M2AFR20C132A 6 M2AFR32B1 M2AFR32C140A 6 M2AFR40B1 M2AFR40C1M2 offer a range of combined Arc Fault Detection (AFD) and Residual Current Circuit Breaker with Overload (RCBO) devices in B & C curve with Type A 30mA earth leakage.The single module device is designed to fit single and three phase distribution boards without the need to modify the bus bar fixing. MCBRCDAFD/RCBOEARTH LEAKAGERCBOARC FAULTOVERCURRENTSHORT CIRCUITAFDDMCBProtection against overcurrent and short circuitRCDProtection against earth leakageRCBOProtection against overcurrent, short circuit and earth leakageAFDDProtection against arc faultAFD/RCBOComplete comprehensive circuit protectionM2AFR06B1ARC FAULT DETECTION DEVICESCircuit Protection DevicesMeasurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwise

127| M2M2SURGE PROTECTION DEVICESMeasurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurge Protection Devices SPD/T12Designation according to EN 61643-11 Type 1+2Nominal voltage AC 50-60 Hz Un [V] 230/-Maximum continuous operating voltage (L-N) Uc (L-N) [V] 275Lightning impulse current (10/350) (L-N) limp (L-N) [kA] 12,5Lightning impulse current (10/350) (N-PE) limp (N-PE) [kA] 25Maximum discharge current (8/20) (L-N) Imax (L-N) [kA] 50Maximum discharge current (8/20) (N-PE) Imax (N-PE) [kA] 50Nominal discharge current (8/20) (L-N) In (L-N) [kA] 20Nominal discharge current (8/20) (N-PE) In (N-PE) [kA] 25Voltage protection level (L-N) at In Up (L-N) [kV] ≤1,3Maximum back-up fuse A [gL] 200Short circuit withstand Icc [kA] 25SPD TYPENO. of POLESSINGLE PHASE CAT. NO.1 + 2 2 M2SPD/T12SINGLE PHASE TYPE 1 + 2 SPDSPD/T2 SPD/T23Designation according to EN 61643-11 Type 2 Type 2+3Nominal voltage AC 50-60 Hz Un [V] 230/- 230/-Maximum continuous operating voltage (L-N) Uc (L-N) [V] 275 275Maximum discharge current (8/20) (L-N) Imax (L-N) [kA] 40 15Nominal discharge current (8/20) (L-N) In (L-N) [kA] 20 5Voltage protection level (L-N) at In Up (L-N) [kV] ≤1,3 ≤1,2Voltage protection level (N-PE) at In Up (N-PE) [kV] ≤1,5 ≤1,5Maximum back-up fuse A [gL] 125 63Short circuit withstand Icc [kA] 25 10SPD TYPE NO. of POLES SINGLE PHASE CAT. NO.2 2 M2SPD/T2SINGLE PHASE TYPE 2 SPDSPD TYPE NO. of POLES SINGLE PHASE CAT. NO.2 + 3 2 M2SPD/T23SINGLE PHASE TYPE 2 + 3 SPDCOMBINED TYPE 1 + 2TYPE 2 & COMBINED TYPE 2 + 3SPD’S IN INSULATED IP RATED ENCLOSURESSPD TYPE IP RATING CAT. NO. H W D1 + 2 IP65 M2SPD/T12E 150 100 1002 IP65 M2SPD/T2E 150 100 1002 + 3 IP65 M2SPD/T23E 150 100 100SPD/T2E

128M2 |ROTARY ISOLATORS3 POLE IP67 ROTARY ISOLATORS4 POLE IP67 ROTARY ISOLATORSM2 Electrical, Pipers Road, Park Farm Industrial Estate, Redditch, Worcestershire. B98 0HU. Web: www.m2electrical.co.uk Email: sales@m2electrical.co.uk Product Data Sheet Product Code: M21003 Issue No. Issue Date: Issue by: A 06/10/2017 T. Tombs Description 100A 3 pole switch disconnector with neutral and earth clamps in IP67 insulated enclosure. Key Dimensions Fixing centres. Additional information. Usage Intended for use by skilled persons or instructed persons. Electrical Earth & Neutral terminals Rated frequency: 50 / 60 Hz. Rated operational voltage: 690V ac maximum Rated insulation voltage (Ui): 800V Rated impulse voltage (U imp): 8 kV Earthing system: EMC environment: Environment type A. Physical Ambient operating temperature -25 to 40 °C. These isolators should not be operated when submerged. Maximum altitude: 3000m. Enclosure: Glass fibre reinforced polyester. Installation Service conditions: Wiring of this product must comply with current IEE regulations. Units are intended for indoor use and NOT where high levels of humidity and temperature are experienced. Note: IP rating of enclosures can be compromised if correct use of glands is not followed when installing unit. IP67 definition: 6 - Completely protected against dust ingress. 7 - Temporary protection against immersion in water up to 1m depth (water must not penetrate in harmful quantities in prescribed conditions). M2 Electrical, Pipers Road, Park Farm Industrial Estate, Redditch, Worcestershire. B98 0HU. Web: www.m2electrical.co.uk Email: sales@m2electrical.co.uk Product Data Sheet Product Code: M21003 Issue No. Issue Date: Issue by: A 06/10/2017 T. Tombs Description 100A 3 pole switch disconnector with neutral and earth clamps in IP67 insulated enclosure. Key Dimensions Fixing centres. Additional information. Usage Intended for use by skilled persons or instructed persons. Electrical Earth & Neutral terminals Rated frequency: 50 / 60 Hz. Rated operational voltage: 690V ac maximum Rated insulation voltage (Ui): 800V Rated impulse voltage (U imp): 8 kV Earthing system: EMC environment: Environment type A. Physical Ambient operating temperature -25 to 40 °C. These isolators should not be operated when submerged. Maximum altitude: 3000m. Enclosure: Glass fibre reinforced polyester. Installation Service conditions: Wiring of this product must comply with current IEE regulations. Units are intended for indoor use and NOT where high levels of humidity and temperature are experienced. Note: IP rating of enclosures can be compromised if correct use of glands is not followed when installing unit. IP67 definition: 6 - Completely protected against dust ingress. 7 - Temporary protection against immersion in water up to 1m depth (water must not penetrate in harmful quantities in prescribed conditions). HW DIP67 Rotary IsolatorsMeasurements:Millimeters (mm) unless stated otherwiseCURRENT RATING AC23A 415 VPOWER AT 415 V (kW)POWER AT 690 V (kW)MAX. CABLE mm2CAT. NO. H W D20A 11 15 10 M2203 160 105 12732A 18.5 15 10 M2323 160 105 12763A 37 37 35 M2633 210 135 127100A 55 55 35 M21003 329 205 154CURRENT RATING AC23A 415 VPOWER AT 415 V (kW)POWER AT 690 V (kW)MAX. CABLE mm2CAT. NO. H W D20A 11 15 10 M2204 160 105 12732A 18.5 15 10 M2324 160 105 12763A 37 37 35 M2634 210 135 127100A 55 55 35 M21004 329 205 154M2323M2634M2 Electrical, Pipers Road, Park Farm Industrial Estate, Redditch, Worcestershire. B98 0HU. Web: www.m2electrical.co.uk Email: sales@m2electrical.co.uk Product Data Sheet Product Code: M21003 Issue No. Issue Date: Issue by: A 06/10/2017 T. Tombs Description 100A 3 pole switch disconnector with neutral and earth clamps in IP67 insulated enclosure. Key Dimensions Fixing centres. Additional information. Usage Intended for use by skilled persons or instructed persons. Electrical Earth & Neutral terminals Rated frequency: 50 / 60 Hz. Rated operational voltage: 690V ac maximum Rated insulation voltage (Ui): 800V Rated impulse voltage (U imp): 8 kV Earthing system: EMC environment: Environment type A. Physical Ambient operating temperature -25 to 40 °C. These isolators should not be operated when submerged. Maximum altitude: 3000m. Enclosure: Glass fibre reinforced polyester. Installation Service conditions: Wiring of this product must comply with current IEE regulations. Units are intended for indoor use and NOT where high levels of humidity and temperature are experienced. Note: IP rating of enclosures can be compromised if correct use of glands is not followed when installing unit. IP67 definition: 6 - Completely protected against dust ingress. 7 - Temporary protection against immersion in water up to 1m depth (water must not penetrate in harmful quantities in prescribed conditions). M2 Electrical, Pipers Road, Park Farm Industrial Estate, Redditch, Worcestershire. B98 0HU. Web: www.m2electrical.co.uk Email: sales@m2electrical.co.uk Product Data Sheet Product Code: M21003 Issue No. Issue Date: Issue by: A 06/10/2017 T. Tombs Description 100A 3 pole switch disconnector with neutral and earth clamps in IP67 insulated enclosure. Key Dimensions Fixing centres. Additional information. Usage Intended for use by skilled persons or instructed persons. Electrical Earth & Neutral terminals Rated frequency: 50 / 60 Hz. Rated operational voltage: 690V ac maximum Rated insulation voltage (Ui): 800V Rated impulse voltage (U imp): 8 kV Earthing system: EMC environment: Environment type A. Physical Ambient operating temperature -25 to 40 °C. These isolators should not be operated when submerged. Maximum altitude: 3000m. Enclosure: Glass fibre reinforced polyester. Installation Service conditions: Wiring of this product must comply with current IEE regulations. Units are intended for indoor use and NOT where high levels of humidity and temperature are experienced. Note: IP rating of enclosures can be compromised if correct use of glands is not followed when installing unit. IP67 definition: 6 - Completely protected against dust ingress. 7 - Temporary protection against immersion in water up to 1m depth (water must not penetrate in harmful quantities in prescribed conditions). HW D• Modern design and manufacturing process• IP67 ingress protection allows installation in the most severe conditions• Dedicated LOCK OFF position• In LOCK OFF position cover cannot be removed• High switching capability• Strong high impact resistance enclosure20A / 32A / 63A / 100A 3 Pole Rotary Isolator Switch IP67• Modern design and manufacturing process• IP67 ingress protection allows installation in the most severe conditions• Dedicated LOCK OFF position• In LOCK OFF position cover cannot be removed• High switching capability• Strong high impact resistance enclosure20A / 32A / 63A / 100A 4 Pole Rotary Isolator Switch IP67For 500V & 690V ratings refer to datasheetsFor 500V & 690V ratings refer to datasheets

129| M2M2TECHNICAL INFORMATION• Modern design and manufacturing process• IP67 ingress protection allows installation in the most severe conditions• Dedicated LOCK OFF position• In LOCK OFF position cover can not be removed• High switching capability• Strong high impact resistance enclosureAccessories. Ordered separately. 1 No & 1 NC. Part No.: M2A11Auxiliary contact rating: AC-13 - 10A @ 230V ac. AC-15 - 6A @ 230V ac.1 3 5L1 L2 L3E2 4 6T1 T2 T3N1 3 5L1 L2 L3E2 4 6T1 T2 T37L48T4GENERAL CHARACTERISTICSSWITCH CONFIGURATION3 POLE 4 POLEIP67 Rotary IsolatorsSTANDARD BSEN 60947 - 1 & 3. EN 60529VOLTAGE RATING 690V ac maximumENCLOSURE Glass fibre reinforced unsaturated polyester resin. High flame resistance and anti-carbonisation. (PC + ABS)HANDLE 2 Padlock positions in the LOCK OFF position. Padlock not supplied.IP RATING Enclosure - IP67 & switch terminal - IP20IMPACT RESISTANCE IK08POLLUTION DEGREE 3OPERATING TEMPERATURE -25°C to 40°CFRONT COVER Screw fixed cover. 2 screws have sealing facility. Captive cover screwsEQUIPMENT TYPE Fixed stationaryDEVICE RATING3 / 4 Pole switch disconnector 20A, 32A, 63A or 100AROTARY ISOLATORSFEATURES

130M2 |TECHNICAL INFORMATIONM2 MCBs are of thermo-magnetic, current limiting type and are available in a range of kA ratings (4.5kA up to 10kA) and operating characteristics (B, C and D Curve). A selection of SP (single pole), DP (double pole) and TP (triple pole) options are offered. 12060201052130105210.50.20.10.050.020.010.0050.0020.0010.0005Seconds Minutes1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 15 20 30 40 50I / InB C D23 4 5 6 7 81GENERAL SPECIFICATION1Steady current value 1.13xIn: t>1hrAll MCBs are capable of carrying full load current continuously (derating factors apply for ambient conditions and no. of circuits within an enclosure).Steady current value 1.45xIn: t<1hr. As load current increases above current rating the thermal release mechanism will disconnect MCB.B-CURVED-CURVEC-CURVE3xIn: 0.1sec<t<45sec (In<=32A)3xIn: 0.1sec<t<90sec (In>32A)MCB will trip within times specified.5xIn: t<0.1secB-type MCB ensured to trip in less than 0.1sec via magnetic release.5xIn: 0.1sec<t<15sec (In<=32A)5xIn: 0.1sec<t<30sec (In>32A)MCB will trip within times specified.t = Tripping time10xIn: 0.1sec<t<4sec (In<=32A)10xIn: 0.1sec<t<8sec (In>32A)MCB will trip within times specified.20xIn: t<0.1secD-type MCB ensured to trip in less than 0.1sec via magnetic release.10xIn: t<0.1secC-type MCB ensured to trip in less than 0.1sec via magnetic release.• All MCBs have a ‘trip free mechanism’.• Positive contact status indication in accordance with IEE wiring regulations.• Tunnel design, touch proof and captive terminals.• Can be used as isolating switches.• Lockable in both ON and OFF state without affecting the ability of the trip mechanism to operate.STANDARDS: BSEN 60898OPERATING VOLTAGE: 230 / 400V a.c.OPERATING FREQUENCY: 50HzAMBIENT OPERATING TEMP.: -5°C to +40°CMAXIMUM TERMINAL TORQUE: 3Nm (2.5Nm advised) ENCLOSURE MATERIAL: Urea or V0 rated Polyamide (self extinguishing at 960°C)SUPPLY: Can be supplied from top or bottom.IP RATING: IP4X (front face) IP20 (terminals)DIELECTRIC VOLTAGE: 2500V a.c.INSULATION VOLTAGE: 500V a.c.CURVE INSTANTANEOUS TRIPPING RANGECIRCUIT APPLICATIONSB 3 - 5 Used in domestic situations where maximum sensitivity is required and very little equipment with high start-up current is connected.C 5 - 10 Suitable for commercial / industrial situations where close protection is not required and start up currents of devices can run upto 5 times rated current for a short period. Where many low voltage lights are used in a domestic situation then, due to the inrush currents of the transformers, C Curve MCBs may be required to avoid nuisance tripping.D 10 - 20 Suitable for industrial application where start-up currents may be up to 10 times rated current, for example protection for machines with electric motors fitted, welding units etc.2345678MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERSMCB TRIPPING CURVES TERMINAL CAPACITIESRANGE OF MCBs CAPACITY MCBs 25mm2 (In and Out)RCBOs 25mm2 (In) ; 10mm2 (Out)RCDs (<100A) 35mm2 (In and Out)RANGE OF MCBs CAPACITY RCDs (100A) 50mm2 (In and Out)Isolators 35/50mm2 (In and Out)Earth and Neutral bars 25mm2 and 16mm2Technical Information

131| M2M2TECHNICAL INFORMATIONTable A: Recommended MCB current ratings for the protection of cables to single phase 230V a.c. motors.SWITCHGEAR DERATINGAdjacent MCBs, RCBOs or MCB/RCD combinations should not be continuously loaded at, or approaching, their normal rated currents when mounted in enclosures. It is also good engineering practice to make provisions for adequate free air between devices.Under these circumstances and, in common with other manufacturers, we recommend a diversity factor of 66% is applied to the MCB nominal rated current, especially if the MCB is expected to be loaded near to or at full rating for more than one hour.Thermal issues should also be taken into consideration when choosing conductor size for the protected circuits.MCB INSTALLATION CURRENTSGenerally the MCBs detailed are not intended to provide close overload protection for motors. However they can be employed in conjunction with the customary motor overload current device as an alternative to the isolator/fuse combination. In this condition the MCB will protect the cable to the motor and the motor will be protected by its own protective device.The tables A and B detailed below give recommendations on MCB selection for motor circuits, for C type only.Note: The values of full load current and starting current will approximately be 10% higher at 380/220V ac than the figures stated for 400/230V motors. The figures given in table A for the starting current and its duration are intended to be used as a guide only. In practice the motor run up time will depend upon the type of drive and the loading of the motor when it is started. Consultation with the motor manufacturer should give an indication of the magnitude of the starting current and the duration.The selection of the most suitable circuit breaker can then be found from the time/current characteristics of the circuit breaker.Technical InformationHORSE POWER (HP) POWER FLC STARTING CURRENT DURATION OF STARTING CURRENT MCB CURRENT RATING0.25 0.18 kW 1.5A 10.5A 3.0 sec 10A0.50 0.37 kW 3.0A 21.0A 3.0 sec 10A0.75 0.55 kW 5.0A 35.0A 3.0 sec 16A1.00 0.75 kW 5.5A 38.5A 3.1 sec 20A1.50 1.12 kW 8.5A 59.5A 3.15 sec 32A2.00 1.50 kW 10.5A 73.5A 3.2 sec 50A3.00 2.25 kW 15.5A 108.0A 3.3 sec 50A4.00 3.00 kW 20.0A 140.0A 3.4 sec 63A5.00 3.80 kW 24.0A 168.0A 3.5 sec -6.00 4.50 kW 28.0A 196.0A 3.6 sec -7.00 5.20 kW 32.0A 224.0A 3.7 sec -Maximum Earth fault loop impedance (ie Zs ohms) for circuits supplying socket outlets in accordance with BS7671 regulation 411.3.2 at 218.5V (230V x 0.95 Cmin).At these levels of earth loop impedance, MCBs will provide disconnection times in accordance with BS7671 for circuits supplying socket outlets .BS7671: 2008 requirements: Electrical installations (17th Edition of the IEE Wiring regulations) specifically identifies B and C Curve. Lower earth fault loop impedance’s (Zs) are generally necessary for D Curve to achieve the operating times required by regulation 413-02-08. (Maximum Zs is calculated using the formula in the regulations and the characteristics of the circuit breaker). Where the requirement can not be achieved, use of the circuit breakers as overcurrent protective devices is not precluded, but the use of residual current circuit breakers (RCDs) to provide protection against indirect earth fault condition is implied. Establishment of the value of the earth fault loop impedance (Zs) at the design stage of installation will determine which type of circuit breaker should be used.MCB INSTALLATION VOLTAGESB & C CURVE 1 POLE 230V ACDEVICE STANDARD 6A 10A 16A 20A 32A 40A 50A 63AType B BSEN 60898 7.43 4.46 2.79 2.23 1.39 1.11 0.89 0.71Type C BSEN 60898 3.83 2.30 1.44 1.15 0.72 0.58 0.46 0.37

132M2 |TECHNICAL INFORMATIONTable B: Recommended MCB current ratings for the protection of cables to three phase 400V a.c. motors.Providing both overcurrent protection and earth leakage protection in a combined unit, M2 offers a range of RCBOs which will fit all M2 modular consumer units and B Curve 3-phase distribution boards.RCBOs are available in a range of current ratings from 6A to 45A and with short circuit capacities (Ics) from 4.5kA up to 10kA. RCBOs are offered in both B and C Curve tripping characteristics.All single module RCBOs contain a switched live and solid neutral where as the double module unit offers both Live and Neutral switching.GENERAL SPECIFICATIONSimilar to our MCB technology all devices have a ‘trip free mechanism’ and positive contact status indication. Connection of load circuit cables is via tunnel design cable clamps with touch proof and captive terminal screws. Lockable in both ON and OFF position without affecting the ability of the trip mechanism to operate.RCBOs allow earth fault protection to be restricted to individual circuits, thus ensuring that only the circuit with the fault is interrupted. (When groups of circuits are protected by an RCD, all circuits would be interrupted under a fault condition, which may cause unnecessary inconvenience).Technical InformationHORSE POWER (HP)POWER FLC STARTING CURRENTDURATION OF STARTING CURRENTMCB CURRENT RATINGSTARTING CURRENTDURATION OF STARTING CURRENTMCB CURRENT RATING0.25 0.18 0.5 3.5 3.0 6 1.75 9.0 60.50 0.37 0.9 6.3 3.0 6 3.15 9.1 60.75 0.55 1.3 9.1 3.0 6 4.59 9.2 61.00 0.75 1.9 13.3 3.1 6 6.6 9.3 61.50 1.12 2.5 17.5 3.15 10 8.7 9.5 102.00 1.50 3.4 23.8 3.2 10 11.9 9.6 103.00 2.25 4.8 33.6 3.3 16 16.8 10.0 164.00 3.00 6.4 44.8 3.4 20 22.4 10.3 205.00 3.80 7.8 54.6 3.5 20 27.3 10.7 206.00 4.50 9.0 63.0 3.6 20 31.5 11.0 207.00 5.20 10.3 72.1 3.7 32 36.0 11.3 207.50 5.60 11.6 81.2 3.75 32 40.6 11.5 3210.00 7.50 14.4 100.8 4.0 40 50.4 12.3 4012.50 9.30 17.3 121.1 4.25 40 60.5 13.2 4015.00 11.00 21.1 148.0 4.5 63 73.8 14.0 5020.00 15.00 28.0 196.0 5.0 63 93.0 15.7 6325.00 18.50 35.0 245.0 5.5 - 122.0 17.3 -7.00 5.20 32.0 224.0 3.7 -RCBOs STANDARDS: BSEN 61009OPERATING VOLTAGE: 230V a.c.EARTH LEAKAGE SENSITIVITY: 30mASWITCHING: Single pole - L (switched) + N (solid) Double pole - L + N (switched)OPERATING FREQUENCY: 50Hz AMBIENT OPERATING TEMP.: -5°C - +40°CMAXI. TERMINAL TORQUE: 2NmENCLOSURE MATERIAL: VO rated PBT (both self extinguishing at 960°C)SUPPLY CONNECTIONS: Consult specific product data sheetIP RATING: IP4X (front face); IP20 (terminals)DIELECTRIC VOLTAGE: 2500V a.c.INSULATION VOLTAGE: 500V a.c.

133| M2M2Type 1 SPDs are key to providing necessary protection of the installation against the effects of lightning strikes entering the building. Type 1 SPDs are designed to carry partial lightning currents and are defined as being tested with a high energy 10/350μs (Iimp) wave shape.These Type 1 SPDs must be installed on incoming services (e.g. mains power and data) when an external Lightning Protection System (LPS) is installed on a building. Where partial lightning currents can also flow due to a direct lightning strike on overhead supplies or externally mounted equipment, Type 1 SPDs should also be used. Combined Type 1 + Type 2 SPDs are installed at the origin of the supply to the building, normally within the main switchboard. If the installation being protected is already fitted with an SCPD of 250A or less then the SPD can be connected direct to the busbar otherwise ensure the device is adequately protected.Type 2 SPDs in this modular form offer more general surge protection for equipment within the installation from sources of problematic electrical surges internal to the building (typically switching transients). If the installation being protected is already fitted with an SCPD of 250A or less then the SPD can be connected direct to the busbar otherwise ensure the device is adequately protected. Their protection is limited by distance with a general protection zone of <10m. Equipment further away necessitate the installation of an additional Type 2 units in sub-distribution boards.Type 2 and Type 3 SPDs are designed to discharge the induced surges created by lightning electromagnetic fields and also other transient surge events such as switching surges, supply faults etc. These devices are defined as being tested with a specific energy wave shape of 8/20μs (In) for Type 2 SPDs or a combination wave shapes for Type 3 SPDs. For many applications where the requirement is to provide surge protection only, Type 2 and Type 3 SPDs play a critical role in protecting electronic equipment.Type 3 SPDs provide the primary ‘fine protection’ from surges, giving high sensitive equipment that added level of security. As a rule they should be installed as close as possible to the equipment being protected.TECHNICAL INFORMATIONGENERAL SPECIFICATIONRCDs M2 RCDs are available in a wide range of earth leakage sensitivities and current ratings to meet the majority of applications. Residual Current Devices (RCDs) come in both 2 pole and 4 pole options.M2 RCDs incorporate the latest in electronic earth leakage detection technology ensuring consistent reliable performance. With sufficient contact gap, switching of all Live and Neutral conductors and positive contact indication in accordance with the IEE wiring regulation these devices can be used for isolation purposes.RCDs also incorporate ‘trip free mechanism’ technology and can be locked ON or OFF with suitable locking device (eg.DLPX1) without affecting the devices ability to offer protection under fault conditions.General use RCDs for domestic single phase or light commercial three phase systems are required to be either Type AC or Type A. This type reference defines the nature of the earth leakage which the RCD is expected to detect and protect against.Type AC: Tripping is ensured for residual sinusoidal alternating currents, whether suddenly applied or slowly rising.Identified by the symbol: Type A: Tripping is ensured for residual sinusoidal alternating currents and residual pulsating direct currents, whether suddenly applied or slowly rising.Identified by the symbol: SURGE PROTECTION DEVICESTechnical InformationSTANDARDS: BSEN 61008 OPERATING VOLTAGE: 2P-230V a.c. 4P-230/400V a.c.OPERATING FREQUENCY: 50HzAMBIENT OPERATING TEMP.: -5°C - +40°CMAXI. TERMINAL TORQUE: 2.5Nm ENCLOSURE MATERIAL: VO rated polyamide or PBT (both self extinguishing at 960°C)SUPPLY CONNECTIONS: Consult specific product data sheetIP RATING: IP4X (front face); IP20 (terminals)DIELECTRIC VOLTAGE: 2500V a.c.INSULATION VOLTAGE: 500V a.c.

ELECTRICAL WIRINGACCESSORIES M2 wiring accessories, both stylish and practical for the modern home or commercial office. Suitable to replace traditional products but equally at home in contemporary settings. Modular design enables the installer to provide solutions to suit exact customer requirements with maximum flexibility. Small details of providing screw head fixing covers and flushed in neons to enable easy cleaning separate the M2 range from others in the category. Added to the full range of voice, data and media products M2 presents a comprehensive range for the modern living and the working environment.Section Contentslimline 136square 148grid 154metal 162weatherproof 166decorative 170decorative screwless 182ceiling 194Lighting Distribution Units 196Power Distribution Units 204Technical Information 229®135

136M2 | SLIMLINE FEATURESSlimline25 YEAR GUARANTEEDeveloped through rigorous product testing and designed for the contemporary installation – M2 slimline wiring accessories. Featuring new products to enhance the user experience such as, faster charging USB sockets and the brand new M2 grid range to offer endless flexibility. Ideal for the domestic and commercial application M2 slimline has been launched with the future in mind, for both product and packaging. Our polybags and cardboard inner cartons are made from recycled content and we encourage you to recycle them after use.KEYFEATURES:M2 SLIMLINE RANGE WIRING ACCESSORIESFEATURES:RECYCLED PACKAGINGThe packaging has been carefully selected throughout the development stages of this range to ensure we minimise our impact on the environment. Both the polybag and the inner cardboard carton are manufactured from recycled content and after use can now be recycled.

137 | M2M2SLIMLINE FEATURESSlimlineHIGH GLOSS CURVED PROFILEANTIMICROBIAL PROPERTIESFAST CHARGING USB SOCKETSPLEASE RECYCLEMADE FROM RECYCLED MATERIALLDPE BAG & CARTONFULLY TESTED & CERTIFIEDCOMPLIMENTED BY THE M2 GRID RANGEHIGH GLOSS CURVED PROFILEManufactured from urea formaldehyde with antimicrobial properties in a stylish high gloss curved profile. Fully tested & certified & supplied with screw cap covers to maximise the overall aesthetics once installed.GRID & EURO MODULESComplimented by a range of grid, euro, switch modules & plates for ultimate flexibility.NEW!

138M2 | Slimline10AX SWITCHESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface mount box:19 mmFlush mount box: 16 mm1010-003DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang 1 way light switch 1010-001 86 861 Gang 2 way light switch 1010-002 86 862 Gang 2 way light switch 1010-003 86 863 Gang 2 way light switch 1010-004 86 8610AX LIGHT SWITCHES2 WAY1010-005DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 4 Gang 2 way light switch 1010-005 86 1466 Gang 2 way light switch 1010-006 86 14610AX LIGHT SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang intermediate switch 1010-007 86 8610A INTERMEDIATE SWITCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang 2 way retractive switch 1010-008 86 8610A RETRACTIVE SWITCH

139 | M2M2Slimline10AX SWITCHES & DIMMERS1010-011DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W10A TP fan isolator 1010-011 86 8610A TP swicth 1010-012 86 86TRIPLE POLE SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 10A Key card switch 1010-013 86 8610A KEY CARD SWITCHFlush mount box depth: 25 mm Surface mount box depth: 29 mm.1010-022DESCRIPTION WATT CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang leading edge dimmer 40-400W (3-150W) 1010-021 86 862 Gang leading edge dimmer 40-400W (3-150W) 1010-022 86 863 Gang leading edge dimmer 40-400W (3-150W) 1010-023 86 1464 Gang leading edge dimmer 40-400W (3-150W) 1010-024 86 146INTELLIGENT DIMMERSFlush mount box depth: 25mm Surface mount box depth: 29mm.1010-223DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang unfurnished kits 1010-221 86 862 Gang unfurnished kits 1010-222 86 863 Gang unfurnished kits 1010-223 86 1464 Gang unfurnished kits 1010-224 86 146UNFURNISHED DIMMER KITSFlush mount box depth: 25 mm Surface mount box depth: 29 mm.1010-026DESCRIPTION WATT CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang intelligent dimmer 40-400W (5-150W) 1010-025 86 862 Gang intelligent dimmer 40-400W (5-150W) 1010-026 86 863 Gang intelligent dimmer 40-400W (5-150W) 1010-027 86 1464 Gang intelligent dimmer 40-400W (5-150W) 1010-028 86 146LEADING EDGE LED DIMMERSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise1010-057ELDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W20A DP 1010-057 86 8620A DP printed ‘EMG LTG TEST’1010-057EL86 8620A DP KEY SWITCHES

140M2 | SlimlineSOCKET OUTLETSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface mount box: 29mm Flush mount box: 25mm1010-104DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A 2 Gang switched - SP 1010-104 86 14613A 2 Gang switched - DP 1010-105 86 146SWITCHED SOCKETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A Switched RCD socket 1010-120 86 146RCD PROTECTED1010-103DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A 1 Gang switched - SP 1010-102 86 8613A 1 Gang switched - DP 1010-103 86 86SWITCHED SOCKETS30mAPASSIVEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A 2 Gang unswitched 1010-101 86 146UNSWITCHED SOCKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A 1 Gang unswitched 1010-100 86 86UNSWITCHED SOCKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W5A 1 Gang 1010-109 86 865A UNSWITCHED SOCKET5A

141 | M2M2SlimlineSOCKET OUTLETSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface mount box: 29mm Flush mount box: 25mm1010-914QC 30WPD 33WTYPE A&CTYPE A2XDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A 2 Gang 3.1A Type A USB 1010-914 86 14613A 2 Gang 4.8A Type A USB 1010-915 86 146USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETS1010-904DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A 1 Gang 2.1A Type A&C USB 1010-902 86 8613A 2 Gang 3.1A Type A&C USB 1010-904 86 146USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A 2 Gang Dual USB Type A&C QC 30W/PD 33W USB1010-916 86 146USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSTYPE A&C13A 2 Gang Switched Socket + Dual USB Type A&C Charger OutletsDUALVOLTAGESurface mount box: 47mm Flush mount box: 47mmSHAVER OUTLETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W Dual voltage 20VA 230V / 115V 1010-110 146 86KEY LOCKABLEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A DP neon 1010-121 86 146KEY LOCKABLE SOCKET

142M2 | SlimlineCONNECTION UNITSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface mount box: 29mm Flush mount box: 25mmUNSWITCHED FUSED SPURDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A Unswitched spur 1010-040 86 8613A Unswitched spur flex outlet 1010-042 86 86UNSWITCHED FUSED SPUR NEONDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A Unswitched spur neon 1010-041 86 8613A Unswitched spur neon flex outlet1010-043 86 861010-046DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A Spur 1010-044 86 8613A Spur flex outlet1010-046 86 86SWITCHED FUSED SPURDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A Unswitched RCD socket1010-049 86 86RCD PROTECTED SPUR1010-045DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A Spur neon 1010-045 86 8613A Spur neon flex outlet1010-047 86 86SWITCHED FUSED SPUR NEON1010-0401010-043DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 20A Flex outlet 1010-055 86 86FLEX OUTLETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 20A DP Key lockable switch 1010-060 86 86KEY LOCKABLE SWITCHKEY LOCKABLE30mA Passive

143 | M2M2Slimline20A & 45A SWITCH & SOCKETSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface mount box: 29mm Flush mount box: 25mmDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 20A DP switch 1010-050 86 8620A DP SWITCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 20A DP switch neon1010-051 86 8620A DP SWITCH NEON1010-201DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 45A DP switch 1010-200 86 8645A DP switch neon1010-201 86 861 GANG DP SWITCHESRED ROCKER1010-202DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 45A DP switch 1010-202 146 8645A DP switch neon1010-203 146 862 GANG DP SWITCHESRED ROCKER1010-205DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 45A DP switch 1010-204 86 14645A DP switch neon1010-205 86 146COOKER CONTROL UNITSRED ROCKER1010-401DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 45A DP switch 1010-400 86 8645A DP switch neon1010-401 86 861 GANG DP SWITCHES1010-402DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 45A DP switch 1010-402 146 8645A DP switch neon1010-403 146 86WHITE ROCKER2 GANG DP SWITCHESWHITE ROCKERWHITE ROCKER1010-405DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 45A DP switch 1010-404 86 14645A DP switch neon1010-405 86 146COOKER CONTROL UNITSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 45A Cooker connection unit1010-210 86 146COOKER CONNECTION UNIT

144M2 | SlimlineCOAXIAL, VOICE & DATAMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface mount box: 29mm Flush mount box: 25mmCAT. NO. H W 1010-300 86 86COAXIALCAT. NO. H W 1010-301 86 86TWIN COAXCAT. NO. H W 1010-302 86 86SATELLITECAT. NO. H W 1010-303 86 86COAXIAL/SATELLITECAT. NO. H W 1010-304 86 86MASTER TELEPHONECAT. NO. H W 1010-305 86 86SECONDARY TELEPHONECAT. NO. H W 1010-306 86 86DATA CAT 5ECAT. NO. H W 1010-307 86 86TWIN DATA CAT 5ECAT. NO. H W 1010-308 86 86DATA CAT 6CAT. NO. H W 1010-309 86 86TWIN DATA CAT 6CAT. NO. H W 1010-310 86 86RJ11CAT. NO. H W 1010-312 86 86ISOLATED COAX

145 | M2M2SlimlinePATTRESSES & PLATESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface mount box: 29mm Flush mount box: 25mmFor grid & euro modules please see page 22For switch modules please see page 14CAT. NO. H W D1010-070 86 86 161010-071 86 86 251010-072 86 86 351010-073 86 86 471 GANG PATTRESS BOXESCAT. NO. H W D1010-074 86 146 251010-075 86 146 351010-076 86 146 471010-077 Dual Box 86 173 252 GANG PATTRESS BOXESBLANK PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang 1010-030 86 862 Gang 1010-031 86 146EURO MOD PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1G 1 module 1010-320 86 861G 2 module 1010-321 86 862G 4 module 1010-322 86 1461010-3201010-0301 & 2 GANG GRID PLATES3 & 4 GANG GRID PLATES 6 & 8 GANG GRID PLATES 9 & 12 GANG GRID PLATES1010-0741010-0701010-3511010-353 1010-355 1010-356Grid frame sold separately: 3011-360 Grid frame sold separately: 3011-360Grid frame sold separately: 3011-360Grid frame sold separately: 3011-359APERTURE PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1G 1 aperture 1010-080 86 861G 2 aperture 1010-081 86 861G 3 aperture 1010-082 86 862G 4 aperture 1010-084 86 1462G 6 aperture 1010-085 86 1461010-080Suitable for M2 switch modules.Suitable for M2 euro modules.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1G 1 grid mod 1010-350 86 861G 2 grid mods 1010-351 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 2G 3 grid mod 1010-352 86 1462G 4 grid mods 1010-353 86 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 6 grid mod 1010-354 146 1468 grid mods 1010-355 146 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 9 grid mod 1010-356 206 14612 grid mods 1010-357 206 146

146M2 | 13A DP SWITCHESPRINTED CAT. NO.- 1011-050Boiler 1011-050BLDish Washer 1011-050DWCooker Hood 1011-050CHFan 1011-050FNFridge Freezer 1011-050FFFridge 1011-050FDFreezer 1011-050FZHeater 1011-050HRHob 1011-050HBHob Ignition 1011-050HIHot Tap 1011-050HTLights 1011-050LTMicrowave 1011-050MWOven 1011-050OVTumble Dryer 1011-050TDWaste Disposal 1011-050WDWater Heater 1011-050WHWine Cooler 1011-050WCWarming Drawer 1011-050WRWashing Machine 1011-050WM1011-050DW1011-050HT1011-050WR1011-050CH1011-050HR1011-050WCDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D10A 1 Way 1011-001 60 16 251 WAY LIGHT SWITCH2 WAY LIGHT SWITCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D10A 2 Way 1011-002 60 16 25INTERMEDIATE SWITCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D10A Intermediate 1011-007 60 16 25RETRACTIVE SWITCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D10A 2 Way 1011-008 60 16 252 WAY KEY SWITCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D10A DP 1011-058 60 16 221 WAY KEY SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D10A DP 1011-057 60 16 2210A EMG LTG 1011-057EL 60 16 221011-0581011-057ELSWITCH MODULESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSlimline

147 | M2M2NOTESSlimline

148M2 | SquareSquareSQUARE FEATURESA comprehensive & competitive range of square edged white moulded wiring accessories for the domestic, retail & commercial sectors. Modular construction light switches allow ‘on site flexibility’. Matching modular plates to extend the range to include International power, Data & Media.KEYFEATURES:M2 SQUARE RANGE WIRING ACCESSORIESFEATURES:25 YEAR GUARANTEERECYCLED PACKAGINGThe packaging has been carefully selected throughout the development stages of this range to ensure we minimise our impact on the environment. Both the polybag and the inner cardboard carton are manufactured from recycled content and after use can now be recycled.

149 | M2M2SquareSquareSQUARE FEATURESOFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE1.Remove Screw From Desired Module3.Slot Intermediate Module into Position & Fix2.Remove ModuleMaterial• Thermoset Urea faceplates• Traditional square edge• High gloss finish• Flat fronted to ensure correct plug seatingHigh impact resistant• Designed to be resilient• Scratch resistant• Guaranteed to stand the test of timeSwitches• Easy switch action• Modular format for greater flexibility• Colour matched rocker switches on 45A rangePower indication • Neon indicators available• Crescent rocker markingNEON INDICATORS MODULAR SWITCHESDUAL EARTHModular design of• 1 - way• 2 - way• Intermediateswitches allow for on site flexibility.

150M2 | 2010-0031 WAY LIGHT SWITCH2 WAY LIGHT SWITCHESINTERMEDIATE LIGHT SWITCH 6A TRIPLE POLE SWITCHESFlush mount box depth: 25mm Surface mount box depth: 29mm.Surface mount box: 19mm.RETRACTIVE SWITCHLIGHT SWITCHES• Traditional square edge face plate and rocker• Switch modules interchangeable• Compliant to relevant British Standards• Ideal for domestic/commercial useA Comprehensive & Competitive Range of Square Edged White Moulded Wiring Accessories. DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang 2010-002 86 862 Gang 2010-003 86 863 Gang 2010-004 86 864 Gang 2010-005 86 1466 Gang 2010-006 86 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang 2010-001 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.H W 1 Gang 2010-007 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.H W 6A TP switch fan isolator2010-011 86 866A TP switch 2010-012 86 86SquareMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box: 16mm, unless stated otherwiseWHITEMOULDED16mmBACK BOX2010-0122010-022DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang 2010-021 86 862 Gang 2010-022 86 863 Gang 2010-023 86 1464 Gang 2010-024 86 146TRAILING EDGE LED DIMMERS2010-222DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang 2010-221 86 862 Gang 2010-222 86 863 Gang 2010-223 86 1464 Gang 2010-224 86 14640-400W (5-150W)UNFURNISHED DIMMER KITS1010-025DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang 2010-025 86 86LEADING EDGE LED DIMMERS40-400W (3-150W)DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.H W 6A 1 gang 2010-008 86 86

151 | M2M22010-100UNSWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSSWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETS2010-104DUAL SHAVER SOCKET OUTLETFlush mount box depth: 47mm Surface mount box depth: 47mm.USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSFlush mount box depth: 35mm. Surface mount box depth: 29mm.13A Single & Double Pole Switched Socket White• Switches centrally positioned• Traditional square edge face plate• Dual earth terminalsSOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A 1 Gang switched socket - SP 2010-102 86 8613A 2 Gang switched socket - SP 2010-104 86 14613A 2 Gang switched socket - DP 2010-105 86 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A 1 Gang switched socket 2.1A 2010-912 86 8613A 2 Gang switched socket 3.1A 2010-914 86 146CHARGESHARED3.1ADUALVOLTAGESquareMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface mount box: 29mm Flush mount box: 25mmDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A 1 Gang socket outlet 2010-100 86 8613A 2 Gang socket outlet 2010-101 86 1465A 1 Gang socket outlet 2010-109 86 86TYPE A USBDUALPORTUSB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETMount box depth: 35mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A 2 Gang switched socket outlet 2010-904 86 146CHARGESHARED3.1ATYPE A & TYPE CDUALPORTDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W Shaver Socket 2010-110 146 862010-112CONTRACT SOCKET OUTLETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A 2 Gang socket outlet 2010-112 86 146SINGLEPOLE2010-914

152M2 | 45A DOUBLE POLE SWITCHESDOUBLE POLE SWITCHES & CONNECTION UNITS2010-20113A FUSED CONNECTION UNITSBottom edge flex outlet complete with clamps and 13A cartridge fuse to BS 1362 as standard.20A SWITCHES2010-051Bottom edge flex outlet complete with clamps.2010-046COOKER PANELS2010-204Flush mount box depth: 47mm Surface mount box depth: 47mm.SquareMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface mount box: 29mmFlush mount box: 25mmDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W45A Cooker control unit 2010-204 86 14645A Cooker control unit neon 2010-205 86 14645A cooker connection unit 2010-210 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang 45A switch 2010-200 86 861 Gang 45A switch c/w neon 2010-201 86 862 Gang 45A switch 2010-202 146 862 Gang 45A switch c/w neon 2010-203 146 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W20A DP switch 2010-050 86 8620A DP switch neon 2010-051 86 8620A Flex outlet plate 2010-055 86 8620A Sink/bath switch 2010-056 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A Unswitched 2010-042 86 8613A Unswitched neon 2010-043 86 8613A Switched 2010-046 86 8613A Switched neon 2010-047 86 86

153 | M2M2COAXIAL & SATELLITEFlush mount box depth: 25mm | Surface mount box depth: 29mm.2010-030BLANK PLATES2010-300COAXIAL, TELEPHONE & BLANK PLATESSquareMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface mount box: 29mmFlush mount box: 25mmFor euro modules please see page 28DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang 2010-030 86 862 Gang 2010-031 86 146RJ11 SOCKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang RJ11 2010-310 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang coax 2010-300 86 861 Gang satellite 2010-302 86 86Coax & satellite 2010-303 86 86EURO MOD PLATESTELEPHONE SOCKETS2010-300DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMaster 2010-304 86 86Secondary 2010-305 86 86Flush mount box depth: 25mm Surface mount box depth: 29 mm.2010-322DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W2G 4 modules 2010-322 86 146CAT. NO. H W D2010-070 86 86 162010-071 86 86 252010-072 86 86 352010-073 86 86 471 GANG PATTRESS BOXESCAT. NO. H W D2010-074 86 146 252010-075 86 146 352010-076 86 146 472 GANG PATTRESS BOXES2 GANG DUAL PATTRESS BOXCAT. NO. H W D2010-077 86 146 252010-0762010-070Suitable for M2 euro modules.EURO MOD PLATES2010-321DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1G 1 module 2010-320 86 861G 2 modules 2010-321 86 86Suitable for M2 euro modules.

154M2 | Grid• Fixed locations for modules• Up to 12 gang• Full range of modules available• 20A Rated modules• New products addedUP TO 12 GANGFace plates available from 1-12 gang to enable multiple switching applications.25 YEAR GUARANTEEA traditional grid system incorporating mounting frames, modular face plates and modules. Face plates available from 1-12 gang to enable multiple switching applications. A full range of modules are available for both commercial & domestic applications in the M2 slimline and metal ranges. KEYFEATURES:M2 GRID RANGE WIRING ACCESSORIESFEATURES:RECYCLED PACKAGINGThe packaging has been carefully selected throughout the development stages of this range to ensure we minimise our impact on the environment. Both the polybag and the inner cardboard carton are manufactured from recycled content and after use can now be recycled.GRID FEATURES

155 | M2M2GridDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D1 & 2 Gang 3011-359 68 80 14GRID FRAMEStandard: BS 5733.Standard: BS 5733.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D3 & 4 Gang 3011-360 68 140 14GRID FRAMESUITABLE FOR:1 Gang size faceplates for 1 and 2 modulesSUITABLE FOR:2 Gang & larger size faceplates for 3, 4, 6, 8, 9 & 12 modulesDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D6 & 8 Gang back box 3011-361 132 132 47GRID FLUSH BACK BOXDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D9 & 12 Gang back box 3011-362 192 132 47GRID FLUSH BACK BOX3 0 3 00 5 1N/AWhite012Brushed Stainless3MetalFINISH CODEN/AWhite012BlackINSERT CODEPRODUCT CODERANGE CODE3 0grid®GRID MODULE PRODUCT CODE LOGICslimline3 0 1 1decorativescrewless3 0 3 03 0 1 1metalGRID FEATURES

156M2 | GridDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D1 Way 3011-001 55 25 292 Way 3011-002 55 25 29LIGHT SWITCHES3 POSITIONDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D3 Position 3011-009 55 25 293 POSITION RETRACTIVEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D3 Position 3011-010 55 25 29INTERMEDIATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DIntermediate 3011-007 55 25 29RETRACTIVEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D2 Way 3011-008 55 25 291 Way 3011-014 55 25 29FAN ISOLATORDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DTP Fan isolator 3011-011 55 25 29DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DLED 3011-021 60 25 50Intelligent 3011-025 60 25 50DIMMER SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D6A 2 way 3011-029 55 25 55SWITCH MODULEBLANKDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DBlank 3011-030 55 25 263011-0013011-025RETRACTIVEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DPrinted PRESS 3011-008PR55 25 29Printed bell icon 3011-008BE 55 25 29NEON INDICATORSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DAmber 3011-015 55 25 29Green 3011-016 55 25 29Red 3011-017 55 25 293011-008DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DKit 3011-221 55 25 55UNFURNISHED DIMMER KIT3011-0173011-008PRGRID MODULES SLIMLINE & METALMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSupplied with:Slimline & metal trim white

157 | M2M2Grid20A DP SWITCHESPRINTED CAT. NO.- 3011-050Boiler 3011-050BLDish Washer 3011-050DWCooker Hood 3011-050CHFan 3011-050FNFridge Freezer 3011-050FFFridge 3011-050FDFreezer 3011-050FZHeater 3011-050HRHob 3011-050HBHob Ignition 3011-050HIHot Tap 3011-050HTLights 3011-050LTMicrowave 3011-050MWOven 3011-050OVTumble Dryer 3011-050TDWaste Disposal 3011-050WDWater Heater 3011-050WHWine Cooler 3011-050WCWarming Drawer 3011-050WRWashing Machine 3011-050WM3011-050DW3011-050HT3011-050WR20A DP NEON SWITCHESPRINTED CAT. NO.- 3011-051Boiler 3011-051BLDish Washer 3011-051DWCooker Hood 3011-051CHFan 3011-051FNFridge Freezer 3011-051FFFridge 3011-051FDFreezer 3011-051FZHeater 3011-051HRHob 3011-051HBHob Ignition 3011-051HIHot Tap 3011-051HTLights 3011-051LTMicrowave 3011-051MWOven 3011-051OVTumble Dryer 3011-051TDWaste Disposal 3011-051WDWater Heater 3011-051WHWine Cooler 3011-051WCWarming Drawer 3011-051WRWashing Machine 3011-051WM3011-051CH3011-051HR3011-051WCKEY SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D20A DP 3011-057 55 25 25Printed ‘EMG LTG TEST’ 3011-057EL 55 25 25FUSE & FLEX MODULEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D13A Fuse 3011-040 55 25 2520A Flex outlet 3011-055 53 25 163011-058DP RETRACTIVEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DPush to make 3011-059 55 25 29KEY SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D2 Way 3011-058 55 25 25Printed ‘EMG LTG TEST’ 3011-058EL 55 25 253011-0583011-040GRID MODULES SLIMLINE & METALMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSupplied with:Slimline & metal trim white

158M2 | GridDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D1 Way 3030-001 55 25 292 Way 3030-002 55 25 29LIGHT SWITCHES3 POSITIONDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D3 Position 3030-009 55 25 293 POSITION RETRACTIVEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D3 Position 3030-010 55 25 29INTERMEDIATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DIntermediate 3030-007 55 25 29RETRACTIVEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D2 Way 3030-008 55 25 291 Way 3030-014 55 25 29FAN ISOLATORDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DTP Fan isolator 3030-011 55 25 29DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DLED 3030-021 60 25 50Intelligent 3030-025 60 25 50DIMMER SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D6A 2 way 3030-029 55 25 55SWITCH MODULEBLANKDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DBlank 3030-030 55 25 263030-0013030-025RETRACTIVEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DPrinted PRESS 3030-008PR 55 25 29Printed bell icon 3030-008BE 55 25 29NEON INDICATORSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DAmber 3030-015 55 25 29Green 3030-016 55 25 29Red 3030-017 55 25 293030-008DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DKit 3030-221 55 25 55UNFURNISHED DIMMER KIT3011-0173030-008PRGRID MODULES DECORATIVE SCREWLESSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSupplied with:Black & white trim3030-009

159 | M2M2Grid20A DP SWITCHESPRINTED CAT. NO.- 3030-050Boiler 3030-050BLDish Washer 3030-050DWCooker Hood 3030-050CHFan 3030-050FNFridge Freezer 3030-050FFFridge 3030-050FDFreezer 3030-050FZHeater 3030-050HRHob 3030-050HBHob Ignition 3030-050HIHot Tap 3030-050HTLights 3030-050LTMicrowave 3030-050MWOven 3030-050OVTumble Dryer 3030-050TDWaste Disposal 3030-050WDWater Heater 3030-050WHWine Cooler 3030-050WCWarming Drawer 3030-050WRWashing Machine 3030-050WM3030-050DW3030-050HT3030-050WR20A DP NEON SWITCHESPRINTED CAT. NO.- 3030-051Boiler 3030-051BLDish Washer 3030-051DWCooker Hood 3030-051CHFan 3030-051FNFridge Freezer 3030-051FFFridge 3030-051FDFreezer 3030-051FZHeater 3030-051HRHob 3030-051HBHob Ignition 3030-051HIHot Tap 3030-051HTLights 3030-051LTMicrowave 3030-051MWOven 3030-051OVTumble Dryer 3030-051TDWaste Disposal 3030-051WDWater Heater 3030-051WHWine Cooler 3030-051WCWarming Drawer 3030-051WRWashing Machine 3030-051WM3030-051CH3030-051HR3030-051WCKEY SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D20A DP 3030-057 55 25 25Printed ‘EMG LTG TEST’ 3030-057EL 55 25 25FUSE & FLEX MODULEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D13A Fuse 3030-040 55 25 2520A Flex outlet 3030-055 53 25 163011-057ELDP RETRACTIVEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W DPush to make 3030-059 55 25 29KEY SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D2 Way 3030-058 55 25 25Printed ‘EMG LTG TEST’ 3030-058EL 55 25 253030-0583030-040GRID MODULES DECORATIVE SCREWLESSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSupplied with:Black & white trim

160M2 | GridDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.10A 3210-013KEY CARD SWITCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.13A 50x50 3210-1005A 50x50 3210-109UK SOCKETS3210-100DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.16A 50x50 3210-106EURO SOCKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2.1mA 50x50 3210-902USB Mounted socket3210-346USB TYPE ADESCRIPTION CAT. NO.3.1mA 25x50 3210-9133.6mA 50x50 3210-904QC 18W/PD 45W 50x503210-916USB TYPE A+C3210-9023210-904DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.TV 25x50 3210-300Radio 25x50 3210-331TV/Radio 50x50 3210-332TV/Sat 50x50 3210-333PCB TV 25x50 3210-336TVSATELLITEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.HDMI mounted socket3210-345HDMIDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Triplex 50x50 3210-334Quad 50x50 3210-3353210-335DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Master 25x50 3210-304Secondary 25x50 3210-305TELEPHONE SOCKETS3210-304DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.RJ11 25x50 3210-3103210-333DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Cat 5E 25x50 3210-306Cat 6 25x50 3210-308Cat 6A 25x50 3210-311DATA 3210-311DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Frame 25x50 3210-338Cat 5E 25x50 3210-339Cat 6 25x50 3210-340ANGLED DATA3210-340DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Quarter 12.5x50 3210-032Half 25x50 3210-030BLANKS 3210-030DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Half 25x50 3210-341Full 50x50 3210-342Double 100x50 3210-343BRUSH 3210-3423210-345EURO MODULESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDIGITAL SOCKETSDATADESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Satellite 25x50 3210-330Terminal F 25x50 3210-3373210-330

161 | M2M2GridDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.10A 3280-013KEY CARD SWITCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.13A 50x50 3280-1005A 50x50 3280-109UK SOCKETS3280-109DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.16A 50x50 3280-106EURO SOCKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2.1mA 50x50 3280-902USB Mounted socket3280-346USB TYPE ADESCRIPTION CAT. NO.3.1mA 25x50 3280-9133.6mA 50x50 3280-904QC 18W/PD 45W 50x503280-916USB TYPE A+C3280-3463280-913DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.TV 25x50 3280-300Radio 25x50 3280-331TV/Radio 50x50 3280-332TV/Sat 50x50 3280-333PCB TV 25x50 3280-336TVDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.HDMI mounted socket3280-345HDMIDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Triplex 50x50 3280-334Quad 50x50 3280-3353280-334DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Master 25x50 3280-304Secondary 25x50 3280-305TELEPHONE SOCKETS3280-3053280-332DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Cat 5E 25x50 3280-306Cat 6 25x50 3280-308Cat 6A 25x50 3280-311DATA 3280-308DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Frame 25x50 3280-338Cat 5E 25x50 3280-339Cat 6 25x50 3280-340ANGLED DATA3280-338DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Quarter 12.5x50 3280-032Half 25x50 3280-030BLANKS 3280-032DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Half 25x50 3280-341Full 50x50 3280-342Double 100x50 3280-343BRUSH 3280-3433280-345EURO MODULESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDIGITAL SOCKETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.RJ11 25x50 3280-310DATADESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Satellite 25x50 3280-330Terminal F 25x50 3280-3373280-330SATELLITE

162M2 | METAL FEATURESM2 metal offers a comprehensive range of robust surface mount accessories for the domestic and commercial markets. With the introduction of our grid range the scope for applications is virtually endless. An ideal solution where a more durable accessory is needed: domestic garages, workshops and sheds or commercial warehouses, stores and factories.KEYFEATURES:M2 METALWIRING ACCESSORIESFEATURES:MetalRECYCLED PACKAGINGThe packaging has been carefully selected throughout the development stages of this range to ensure we minimise our impact on the environment. The inner cardboard cartons and product boxes are manufactured from recycled content and after use can now be recycled. 25 YEAR GUARANTEE

163 | M2M2METAL FEATURESOFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGEMetalROBUST & DURABLE STEEL ENCLOSURE20mm KNOCKOUTS FAST CHARGING USB SOCKETSGRID & EURO MODULESNEW!

164M2 | SWITCHES & SOCKETSMetalMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMetalclad depth:42mm4021-004DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang 2 way 4021-002 80 802 Gang 2 way 4021-003 80 803 Gang 2 way 4021-004 80 804 Gang 2 way 4021-005 80 140LIGHT SWITCHES4021-051DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 20A DP switch 4021-050 80 8020A DP switch neon4021-051 80 8020A DP SWITCHES4021-203DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 45A DP switch 4021-202 140 8045A DP switch neon4021-203 140 8045A DP SWITCHES4021-103DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang - SP 4021-102 80 801 Gang - DP 4021-103 80 802 Gang - DP 4021-105 80 1401 Gang neon 4021-107 80 802 Gang neon 4021-108 80 14013A SWITCHED SOCKETS4021-101DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang 4021-100 80 802 Gang 4021-101 80 14013A UNSWITCHED SOCKETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W Switched 4021-120 80 14013A RCD PROTECTED30mAPASSIVE4021-040DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W Spur 4021-040 80 80Neon 4021-041 80 80Flex outlet 4021-042 80 80Neon flex outlet 4021-043 80 8013A UNSWITCHED FUSED SPURS4021-047DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W Spur 4021-044 80 80Neon 4021-045 80 80Flex outlet 4021-046 80 80Neon flex outlet 4021-047 80 8013A SWITCHED FUSED SPURSKEY LOCKABLEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 20A DP Key lock-able switch 4021-060 80 80KEY LOCKABLE SWITCH

165 | M2M2MetalDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W Switched 4021-049 80 8013A RCD PROTECTED SPUR30mAPASSIVE4021-904DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1G 2.1A Type A 4021-912 80 802G 3.1A Type A 4021-914 80 1402G 3.1A Type A+C 4021-904 80 14013A USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETS4021-031DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang 4021-030 80 802 Gang 4021-031 80 140BLANK PLATES4021-321DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1G 1 module 4021-320 80 801G 2 modules 4021-321 80 802G 4 modules 4021-322 80 140EURO MOD PLATES4020-353DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang 4020-350 80 802 Gang 4020-351 80 80 3 Gang 4020-352 80 140 4 Gang 4020-353 80 140 GRID PLATES4020-355DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 6 Gang 4020-354 140 1408 Gang 4020-355 140 140 9 Gang 4020-356 202 14012 Gang 4020-357 202 140 GRID PLATESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMetalclad depth:42mmFor grid & euro modules please see page 22FUSED SPURS & PLATES4020-368DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D1 Gang 4020-367 76 76 402 Gang 4020-368 76 136 401 Gang 4020-363 76 76 502 Gang 4020-364 76 136 50BACK BOXES4020-365BACK BOXESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D6 & 8 Gang 4020-365 136 136 409 & 12 Gang 4020-366 198 136 40Grid frame sold separately: 3011-360Grid frame sold separately: 1 & 2 gang 3011-359, 3 & 4 gang 3011-360KEY LOCKABLEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 13A DP Key lock-able socket neon4021-121 86 146KEY LOCKABLE SOCKET

166M2 | WEATHERPROOF FEATURESM2 weatherproof offers a comprehensive range of robust surface mount accessories design for the outdoors. Compliant to IP66 the range provides protection against jets of water from any direction and small dust particles. The switches are 20A rated and new additions to the range include RCD sockets and spurs for added protection.KEYFEATURES:M2 WEATHERPROOFWIRING ACCESSORIESFEATURES:WeatherproofRECYCLED PACKAGINGThe packaging has been carefully selected throughout the development stages of this range to ensure we minimise our impact on the environment. The inner cardboard cartons and product boxes are manufactured from recycled content and after use can now be recycled. We have also reduced the amount of singe use plastics used by removing this from plastic window.25 YEAR GUARANTEE

167 | M2M2WEATHERPROOF FEATURESOFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGEWeatherproofIP66 RATED ROBUST POLYCARBONATE CONSTRUCTIONTRANSLUCENT & SOLID GREY COVERSPAD LOCKABLE COVERS• Permanently on, for dark environments• On when switch is off, seek light• Power on indicatorNEON OPTIONS:20A WEATHERPROOF SWITCHES

168M2 | WEATHERPROOF SWITCHESLIGHT SWITCHESRETRACTIVE SWITCHWeatherproofMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise1 GANG LIGHT SWITCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang light switch 2 way 5090-002 90 9020A 1 Gang 2 Way Weatherproof Light Switch • 20A switch rating• IP66 protection from strong jets of water from any direction• Protection from dust and small particles• Optional neon provided• Robust polycarbonate construction• 20mm knockouts on all sides• Two knockouts on one sideIP66 RATEDIP66 RATEDDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.H W2 Gang 2 way 5090-003 90 90IP66 RATEDDOUBLE POLE SWITCHIP66 RATEDDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.H W20A Retractive 5090-008 90 90DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.H W20A DP switch 5090-051 90 90

169 | M2M2WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURES5090-5022 GANG SOCKET OUTLETS5090-104ENCLOSURES5090-161WeatherproofMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang 5090-160 135 1021 Gang (grey lid) 5090-560 135 1022 Gang 5090-161 135 1622 Gang (grey lid) 5090-561 135 162DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A 2 Gang switch socket outlet 5090-104 135 16213A 2 Gang switch socket outlet (grey lid) 5090-504 135 1622 Gang Weatherproof 13A Switched Socket• IP66 protection from strong jets of water from any direction as well as protection from dust and small particles• Robust polycarbonate construction• Translucent & solid grey cover• Temperature tolerant • 20mm knockouts on all sides• Two knockouts on one sideIP66 RATED1 GANG SWITCHED FUSE CONNECTION UNITS5090-544DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A Switched 5090-044 135 10213A Switched (grey lid)5090-544 135 102DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A Socket outlet5090-102 135 10213A socket outlet (grey lid)5090-502 135 1021 GANG SOCKET OUTLETS1 GANG UNSWITCHED FUSE CONNECTION UNITS5090-040DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A Unswitched 5090-040 135 10213A Unswitched (grey lid)5090-540 135 1022 GANG RCD PROTECTED SOCKETS5090-120DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A RCD DP 5090-120 135 16213A RCD DP (grey lid)5090-520 135 1621 GANG RCD PROTECTED CONNECTION UNITS 5090-549DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A Unswitched 5090-049 135 10213A Unswitched (grey lid)5090-549 135 1025090-504

170M2 | DECORATIVE FEATURESDecorativeM2 Decorative creates a world of functionality and choice with beautiful aesthetic finishes. Five distinctive plate finishes: antique and polished brass; brushed and polished stainless steel and black nickel. A variety of modules KEYFEATURES:M2 DECORATIVE RANGE WIRING ACCESSORIESFEATURES:can be selected to suit individual requirements.Easy to install, a pleasure to use… the only difficulty is making your choice !25 YEAR GUARANTEE

171 | M2M2PRODUCT SELECTIONWhen ordering any of the M2 Decorative range, replace ‘#’ in the catalogue number with your desired plate finish code above.For example - 6031-105. AB & BN not available with white insert.DecorativePRODUCT CODE GUIDEDESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE1 Gang 1 way light switch 0011 Gang 2 way light switch 0022 Gang 2 way light switch 0033 Gang 2 way light switch 0044 Gang 2 way light switch 0056 Gang 2 way light switch 0061 Gang intermediate switch 007Retractive switch 0086A Triple pole fan isolator 0116A Triple pole switch 01210A Key switch 013LIGHT SWITCHESDESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE1 Gang 13A unswitched 1002 Gang 13A unswitched 1011 Gang 13A switched SP 1021 Gang 13A switched DP 1032 Gang 13A switched SP 1042 Gang 13A switched DP 1055A Socket 109Shaver socket 1102 Gang contract socket 1122 Gang RCD socket DP 120SOCKET OUTLETS6 0 3 110 5RANGE CODEPRODUCT CODEPRODUCT CODE LOGIC6031 - 1052 GANG 13A SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLET DP6 0decorativeBrushed StainlessAntique BronzeBlackNickel34567Polished StainlessPolished BrassFINISH CODEN/AWhite012BlackINSERT CODE##PRINT LEGENDRelates to print legend on grid modules. Refer to main product brochure for options.##

172M2 | DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang switch metal rocker white insert 60#1-002 86 861 Gang switch metal rocker black insert 60#2-002 86 86DecorativeDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WSwitch metal rocker white insert 60#1-004 86 86Switch metal rocker black insert 60#2-004 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WSwitch metal rocker white insert 60#1-003 86 86Switch metal rocker black insert 60#2-003 86 86SWITCHES2 WAY LIGHT SWITCHES10A 1 Gang 2 Way Light Switch Available in all Five Decorative Finishes• 5mm Shallow Plate• 10AX rated• Two way switches• Protective lacquer coating2 GANG 2 WAY LIGHT SWITCHES3 GANG 2 WAY LIGHT SWITCHES6052-0046062-003PLATEFINISHES5 25mmBACK BOXMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box: 25mm6030: Brushed Stainless Steel6040: Polished Stainless Steel6050: Polished Brass6060: Antique Brass6070: Black Nickel25 YEAR GUARANTEE

173 | M2M2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-005 86 146Metal rocker black insert 60#2-005 86 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang switch metal rocker white insert 60#1-011 86 861 Gang switch metal rocker black insert 60#2-011 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-006 86 146Metal rocker black insert 60#2-006 86 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-007 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-007 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-008 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-008 86 86SWITCHES6042-0076032-0082 WAY 4 GANG LIGHT SWITCHES6072-0056051-006INTERMEDIATE LIGHT SWITCHES2 WAY RETRACTIVE SWITCHESTRIPLE POLE SWITCHES6062-01110A Triple Pole Fan Isolator Available in all Five Decorative Finishes• 5mm Shallow Plate• 10AX rated• Protective lacquer coatingPLATEFINISHES5 25mmBACK BOXDecorativeMeasurements:Millimetres (mm)unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box: 25 mm6030: Brushed Stainless Steel6040: Polished Stainless Steel6050: Polished Brass6060: Antique Brass6070: Black Nickel2 WAY 6 GANG LIGHT SWITCHES25 YEAR GUARANTEE

174M2 | 6030-0226070-027DecorativeDIMMER SWITCHESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box:29mm6030: Brushed Stainless Steel6040: Polished Stainless Steel6050: Polished Brass6060: Antique Brass6070: Black NickelFlush mount box depth: 25mm Surface mount box depth: 29mm.DESCRIPTION WATT CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang leading edge dimmer 400W 60#0-021 86 862 Gang leading edge dimmer 400W 60#0-022 86 863 Gang leading edge dimmer 400W 60#0-023 86 146LED DIMMERSFlush mount box depth: 25mm Surface mount box depth: 29mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang unfurnished kits 60#0-221 86 862 Gang unfurnished kits 60#0-222 86 863 Gang unfurnished kits 60#0-223 86 1464 Gang unfurnished kits 60#0-224 86 146UNFURNISHED DIMMER KITSFlush mount box depth: 25mm Surface mount box depth: 29mm.DESCRIPTION WATT CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang LED dimmer 9-150W 60#0-025 86 862 Gang LED dimmer 9-150W 60#0-026 86 863 Gang LED dimmer 9-150W 60#0-027 86 1464 Gang LED dimmer 9-150W 60#0-028 86 146STANDARD LEADING EDGE DIMMERS6040-224

175 | M2M213A UNSWITCHED FUSED CONNECTION UNITS13A SWITCHED FUSED CONNECTION UNITSWITH FLEX OUTLETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal cover white insert 60#1-040 86 86Metal cover black insert 60#2-040 86 86Neon metal cover white insert 60#1-041 86 86Neon metal cover black insert 60#2-041 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-044 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-044 86 86Neon metal rocker white insert 60#1-045 86 86Neon metal rocker black insert 60#2-045 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WFlex outlet metal cover white insert 60#1-046 86 86Flex outlet metal cover black insert 60#2-046 86 86Neon flex outlet metal cover white insert 60#1-047 86 86Neon flex outlet metal cover black insert 60#2-047 86 8613A SWITCHED FUSED CONNECTION UNITSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WFlex outlet metal cover white insert 60#1-042 86 86Flex outlet metal cover black insert 60#2-042 86 86Neon flex outlet metal cover white insert 60#1-043 86 86Neon flex outlet metal cover black insert 60#2-043 86 8613A UNSWITCHED FUSED CONNECTION UNITSWITH FLEX OUTLETDecorativeFUSED CONNECTION UNITSSWITCHED FUSED CONNECTION UNITS6072-0406032-0466041-0436051-045Measurements:Millimetres (mm)unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box: 25 mm6030: Brushed Stainless Steel6040: Polished Stainless Steel6050: Polished Brass6060: Antique Brass6070: Black NickelUNSWITCHED FUSED CONNECTION UNITS

176M2 | DecorativeMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise6030: Brushed Stainless Steel6040: Polished Stainless Steel6050: Polished Brass6060: Antique Brass6070: Black Nickel1 GANG USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-912 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-912 86 866062-9121 GANG DP SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-103 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-103 86 866042-1036031-105Flush mount box: 25mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-105 86 146Metal rocker black insert 60#2-105 86 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W5A White insert 60#1-109 86 865A Black insert 60#2-109 86 865A 1 GANG UNSWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETS 6072-109Flush mount box: 35 mm.Flush mount box: 25mm.Flush mount box: 25mm.TYPE A2.1A2 GANG USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-904 86 146Metal rocker black insert 60#2-904 86 1466031-904Flush mount box: 35 mm.TYPE A+C3.1A2 GANG USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-914 86 146Metal rocker black insert 60#2-914 86 146Flush mount box: 35 mm.TYPE A3.1A2 GANG DP SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETS6031-914SOCKET OUTLETS

177 | M2M2Decorative20A DP FLEX OUTLETS20A DP SWITCHESFlush mount box: 25mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-050 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-050 86 866051-050DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WFlex outlet white insert 60#1-055 86 86Flex outlet black insert 60#2-055 86 866051-0556041-110DUAL VOLTAGE SHAVER SOCKETSFlush mount box: 47mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WDual voltage shaver socket white insert 60#1-110 146 86Dual voltage shaver socket black insert 60#2-110 146 8620A DP SWITCHES NEONDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-051 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-051 86 866072-05120A DP SWITCHES FLEX OUTLETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-052 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-052 86 866062-052Flush mount box: 25mm.Flush mount box: 25mm.20A DP SWITCHES NEON & FLEX OUTLETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-053 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-053 86 866031-053Flush mount box: 25mm.SHAVER SOCKETS & 20A SWITCHESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm)unless stated otherwise6030: Brushed Stainless Steel6040: Polished Stainless Steel6050: Polished Brass6060: Antique Brass6070: Black Nickel20A DP SINK/BATH SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 60#1-056 86 86Black insert 60#2-056 86 866031-056

178M2 | DOUBLE POLE SWITCHES & COOKER PANELSDecorativeMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box: 47mm6030: Brushed Stainless Steel6040: Polished Stainless Steel6050: Polished Brass6060: Antique Brass6070: Black Nickel6032-2056051-204DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-202 146 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-202 146 862 GANG 45A VERTICAL DP SWITCHES6041-202DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rockers white insert 60#1-204 86 146Metal rockers black insert 60#2-204 86 146COOKER CONTROL UNITCOOKER CONTROL UNIT NEONDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-203 146 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-203 146 862 GANG 45A VERTICAL DP SWITCHES NEON6062-203DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rockers white insert 60#1-205 86 146Metal rockers black insert 60#2-205 86 1466072-2001 GANG 45A DP SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-201 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-201 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 60#1-200 86 86Metal rocker black insert 60#2-200 86 861 GANG 45A DP SWITCHES NEON6032-201

179 | M2M2OUTLETS & PLATESDecorativeMeasurements:Millimetres (mm)unless stated otherwiseFlush Mount Box: 25mm6030: Brushed Stainless Steel6040: Polished Stainless Steel6050: Polished Brass6060: Antique Brass6070: Black NickelDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 60#1-300 86 86Black insert 60#2-300 86 861 GANG COAXIAL OUTLETS6062-3001 GANG COAXIAL ISOLATED OUTLETS6072-3111 GANG SATELLITE OUTLETS6031-3021 GANG COAXIAL & SATELLITE OUTLETS6051-3032 GANG COAXIAL OUTLETS6042-3011 GANG TELEPHONE MASTER OUTLETS6062-3041 GANG TELEPHONE SECONDARY OUTLETS6072-305 1 GANG RJ11 OUTLETS6051-3101 GANG CAT5E DATA OUTLETS6032-306BLANK PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 60#1-301 86 86Black insert 60#2-301 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 60#1-302 86 86Black insert 60#2-302 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 60#1-303 86 86Black insert 60#2-303 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 60#1-304 86 86Black insert 60#2-304 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 60#1-305 86 86Black insert 6532-305 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 60#1-306 86 86Black insert 60#2-306 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 60#1-310 86 86Black insert 60#2-310 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 60#1-312 86 86Black insert 60#2-312 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang 60#0-030 86 862 gang 60#0-031 86 1466060-030

180M2 | EURO MODULE PLATESDecorativeMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise6030: Brushed Stainless Steel6040: Polished Stainless Steel6050: Polished Brass6060: Antique Brass6070: Black NickelDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W2 Gang euro mod plate white trim 60#1-322 86 1462 Gang euro mod plate black trim 60#2-322 86 1464 MODULE EURO MOD PLATES6051-3221 MODULE EURO MOD PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Module euro mod plate white trim 60#1-320 86 861 Module euro mod plate black trim 60#2-320 86 862 MODULE EURO MOD PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W2 Module euro mod plate white trim 60#1-321 86 862 Module euro mod plate black trim 60#2-321 86 866062-3206072-321

181 | M2M2DecorativeMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFor euro modules please see page 28DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W3 Module aperture plate white trim 60#1-082 86 863 Module aperture plate black trim 60#2-082 86 863 MODULE APERTURE PLATES6062-0821 MODULE APERTURE PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Module aperture plate white trim 60#1-080 86 861 Module aperture plate black trim 60#2-080 86 862 MODULE APERTURE PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W2 Module aperture plate white trim 60#1-081 86 862 Module aperture plate black trim 60#2-081 86 866051-0806032-081DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W4 Module aperture plate white trim 60#1-084 86 1464 Module aperture plate black trim 60#2-084 86 1464 MODULE APERTURE PLATES6072-084DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W6 Module aperture plate white trim 60#1-085 86 1466 Module aperture plate black trim 60#2-085 86 1466 MODULE APERTURE PLATES6051-085SWITCH MODULE PLATES

182M2 | DECORATIVE SCREWLESS FEATURESThe 4.5mm slim profile plates also have a lacquer coating that avoids the unsightly finger marks. The accessories will fit standard depth wall boxes and are therefore suitable for the majority of refurbishments or new build applications.With all the switches, dimmers and sockets that you would expect M2 Decorative Screwless is further complemented by the M2 Grid range with plates from 1 to 12 gang and a comprehensive range of grid modules.KEYFEATURES:M2 DECORATIVE SCREWLESSWIRING ACCESSORIESFEATURES:• Simple clip on design• 4.5mm modern slim profile• Suitable for retrofitting• Protective lacquer coating• 25 year guaranteeDecorative ScrewlessRECYCLED PACKAGINGThe packaging has been carefully selected throughout the development stages of this range to ensure we minimise our impact on the environment. The inner cardboard cartons and product boxes are manufactured from recycled content and after use can now be recycled. We have also reduced the amount of singe use plastics used by removing this from plastic window.25 YEAR GUARANTEE

183 | M2M2DECORATIVE SCREWLESS FEATURESOFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGEGasketHigh quality, robust plastic gasket.InsertsAvailable with white or black inserts.Face PlateBrushed stainless steel with a protective lacquer and supplied with a film cover.3.1.2.Decorative ScrewlessMATCHING METAL ROCKERSBRUSHED STAINLESS STEELSIMPLE TO UNCLIP FACE PLATESFULLY TESTED & CERTIFIED

184M2 | DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang switch metal rocker white insert 6531-002 86 861 Gang switch metal rocker black insert 6532-002 86 86Decorative ScrewlessDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WSwitch metal rocker white insert 6531-004 86 86Switch metal rocker black insert 6532-004 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WSwitch metal rocker white insert 6531-003 86 86Switch metal rocker black insert 6532-003 86 86SWITCHES1 GANG 2 WAY LIGHT SWITCHES10AX 1 Gang 2 Way Light Switch Brushed Stainless Steel• Screwless face plate• Modern slim profile• Simple clip on face plate• 10AX rated• Matching brushed stainless steel switch• Black or white insert• Protective lacquer coating2 GANG 2 WAY LIGHT SWITCHES3 GANG 2 WAY LIGHT SWITCHES6531-004CLIP ONMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box: 16mm6531-0026532-00310AX 2 Gang 2 Way Light Switch Brushed Stainless Steel10AX 3 Gang 2 Way Light Switch Brushed Stainless SteelSCREWLESSFACE PLATESIMPLE25 YEAR GUARANTEE

185 | M2M2SWITCHES6531-0086532-0074 GANG 2 WAY LIGHT SWITCHES6531-006INTERMEDIATE LIGHT SWITCHES 2 WAY TRIPLE POLE SWITCHESDecorative ScrewlessMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box: 16mm6532-005DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-005 86 146Metal rocker black insert 6532-005 86 1466 GANG 2 WAY LIGHT SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-006 86 146Metal rocker black insert 6532-006 86 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.H W 10A White insert 6531-007 86 8610A Black insert 6532-007 86 86RETRACTIVE SWITCHES 2 WAY6532-01110AX 4 Gang 2 Way Light Switch Brushed Stainless Steel10AX 6 Gang 2 Way Light Switch Brushed Stainless Steel6532-013KEY CARD SWITCHES32A 1 GangBack box depth: 45mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WKey card switch metal rocker white insert 6531-013 86 86Key card switch metal rocker black insert 6532-013 86 86• Accepts standard 54mm wide cards• Incorporates seek light LED• 30 Second exit delay• 32A Rated• Black or white insert• Protective lacquer coatingRATED32ADESCRIPTION CAT. NO.H W 10A White insert 6531-008 86 8610A Black insert 6532-008 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.H W 10A White insert 6531-011 86 8610A Black insert 6532-011 86 86

186M2 | Decorative ScrewlessDIMMER SWITCHESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box:25mm6530-0216530-027Flush mount box depth: 25mm Surface mount box depth: 29mm.DESCRIPTION WATT CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang leading edge dimmer 40-400W (3-100W) 6530-021 86 862 Gang leading edge dimmer 40-400W (3-100W) 6530-022 86 863 Gang leading edge dimmer 40-400W (3-100W) 6530-023 86 1464 Gang leading edge dimmer 40-400W (3-100W) 6530-024 86 146INTELLIGENT DIMMERSFlush mount box depth: 25mm Surface mount box depth: 29mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang unfurnished kits 6530-221 86 862 Gang unfurnished kits 6530-222 86 863 Gang unfurnished kits 6530-223 86 1464 Gang unfurnished kits 6530-224 86 146UNFURNISHED DIMMER KITSFlush mount box depth: 25mm Surface mount box depth: 29mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W 1 Gang intelligent dimmer 6530-025 86 862 Gang intelligent dimmer 6530-026 86 863 Gang intelligent dimmer 6530-027 86 1464 Gang intelligent dimmer 6530-028 86 146LEADING EDGE LED DIMMERS6530-221

187 | M2M2Decorative ScrewlessMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box: 25mmFUSED CONNECTION UNITS13A UNSWITCHED FUSED CONNECTION UNITS13A SWITCHED FUSED CONNECTION UNITSWITH FLEX OUTLET6531-0456532-046DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal cover white insert 6531-040 86 86Metal cover black insert 6532-040 86 86Neon metal cover white insert 6531-041 86 86Neon metal cover black insert 6532-041 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-044 86 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-044 86 86Neon metal rocker white insert 6531-045 86 86Neon metal rocker black insert 6532-045 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WFlex outlet metal cover white insert 6531-046 86 86Flex outlet metal cover black insert 6532-046 86 86Neon flex outlet metal cover white insert 6531-047 86 86Neon flex outlet metal cover black insert 6532-047 86 8613A SWITCHED FUSED CONNECTION UNITSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WFlex outlet metal cover white insert 6531-042 86 86Flex outlet metal cover black insert 6532-042 86 86Neon flex outlet metal cover white insert 6531-043 86 86Neon flex outlet metal cover black insert 6532-043 86 866531-0406532-04313A UNSWITCHED FUSED CONNECTION UNITSWITH FLEX OUTLET

188M2 | SOCKET OUTLETSDecorative ScrewlessMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise1 GANG USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-912 86 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-912 86 866531-9121 GANG DP SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-103 86 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-103 86 866532-1036531-105Flush mount box: 25mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-105 86 146Metal rocker black insert 6532-105 86 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W5A White insert 6531-109 86 865A Black insert 6532-109 86 865A 1 GANG UNSWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETS 6531-109Flush mount box: 35 mm.Flush mount box: 25mm.Flush mount box: 25mm.TYPE A2.1A2 GANG USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-904 86 146Metal rocker black insert 6532-904 86 1466531-904Flush mount box: 35 mm.TYPE A+C3.1A2 GANG USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-914 86 146Metal rocker black insert 6532-914 86 1466532-914Flush mount box: 35 mm.TYPE A3.1A2 GANG DP SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETS2 GANG USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-917 86 146Metal rocker black insert 6532-917 86 1466531-917Flush mount box: 35 mm.TYPE A+C4.8ADESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-902 86 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-902 86 861 GANG USB SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLETS6531-902Flush mount box: 35mm.TYPE A+C2.1A

189 | M2M2SHAVER SOCKETS & 20A SWITCHES20A DOUBLE POLE FLEX OUTLETSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise20A DP SWITCHESFlush mount box: 25mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-050 86 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-050 86 866531-050DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WFlex outlet white insert 6531-055 86 86Flex outlet black insert 6532-055 86 866531-0556532-110DUAL VOLTAGE SHAVER SOCKETSFlush mount box: 47mm.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WShaver socket white insert 6531-110 146 86Shaver socket black insert 6532-110 146 8620A DP SWITCHES NEONDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-051 86 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-051 86 866532-05120A DP SWITCHES FLEX OUTLETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-052 86 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-052 86 866531-052Flush mount box: 25mm.Flush mount box: 25mm.20A DP SWITCHES NEON & FLEX OUTLETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-053 86 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-053 86 866532-053Flush mount box: 25mm.Decorative ScrewlessKEY LOCKABLE6531-121KEY LOCKABLE SOCKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W13A DP neon white insert 6531-121 86 14613A DP neon black insert 6532-121 86 146KEY LOCKABLE SWITCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W20A DP Key Lockable switch 6530-060 86 866530-060KEY LOCKABLE

190M2 | 6531-2056532-204DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-202 146 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-202 146 862 GANG 45A VERTICAL DP SWITCHES6532-202DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rockers white insert 6531-204 86 146Metal rockers black insert 6532-204 86 146COOKER CONTROL UNITCOOKER CONTROL UNIT NEONDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-203 146 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-203 146 862 GANG 45A VERTICAL DP SWITCHES NEON6531-203DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rockers white insert 6531-205 86 146Metal rockers black insert 6532-205 86 1466532-2001 GANG 45A DP SWITCHESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-201 86 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-201 86 86Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box: 35mmDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WMetal rocker white insert 6531-200 86 86Metal rocker black insert 6532-200 86 861 GANG 45A DP SWITCHES NEON6531-201Decorative ScrewlessDOUBLE POLE SWITCHES & COOKER PANELS

191 | M2M2Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFlush mount box: 25mmFor euro modules please see page 28DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 6531-300 86 86Black insert 6532-300 86 861 GANG COAXIAL OUTLETS6532-3001 GANG COAXIAL ISOLATED OUTLETS6531-3111 GANG SATELLITE OUTLETS6531-3021 GANG COAXIAL & SATELLITE OUTLETS6532-3032 GANG COAXIAL OUTLETS6532-3011 GANG TELEPHONE MASTER OUTLETS6531-3041 GANG TELEPHONE SECONDARY OUTLETS6531-305 1 GANG RJ11 OUTLETS6532-3101 GANG CAT5E DATA OUTLETS6532-306BLANK PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 6531-301 86 86Black insert 6532-301 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 6531-302 86 86Black insert 6532-302 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 6531-303 86 86Black insert 6532-303 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 6531-304 86 86Black insert 6532-304 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 6531-305 86 86Black insert 6532-305 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 6531-306 86 86Black insert 6532-306 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 6531-310 86 86Black insert 6532-310 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H WWhite insert 6531-311 86 86Black insert 6532-311 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang 6530-030 86 862 Gang 6530-031 86 146Decorative ScrewlessOUTLETS & PLATESEURO MOD PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang 1 module white insert 6531-320 86 861 Gang 1 module black insert 6532-320 86 861 Gang 2 module white insert 6531-321 86 861 Gang 2 module black insert 6532-321 86 862 Gang 4 module white insert 6531-322 86 1462 Gang 4 module black insert 6532-322 86 1466532-3206530-030

192M2 | 1. Slide metal frame into gasket as shown making sure that flat surface of gasket is facing the wall.2. Insert grid module into frame3. Select which moulded trim you wish to use, white or black and fit around module4. Fix switch assembly to wall box then, clip on cover plateFACE PLATETRIMMODULEGRID FRAMEGASKETDECORATIVE SCREWLESS GRID FEATURESA traditional grid system incorporating mounting frames, modular face plates and modules, face plates available from 1-12 gang to enable multiple switching applications.A full range of modules are available for both commercial & domestic applications. All grid modules are supplied with a black & white trim and are simply swapped to match the insert colour selected for the installation.M2 DECORATIVE SCREWLESSM2 GRID:Decorative Screwless

193 | M2M24 MODULE GRID PLATE8 MODULE GRID PLATE12 MODULE GRID PLATE9 MODULE GRID PLATE6 MODULE GRID PLATECAT. NO. H W3011-360 68 1403 & 4 GANG GRID FRAMESuitable for 3, 4, 6, 8, 9 & 12 gang grid plates 3 MODULE GRID PLATECAT. NO. H W3011-359 68 801 & 2 GANG GRID FRAMESuitable for 1 & 2 gang grid plates2 MODULE GRID PLATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W1 Gang 6530-350 86 861 MODULE GRID PLATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.6 & 8 Gang 3011-361132 mm x 132 mm x 47 mm DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.9 & 12 Gang 3011-362192 mm x 132 mm 47 mmGRID FLUSH BACK BOXGRID FLUSH BACK BOXDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W2 Gang 6530-351 86 86DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W3 Gang 6530-352 86 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W4 Gang 6530-353 86 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W6 Gang 6530-354 146 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W8 Gang 6530-355 146 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W9 Gang 6530-356 206 146DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W12 Gang 6530-357 206 146GRID MODULE PLATESDecorative ScrewlessMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFor grid modules please see page 26

194M2 | • High gloss curved profile• Antimicrobial properties• New products• Fully tested & Certified• Recyclable bags and cardboardANTIMICROBIAL PROPERTIESAs a result of the carefully selected thermoset urea faceplate materialCEILING ACCESSORIESCeiling25 YEAR GUARANTEEThe stand alone M2 ceiling range comprises of all traditional ceiling accessories such as pendants and batten holders, as well as a new range of junction boxes. These boxes are available up to 60A in 3, 4 and 6 terminal options. In addition, the range offers 45A and 50A DP pull cord ceiling switches.KEYFEATURES:M2 CEILING RANGE WIRING ACCESSORIESFEATURES:RECYCLED PACKAGINGThe packaging has been carefully selected throughout the development stages of this range to ensure we minimise our impact on the environment. Both the polybag and the inner cardboard carton are manufactured from recycled content and after use can now be recycled.

195 | M2M2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L DIA.6” BC 7010-700 150 869” BC 7010-701 225 866” E27 7010-703 150 86PENDANT SETS7010-703DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H DIA.T2 BC lamp holder 7010-704 60 35LAMP HOLDERDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H DIA.Straight 7010-705 - 75Angled 7010-706 - 75BATTEN HOLDERS7010-705DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W15A 10 Way 7010-716 86 146CONNECTION UNITDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. D DIA.4 Terminal - large 7010-711 30 804 Terminal - small 7010-714 27 606 Terminal 7010-713 30 8620A JUNCTION BOXES7010-711DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. D DIA.5A 4 Terminal 7010-710 36 6230A 3 Terminal 7010-712 36 9060A 3 Terminal 7010-715 40 90JUNCTION BOXES7010-715DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W10A 1 Way 7010-720 43 4310A 2 Way 7010-721 43 43CEILING SWITCHES7010-720DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W45A 7010-722 43 4350A 7010-723 43 43DP CEILING SWITCHES7010-723DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H DIA.Ceiling rose 7010-724 33 86CEILING ROSECEILING ACCESSORIESCeiling

196M2 | LINKFAST FEATURESLinkfast Lighting Distribution SystemsThe 16A rated units distribute 3 or 4 pole power to luminaires via 6A rated mechanical interlock outlets & can be linked together with industry standard interconnecting power leads. Switch control whether it is manual or passive is achieved with a 4 pole (L,L1,N & E) outlet, switching channels can be factory wired to suit your installation; contact sales for further information.KEYFEATURES:LINKFAST QUICK CONNECTING LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMFEATURES:

197 | M2M2LINKFAST FEATURESLinkfast Lighting Distribution SystemsOFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE1.Direct Connection Input/Output to Switch Feed2.Plug to Plug Input/OutputEASY TO INSTALL:Secure to Conduit with Spacer Bar SaddleSecure to Basket Tray with Hold Down BracketsApertures to Accept M8 Threaded RodEasy to install linkfast LDS units are designed with out board brackets offering multiple fixing options.3.Plug to Plug Input/Output & Switch Plug for PIRs etc.

198M2 | LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMLDS#-D : DIRECT WIRING/4 PIN AUXILIARY OUTLET• Removal of the link splits the circuit into 2 channels ie LDS8 - D becomes 2 x 4 way circuits.• 2 x Ø20mm cable/conduit entry points.• 5 Screw type terminals: AUX,E,N,L1,L2.• Terminal capacity 1 x 4mm² / 2 x 1.5mm².ENAUXENAUXInlet OutletL1 L1L2 L2RemovableLinkLAMPLAMPLAMPLAMPLDS4-3PENL1ENL1Inlet LoadLDS#-3P : 3POLE INLETLAMPLAMPLAMPLAMPLDS4-3P-SENL1ENL1Inlet LoadSwitched Control Achieved With A 4 Pole OutletLDS#-3P-S : 3POLE INLET/SWITCHEDLDS4-DLDS4-3PLDS4-3P-SLinkfast Lighting Distribution SystemsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way direct wire LDS2-D 294 2724 Way direct wire LDS4-D 444 4226 Way direct wire LDS6-D 594 5728 Way direct wire LDS8-D 744 72210 Way direct wire LDS10-D 894 87212 Way direct wire LDS12-D 1044 1022DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way 3 pole inlet LDS2-3P 294 2724 Way 3 pole inlet LDS4-3P 444 4226 Way 3 pole inlet LDS6-3P 594 5728 Way 3 pole inlet LDS8-3P 744 72210 Way 3 pole inlet LDS10-3P 894 87212 Way 3 pole inlet LDS12-3P 1044 1022DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way 3 pole inlet switched LDS2-3P-S 294 2724 Way 3 pole inlet switched LDS4-3P-S 444 4226 Way 3 pole inlet switched LDS6-3P-S 594 5728 Way 3 pole inlet switched LDS8-3P-S 744 72210 Way 3 pole inlet switched LDS10-3P-S 894 87212 Way 3 pole inlet switched LDS12-3P-S 1044 1022

199 | M2M2LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMENL1ENL1InletLoadENL1OutletLAMPLAMPLAMPLAMPLDS4-3P-TLDS#-3P-T : 3POLE INLET/OUTLET INTERCONNECT LDS4-3P-TLAMPLAMPLAMPLAMPLDS4-3P-T-SLDS#-3P-T-S : 3POLE INLET/OUTLET SWITCHED INTERCONNECTENL1ENL1Inlet LoadENL1OutletLDS4-3P-T-SLDS#-4P : 4POLE INLETLAMPLAMPLDS4-4PLAMPLAMPENL1ENL1Inlet LoadL2 L2LDS4-4PLinkfast Lighting Distribution SystemsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet LDS2-3P-T 344 3224 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet LDS4-3P-T 494 4726 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet LDS6-3P-T 644 6228 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet LDS8-3P-T 794 77210 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet LDS10-3P-T 944 92212 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet LDS12-3P-T 1094 1072DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS2-3P-T-S 344 3224 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS4-3P-T-S 494 4726 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS6-3P-T-S 644 6228 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS8-3P-T-S 794 77210 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS10-3P-T-S 944 92212 Way 3 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS12-3P-T-S 1094 1072DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way 4 pole inlet LDS2-4P 344 3224 Way 4 pole inlet LDS4-4P 494 4726 Way 4 pole inlet LDS6-4P 644 6228 Way 4 pole inlet LDS8-4P 794 77210 Way 4 pole inlet LDS10-4P 944 92212 Way 4 pole inlet LDS12-4P 1094 1072

200M2 | LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMLDS4-4P-SENL1ENL1Inlet LoadL2 L2LDS#-4P-S : 4 POLE INLET / SWITCHEDLAMPLAMPLDS4-4P-SLAMP LAMPENL1ENL1Inlet LoadL2 L2ENL1L2OutletLDS#-4P-T : 4 POLE INLET/OUTLET INTERCONNECTLAMPLAMPLDS4-4P-TLAMPLAMPLDS4-4P-TENL1ENL1Inlet OutputENL1OutletL2 L2 L2LDS#-4P-T-S : 4 POLE INLET / OUTLET / SWITCHEDLAMPLAMPLDS4-4P-T-SLAMPLAMPLDS4-4P-T-SLinkfast Lighting Distribution SystemsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way 4 pole inlet / switched LDS2-4P-S 294 2724 Way 4 pole inlet / switched LDS4-4P-S 444 4226 Way 4 pole inlet / switched LDS6-4P-S 594 5728 Way 4 pole inlet / switched LDS8-4P-S 744 72210 Way 4 pole inlet / switched LDS10-4P-S 894 87212 Way 4 pole inlet / switched LDS12-4P-S 1044 1022DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet LDS2-4P-T 344 3224 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet LDS4-4P-T 494 4726 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet LDS6-4P-T 644 6228 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet LDS8-4P-T 794 77210 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet LDS10-4P-T 944 92212 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet LDS12-4P-T 1094 1072DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS2-4P-T-S 344 3224 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS4-4P-T-S 494 4726 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS6-4P-T-S 644 6228 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS8-4P-T-S 794 77210 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS10-4P-T-S 944 92212 Way 4 pole inlet / outlet / switched LDS12-4P-T-S 1094 1072

201 | M2M2INTERCONNECTING SUPPLY LEADS & LINKSWL#-3P: MALE TO FEMALE 3 POLEWL#-3P-T: MALE 3 POLE TO TAILSWL#-4P: MALE TO FEMALE 4 POLEWL#-4P-T: MALE 4 POLE TO TAILSWL1-3PWL1-3P-TWL1-4PWL1-4P-TLinkfast Lighting Distribution SystemsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFEATURES:• 1.50mm² flex complies to BS 6500.• For low smoke flex suffix ’LSF’.• Industry standard GST18 connections.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.1m Male - female lead 3 pole WL1-3P2m Male - female lead 3 pole WL2-3P3m Male - female lead 3 pole WL3-3P4m Male - female lead 3 pole WL4-3P5m Male - female lead 3 pole WL5-3P6m Male - female lead 3 pole WL6-3PDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.1m Male lead 3 pole to tails WL1-3P-T2m Male lead 3 pole to tails WL2-3P-T3m Male lead 3 pole to tails WL3-3P-T4m Male lead 3 pole to tails WL4-3P-T5m Male lead 3 pole to tails WL5-3P-T6m Male lead 3 pole to tails WL6-3P-TDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.1m Male lead 4 pole to tails WL1-4P-T2m Male lead 4 pole to tails WL2-4P-T3m Male lead 4 pole to tails WL3-4P-T4m Male lead 4 pole to tails WL4-4P-T5m Male lead 4 pole to tails WL5-4P-T6m Male lead 4 pole to tails WL6-4P-TDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.1m Male - female lead 4 pole WL1-4P2m Male - female lead 4 pole WL2-4P3m Male - female lead 4 pole WL3-4P4m Male - female lead 4 pole WL4-4P5m Male - female lead 4 pole WL5-4P6m Male - female lead 4 pole WL6-4P

202M2 | LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION PLUGS & SOCKETSCCRTALIGHTING TRUNKING SOCKETSFor use on 50mm lighting trunking.CLIP-IN PLUGSConforms to BS 6972: 1988. 6A 250V a.c. Material: Polycarbonate. Terminal capacity: 1 x 1mm². 5Kg Static suspension load. CCPACLIP-IN SOCKETSCCSAFits standard round conduit boxesCCRTMounted on lighting trunkingLinkfast Lighting Distribution SystemsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D3 Pin trunking socket - white CCRT 180 55 104 Pin trunking socket - grey CCRTA 180 55 103 or 4 Pin Lighting Trunking Connector• Will fit onto existing lighting trunking using turnbuckle screws• Terminals accept 2 x 4mm² cableDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H W D3 Pin plug CCP 55 24 324 Pin plug CCPA 55 35 32DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIA.3 Pin socket CCS 734 Pin socket CCSA 73Ceiling rose cover CCC 73

203 | M2M2STANDARD & PRE-WIRED CLIP-IN ROSESCCRACLIP-IN CEILING ROSESPRE-WIRED PLUG & LEAD SETSFor low smoke flex suffix ’LSF’. CCP3-0.75CCPA3-0.75PRE-WIRED CEILING ROSESCCRA2-1CCR2-1For low smoke flex suffix ’LSF’. Linkfast Lighting Distribution SystemsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.3 Pin ceiling rose set CCR4 Pin ceiling rose set CCRA• Will fit standard round BESA conduit boxes• 2 x M4 fixing screws supplied as standard• Plug removable from base for easy maintenance of light fittings• 2 pin and earth rewirable plug / 3 pin and earth rewirable plug• Auxiliary pin for emergency light circuits (CCRA)• Capable of holding 5 kg of static suspended load• Durable polycarbonate constructionWHITEMOULDEDDURABLECONSTRUCTION5 KG LOADDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.3 Pin rose, 2m x 0.75mm² flex CCR2-0.753 Pin rose, 2m x 1.00mm² flex CCR2-13 Pin rose, 3m x 0.75mm² flex CCR3-0.753 Pin rose, 3m x 1.00mm² flex CCR3-13 Pin rose, 4m x 0.75mm² flex CCR4-0.753 Pin rose, 4m x 1.00mm² flex CCR4-14 Pin rose, 2m x 0.75mm² flex CCRA2-0.754 Pin rose, 2m x 1.00mm² flex CCRA2-14 Pin rose, 3m x 0.75mm² flex CCRA3-0.754 Pin rose, 3m x 1.00mm² flex CCRA3-14 Pin rose, 4m x 0.75mm² flex CCRA4-0.754 Pin rose, 4m x 1.00mm² flex CCRA4-1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.3 Pin plug, 2m x 0.75mm² flex CCP2-0.753 Pin plug, 2m x 1.00mm² flex CCP2-13 Pin plug, 3m x 0.75mm² flex CCP3-0.753 Pin plug, 3m x 1.00mm² flex CCP3-13 Pin plug, 4m x 0.75mm² flex CCP4-0.753 Pin plug, 4m x 1.00mm² flex CCP4-14 Pin plug, 2m x 0.75mm² flex CCPA2-0.754 Pin plug, 2m x 1.00mm² flex CCPA2-14 Pin plug, 3m x 0.75mm² flex CCPA3-0.754 Pin plug, 3m x 1.00mm² flex CCPA3-14 Pin plug, 4m x 0.75mm² flex CCPA4-0.754 Pin plug, 4m x 1.00mm² flex CCPA4-1

204M2 | PDU FEATURESPower Distribution UnitsPower Distribution Units have many applications, ranging from data cabinet installation, to use on or behind office desks, to building into office furniture to name but a few.There are many standard types of product listed but the resource of Easyclip power, voice and data modules enables a virtual infinite number of product variants to be available within the range. We specialise in specials so why not contact us and discuss any bespoke application you may have.Supplied with 3m UK plug and lead set as standard unless otherwise stated.KEYFEATURES:POWER DISTRIBUTIONUNITSFEATURES:1.EasyClip Compatible3.Tooth design to permit earth bonding anywhere along the PDU2.Durable black anodised aluminium extrusion

205 | M2M2PDU FEATURESPower Distribution UnitsDurable black anodised aluminium extrusion providing exceptional stability particularly in larger units.For overload & other protection MCB, RCD or RCBO modules can be fitted.3, 5, 7,10, 13, 16 A fuse modules. Surge protection, sequential start & RFI filters. 1.Body2.ProtectionDouble pole neon indicated switches with moulded protectors to prevent accidental switching. Visible neon indication for power status.3.ControlUK 13 A plug top as standard with 3m x 1.5 mm² flex.For added strength flexible conduit can be fitted or low smoke flex if specified. All major UK electrical plug variants available.Reversible steel end brackets slotted for maximum rack compatibility.Optional earth stud and/or flying earth lead.4.Supply Inlet5.Fixing BracketsThe modular concept allows a choice of power outlets to be combined with control & protection devices.All modules manufactured from impact resistant polycarbonate.Tested & compliant with relevant British & international standards.6.Power Outlets1.Body2.Protection3.Control4.Supply Inlet6.Power Outlets5.Fixing BracketsOFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE

206M2 | 19’’ HORIZONTAL MOUNT FOR DATA CABINETSX19#N - UK NEON INDICATED 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX19# - UK 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX19#S - UK SWITCHED 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX19#E - IEC C13 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX19#EN - IEC C13 NEON INDICATED 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194 480.5 460.55 Way X195 480.5 460.56 Way X196 480.5 460.58 Way X198 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194N 480.5 460.55 Way X195N 480.5 460.56 Way X196N 480.5 460.58 Way X198N 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194S 480.5 460.55 Way X195S 480.5 460.56 Way X196S 480.5 460.58 Way X198S 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194E 480.5 460.58 Way X198E 480.5 460.512 Way X1912E 480.5 460.516 Way X1916E 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194EN 480.5 460.58 Way X198EN 480.5 460.512 Way X1912EN 480.5 460.516 Way X1916EN 480.5 460.5FOR ALTERNATIVE PLUGS SEE PAGE 235

207 | M2M219’’ HORIZONTAL MOUNT FOR DATA CABINETSX19#ES - IEC C13 SWITCHED 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX19#C19 - IEC C19 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX19#C19N - IEC C19 NEON INDICATED19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX19#C19S - IEC C19 SWITCHED 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX194Q - UK SEQUENTIAL START 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTInitial power up surges can cause circuit overloads, sequential start PDUs with 1 second per socket start intervals can even up loads & avoid costly upgrades.LOADTIMESEQUENTIAL STARTNON SEQUENTIAL STARTTIMELOADPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194ES 480.5 460.58 Way X198ES 480.5 460.512 Way X1912ES 480.5 460.516 Way X1916ES 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194C19 480.5 460.55 Way X195C19 480.5 460.56 Way X196C19 480.5 460.58 Way X198C19 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194C19N 480.5 460.55 Way X195C19N 480.5 460.56 Way X196C19N 480.5 460.58 Way X198C19N 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194C19S 480.5 460.55 Way X195C19S 480.5 460.56 Way X196C19S 480.5 460.58 Way X198C19S 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way sequential X194Q 480.5 460.5

208M2 | 19’’ HORIZONTAL MOUNT FOR DATA CABINETSX19C# - UK / IEC COMBINATION 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX19C#N - UK / IEC NEON INDICATED COMBINATION 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX19C#S - UK / IEC SWITCHED COMBINATION 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTX19#SCH - EUROPEAN CEE7 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTSupplied as standard with 3m flex to CEE7 Plug.X19#FREN - FRENCH/BELGIAN NEON INDICATED 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTSupplied as standard with 3m flex to CEE7 Plug.Power Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 x C13/ 4 x C19/ 2 x UK X19C1 480.5 460.54 x C13/ 2 x C19/ 4 x UK X19C2 480.5 460.58 x C13/ 3 x C19 X19C3 480.5 460.54 x C13/ 6 x UK X19C4 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 x C13/ 4 x C19/ 2 x UK X19C1N 480.5 460.54 x C13/ 2 x C19/ 4 x UK X19C2N 480.5 460.58 x C13/ 3 x C19 X19C3N 480.5 460.54 x C13/ 6 x UK X19C4N 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 x C13/ 4 x C19/ 2 x UK X19C1S 480.5 460.54 x C13/ 2 x C19/ 4 x UK X19C2S 480.5 460.58 x C13/ 3 x C19 X19C3S 480.5 460.54 x C13/ 6 x UK X19C4S 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194SCH 480.5 460.55 Way X195SCH 480.5 460.56 Way X196SCH 480.5 460.58 Way X198SCH 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X194FREN 480.5 460.55 Way X195FREN 480.5 460.56 Way X196FREN 480.5 460.58 Way X198FREN 480.5 460.5

209 | M2M2VERTICAL MOUNT FOR DATA CABINETSXAL# - VERTICAL RACK MOUNT ANGLED LEFTXAL#N - VERTICAL RACK MOUNT ANGLED LEFT WITH NEONXAL#S - VERTICAL RACK MOUNT ANGLED LEFT SWITCHEDAngled UK style outlets for easy plug removalPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XAL4 367 3265 Way XAL5 429 4096 Way XAL6 493 4738 Way XAL8 617 59710 Way XAL10 743 72312 Way XAL12 867 84715 Way XAL15 1055 103520 Way XAL20 1367 1347DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XAL4N 367 3265 Way XAL5N 429 4096 Way XAL6N 493 4738 Way XAL8N 617 59710 Way XAL10N 743 72312 Way XAL12N 867 84715 Way XAL15N 1055 103520 Way XAL20N 1367 1347DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XAL4S 367 3265 Way XAL5S 429 4096 Way XAL6S 493 4738 Way XAL8S 617 59710 Way XAL10S 743 72312 Way XAL12S 867 84715 Way XAL15S 1055 103520 Way XAL20S 1367 1347The clever design and construction of our PDU’s mean that they can be configured to suit individual customer requirements to enable them to meet the many versatile applications. As manufacturers we have design, production and stock resources to supply customised products quickly and efficiently.BESPOKE CONFIGURATIONSMANUFACTURETECHNICAL SUPPORTDESIGN

210M2 | VERTICAL MOUNT FOR DATA CABINETSXAR# - VERTICAL RACK MOUNT ANGLED RIGHTXAR#N - VERTICAL RACK MOUNT ANGLED RIGHT WITH NEONXAR#S - VERTICAL RACK MOUNT ANGLED RIGHT SWITCHEDPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46TESTINGDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XAR4 367 3265 Way XAR5 429 4096 Way XAR6 493 4738 Way XAR8 617 59710 Way XAR10 743 72312 Way XAR12 867 84715 Way XAR15 1055 103520 Way XAR20 1367 1347DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XAR4N 367 3265 Way XAR5N 429 4096 Way XAR6N 493 4738 Way XAR8N 617 59710 Way XAR10N 743 72312 Way XAR12N 867 84715 Way XAR15N 1055 103520 Way XAR20N 1367 1347DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XAR4S 367 3265 Way XAR5S 429 4096 Way XAR6S 493 4738 Way XAR8S 617 59710 Way XAR10S 743 72312 Way XAR12S 867 84715 Way XAR15S 1055 103520 Way XAR20S 1367 1347• 100% electrical and mechanical test• Individual test records are kept• Every unit is fully traceable• All production and testing is done in compliance with the Company’s Quality Management System• ISO 9001: 2015 Quality Management SystemsMANUFACTURETECHNICAL SUPPORTDESIGN

211 | M2M2VERTICAL MOUNT FOR DATA CABINETSUK AMMETER ADAPTORSXAL#AM - ANGLED LEFT DIGITAL AMMETERPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XAL4AM 443 4425 Way XAL5AM 505 4856 Way XAL6AM 658 5488 Way XAL8AM 693 67310 Way XAL10AM 818 79812 Way XAL12AM 867 92315 Way XAL15AM 1055 111020 Way XAL20AM 1367 1422DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.IEC 60309 32A AM132IEC 60309 16A AM11616A & 32A AMMETER ADAPTORSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.UK Ammeter adaptor AM113DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.IEC 60320 C19 AM1C19IEC AMMETER ADAPTORS IEC AMMETER ADAPTORSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.IEC 60320 C13 AM1C13

212M2 | XH#USA NORTH AMERICAN 5-15R FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL FIXINGSXH#SCH - CEE7 XH#E - IEC C13XH#EC19 - IEC C13 / IEC C19Supplied As Standard With 3m Flex To 13A UK Plug.• 15A total load.• Supplied as standard with 3m flex to NEMA 5-15R plug.Power Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4USA 305 2855 Way XH5USA 355 3356 Way XH6USA 405 3858 Way XH8USA 505 48510 Way XH10USA 605 58512 Way XH12USA 705 68515 Way XH15USA 855 83520 Way XH20USA 1105 1085DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4SCH 305 2855 Way XH5SCH 355 3356 Way XH6SCH 405 3858 Way XH8SCH 505 48510 Way XH10SCH 605 58512 Way XH12SCH 705 68515 Way XH15SCH 855 83520 Way XH20SCH 1105 1085DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y12 Way XH12E 468 44816 Way XH16E 568 54820 Way XH20E 668 64824 Way XH24E 768 748DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y12 x C13/ 4 x C19 XH12E4C19 668 64816 x C13/ 4 x C19 XH16E4C19 768 74820 x C13/ 4 x C19 XH20E4C19 868 85824 x C13/ 4 x C19 XH24E4C19 968 948

213 | M2M2XH#FRE - FRENCH/BELGIAN X19#16 - IEC 60309 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTFOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL FIXINGS32A 415V to 3 sets of 8 IEC C13 sockets with a local monitor ammeter that gives a continuous scrolling reading of all three phases.3 PHASE POWER • 3 phase cabling uses less space than single phase and so allows for future expansion• Less copper is used overall which lowers material installation costs.• Installation time is quicker and therefore less costly.• Balanced 3 phase power is more cost effective over single phase.Three phase is the most efficient way of generating and distributing electricity. By delivering 3 phase direct to rack instead of reverting to single phase at the building entry point has many advantages:Power Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4FRE 305 2855 Way XH5FRE 355 3356 Way XH6FRE 405 3858 Way XH8FRE 505 48510 Way XH10FRE 605 58512 Way XH12FRE 705 68515 Way XH15FRE 855 83520 Way XH20FRE 1105 1085DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way X19416 480.5 460.55 Way X19516 480.5 460.56 Way X19616 480.5 460.5

214M2 | SPECIAL PURPOSE UNITSXAL#Q - UK SEQUENTIAL START VERTICAL RACK MOUNTX196F - UK RFI FILTERED 19” HORIZONTAL RACK MOUNTXAL#FS - UK RFI FILTERED SWITCHED 19” VERTICAL RACK MOUNTPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46FEATURES:Initial power up surges can cause circuit overloads. Sequential start PDUs with one second per socket start intervals can even up loads & avoid costly upgrades. Filtered PDUs screen out both mains borne transients (surges) & air borne noise (radio frequency interference).DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way sequential XAL4Q 479 4578 Way sequential XAL8Q 816 79412 Way sequential XAL12Q 1129 1107DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y6 Way filtered X196F 480.5 460.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way switch filter XAL4FS 443 4205 Way switch filter XAL5FS 505 4826 Way switch filter XAL6FS 568 5458 Way switch filter XAL8FS 693 67010 Way switch filter XAL10FS 818 79512 Way switch filter XAL12FS 943 92015 Way switch filter XAL15FS 1130 110720 Way switch filter XAL20FS 1442 1419FILTER SPECIFICATIONOperating voltage 220 -250 A.CCurrent voltage 16ALeakage current 0.74 mAInductance 0.7mHCapacitance 4.7nFFILTER SPECIFICATIONResistance 1000ΩHigh potential test voltage P->760VAC for 2 secondsMTBF @ 40°/230V 1,250,000 hoursComplies to UL1283, IEC 60939

215 | M2M2The clever design and construction of our PDU’s mean that they can be configured to suit individual customer requirements to enable them to meet the many versatile applications. As manufacturers we have design, production and stock resources to supply customised products quickly and efficiently.BESPOKE CONFIGURATIONSMANUFACTURETECHNICAL SUPPORTDESIGNPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46GENERAL PURPOSE PDUSXH# - UK HORIZONTAL MOUNTXH#N - UK NEON INDICATED HORIZONTAL MOUNTXH#S - UK SWITCHED HORIZONTAL MOUNTDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4 305 2855 Way XH5 355 3356 Way XH6 405 3858 Way XH8 505 48510 Way XH10 605 58512 Way XH12 705 68515 Way XH15 855 83520 Way XH20 1105 1085DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4N 305 2855 Way XH5N 355 3356 Way XH6N 405 3858 Way XH8N 505 48510 Way XH10N 605 58512 Way XH12N 705 68515 Way XH15N 855 83520 Way XH20N 1105 1085DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 way XH4S 305 2855 way XH5S 355 3356 way XH6S 405 3858 way XH8S 505 48510 way XH10S 605 58512 way XH12S 705 68515 way XH15S 855 83520 way XH20S 1105 1085

216M2 | GENERAL PURPOSE PDUS• 16A total load.• Supplied with 3m flex to 13A UK fused plug top. • Red neon indicated double pole switch.XH#G - UK SURGE PROTECTED HORIZONTAL MOUNTXH#SG - UK SURGE PROTECTED SWITCHED HORIZONTAL MOUNTXH#NG - UK SURGE PROTECTED NEON INDICATED HORIZONTAL MOUNTPDUs fitted with surge modules will screen mains borne transients that can effect the performance of or damage certain equipment.Power Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46FEATURES:Applications can include:• Retail checkout tills.• Lighting displays.• Multiple appliance merchandising.• Marketing display cabinets.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4G 305 2855 Way XH5G 355 3356 Way XH6G 405 3858 Way XH8G 505 48510 Way XH10G 605 58512 Way XH12G 705 68515 Way XH15G 855 83520 Way XH20G 1105 1085DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4SG 355 3355 Way XH5SG 405 3856 Way XH6SG 455 4358 Way XH8SG 555 53510 Way XH10SG 655 63512 Way XH12SG 755 73515 Way XH15SG 905 88520 Way XH20SG 1155 1135DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4NG 305 2855 Way XH5NG 355 3356 Way XH6NG 405 3858 Way XH8NG 505 48510 Way XH10NG 605 58512 Way XH12NG 705 68515 Way XH15NG 855 83520 Way XH20NG 1105 1085XH#G - UK SURGE PROTECTED HORIZONTAL MOUNT

217 | M2M2GENERAL PURPOSE PDUSXH#U - UK FUSE PROTECTED HORIZONTAL MOUNT XH#SU - UK FUSE PROTECTED SWITCHED HORIZONTAL MOUNTXH#NU - UK FUSE PROTECTED NEON INDICATED HORIZONTAL MOUNTPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46FEATURES:Applications can include:• 16A total load.• Supplied with 3m flex to 13A UK fused plug top. • Red neon indicated 16A double pole switch.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4U 305 2855 Way XH5U 355 3356 Way XH6U 405 3858 Way XH8U 505 48510 Way XH10U 605 58512 Way XH12U 705 68515 Way XH15U 855 83520 Way XH20U 1105 1085DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4NU 305 2855 Way XH5NU 355 3356 Way XH6NU 405 3858 Way XH8NU 505 48510 Way XH10NU 605 58512 Way XH12NU 705 68515 Way XH15NU 855 83520 Way XH20NU 1105 1085DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way XH4SU 305 2855 Way XH5SU 355 3356 Way XH6SU 405 3858 Way XH8SU 505 48510 Way XH10SU 605 58512 Way XH12SU 705 68515 Way XH15SU 855 83520 Way XH20SU 1105 1085

218M2 | INTERCONNECTING UNITSUK INTERCONNECTING HORIZONTAL MOUNTUK INTERCONNECTING SWITCHED HORIZONTAL MOUNTUK INTERCONNECTING SWITCHED FUSED HORIZONTAL MOUNTUK INTERCONNECTING HORIZONTAL MOUNTUK INTERCONNECTING SWITCHED HORIZONTAL MOUNTUK INTERCONNECTING SWITCHED FUSED HORIZONTAL MOUNTPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46FEATURES:• Ideal for ‘hot desking’.• Retail applications for display lighting.• Choice of Interconnections.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way GST 18 XH2TWDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way IEC XH2TEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way GST 18 XH2STWDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way IEC XH2STEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way GST 18 XH2SUTWDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way IEC XH2SUTE

219 | M2M2INTERCONNECTING UNITSUK INTERCONNECTING HORIZONTAL MOUNTUK INTERCONNECTING SWITCHED HORIZONTAL MOUNTUK INTERCONNECTING SWITCHED FUSED HORIZONTAL MOUNTUK INTERCONNECTING HORIZONTAL MOUNTUK INTERCONNECTING SWITCHED HORIZONTAL MOUNTUK INTERCONNECTING SWITCHED FUSED HORIZONTAL MOUNTPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46FEATURES:• 16A total load.• GST18 inlet/outlets 16A.• IEC 60320 inlet/outlets 10A.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way GST18 XH4TW 343 320DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way IEC XH4TE 343 220DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way IEC XH4STE 393 370DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way GST18 XH4STW 393 370DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way IEC XH4SUTE 405 382DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y4 Way GST18 XH4SUTW 405 382

220M2 | STANDARD UNITS TO BS 6396SWITCHED & INDIVIDUALLY FUSEDINDIVIDUALLY SWITCHED & FUSEDSWITCHED & INDIVIDUALLY FUSED, 2 DATA OUTLETSINDIVIDUALLY SWITCHED & FUSED, 2 DATA OUTLETS2 way & 4 way fused @ 5A.5 way & 6 way fused @ 3A.2 x RJ45 Cat5EM5 earth stud c/w 250mm x 1.5mm² Earth flex to 5mm ring terminal.P010P014Power Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46FEATURES:Products used in office environment should comply with BS 6396. Construction should be made from suitably robust materials; sockets must be individually fused with a maximum of six outlets. If data outlets are employed the segregation must be provided and adequate exterior earth connections must be provided.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way P001 243 2234 Way P002 368 3485 Way P003 430 4106 Way P004 493 473DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way P005 268 2484 Way P006 443 4235 Way P007 530 5106 Way P008 618 598DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way P009 330 3104 Way P010 455 4355 Way P011 518 4986 Way P012 580 560DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DIM X DIM Y2 Way P013 330 3104 Way P014 505 4855 Way P015 593 5736 Way P016 680 660

221 | M2M2STANDARD UNITS TO BS 6396SWITCHED & INDIVIDUALLY FUSEDINDIVIDUALLY SWITCHED & FUSEDSWITCHED & INDIVIDUALLY FUSED, 2 DATA OUTLETSINDIVIDUALLY SWITCHED & FUSED, 2 DATA OUTLETS2 way & 4 way fused @ 5A | 5 way & 6 way fused @ 3A | 2 x RJ45 Cat5E.SWITCHED & INDIVIDUALLY FUSED USB CHARGER OUTLETSDC PFBK020K014K010K006K002Power Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFEATURES:BS 6396:Clause 5.2.1“Shall be provided with an earthing terminal”Clause 5.5.1“a) No more than 4 sockets separately fused not to exceed more than 5As”“b) No more than 6 sockets separately fused not to exceed more than 3.15As”DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way K0014 Way K0025 Way K0036 Way K004 DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way K0054 Way K0065 Way K0076 Way K008DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way, dual USB K0194 Way, dual USB K020DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way K0134 Way K0145 Way K0156 Way K016DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Way K0094 Way K0105 Way K0116 Way K012FIXINGSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Desk clamps DCFixing bolts PFB

222M2 | HOSPITAL GRADE/TIMER CONTROLLED UNITS2 way unit without contactor. Max. load 16A resistive. 4A inductive (1000W).2 way unit with contactor. Max. load 16A resistive. 9A inductive (2000W).4 way unit with contactor. Max. load 16A resistive. 9A inductive (2000W).6 way unit with contactor. Max. load 16A resistive. 9A inductive (2000W).XSP392 - 2 WAY INDIVIDUALLY SWITCHED TIMER CONTROLLEDXSP389 - 2 WAY INDIVIDUALLY SWITCHED TIMER/CONTACTOR CONTROLLEDXSP390 - 4 WAY INDIVIDUALLY SWITCHED TIMER/CONTACTOR CONTROLLEDXSP391 - 6 WAY INDIVIDUALLY SWITCHED TIMER/CONTACTOR CONTROLLEDXSP205 - 4 WAY NEON INDICATED XSP206 - 4 WAY INDIVIDUALLY SWITCHED Power Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise5535DIMENSION: YDIMENSION: X46FEATURES:The robust construction of RPP PDUs are ideal for DOH (Department of Health) applications. Supplied with integral earth stud & crimp lead, low smoke supply flex & durable 13A red plug top.CAT. NO. DIM X DIM YXSP389 368 346CAT. NO. DIM X DIM YXSP392 243 223CAT. NO. DIM X DIM YXSP391 668 646CAT. NO. DIM X DIM YXSP390 518 496

223 | M2M2IEC 60309IEC 6032016C14C20EUROPEAN CEE7POWER LEADS, LINKS & PLUGSINTERCONNECTING POWER LEADS & LINKSGST18 Power out. IEC 60320 Power out.0.75mm² Power lead.1.50mm² Power lead.WL1SINTERCONNECTING POWER LEADS & LINKSDL1Power Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.16A Supplied with 1.5mm² flexSCHDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.10A Supplied with 1.5mm² flexC1416A Supplied with 1.5mm² flexC20DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.16A Supplied with 1.5mm² flex1632A Supplied with 4mm² flex3263A Supplied with 10mm² flex63DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.1 Meter male to female GST18 WL1-3P2 Meter male to female GST18 WL2-3P3 Meter male to female GST18 WL3-3P1 Meter UK to female GST18 WL1S2 Meter UK to female GST18 WL2S3 Meter UK to female GST18 WL3SDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.1 Meter male to female IEC DL12 Meter male to female IEC DL23 Meter male to female IEC DL31 Meter UK to female IEC DL1S2 Meter UK to female IEC DL2S3 Meter UK to female IEC DL3S

224M2 | POWER OUTLET OPTIONSSOCKET OPTIONSCheck voltage compatibility before use.Power Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseUK 13A SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.Horizontal HUK 13A SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.Angled left ARUK 13A SOCKET OUTLETSDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.Angled right ALIEC 60320DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.10A EIEC 60320DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.16A C19IEC 60320 X 4DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.10A x 4 C134EUROPEAN CEE7DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.16A Unshuttered SCHFRENCH/BELGIANDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.16A Shuttered FRENEMA 5/15DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.15A Unshuttered USA

225 | M2M2POWER OUTLET/INLET OPTIONSSOCKET OPTIONSEN IEC 60309INTERCONNECTING OPTIONSPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseIEC 60320DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.10A c/w cord retainer EBC14CRIEC 60320DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.16A EBC20IEC 60320DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.16A c/w cord retainer EBC134IEC 60320DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.10A EBC14DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.16A 16EN IEC 60309DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.32A 325A UKDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.5A Shuttered 5 UKUSB OUTLET (FULL) MODULEDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.USB Outlet (full) module BKDE406

226M2 | SWITCH, SURGE & FUSE PROTECTION OPTIONSCONTROL OPTIONSSURGE PROTECTION MODULEPROTECTION OPTIONS16A FUSEBS 1362 13A FUSE HOLDERSpecify ’U’ then rating.Power Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFEATURES:• A variety of control & indicator devices available.• Neon switches, surge & fuse protection.SINGLE POLE SWITCHDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.Single pole neon switch SPSINGLE POLE SWITCHDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.Dual Single pole neon switch 2SPDOUBLE POLE SWITCHDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.Double pole neon switch SNEON INDICATIONDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.Neon Indication NDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.Surge protection module GDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.16A Fuse U16DESCRIPTION ADD. REF.3, 5, 7 & 10A Fuse U

227 | M2M2PROTECTION & MONITORING OPTIONSDOUBLE POLE MCBPROTECTION OPTIONSRatings up-to 63A available on request.30mA RCD & RCBOPower Distribution UnitsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.16A JDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.16A RCD D16A RCBO BEMI FILTERDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.EMI Filter FSEQUENTIAL STARTDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.Sequential start QMONITORED OPTIONS DIGITAL AMMETERDESCRIPTION ADD. REF.0 - 50A AMPDU SUPPORT FROM RPP• Speak direct to the manufacturer• Product supporting literature, catalogues, powerpoints etc.• CPD approved trainingSUPPORTINGTECHNICAL SUPPORTTRAININGCPDLITERATURE

228M2 | CASE STUDY:The PDUs were integrated into the side of each locker. This facilitated access to each set of connections for each individual user. A further compartment at the bottom provided access to an RCBO acting as the master switch but with additional overload and RCD protection.GARREN LOCKERSBESPOKE PDUs“RPP were able to produce drawings and samples as we developed this product.”, commented Corporate Development & Bids Manager Paul Heare, “This assistance ensured we provided the client with a product that exactly met their requirements. With both Garran and RPP manufacturing bespoke products, flexibility & development are essential to satisfy the ever-evolving requests of our customers.”The units are manufactured from mild steel with integral sloping tops – dimensions being 200 / 2100 mm high x 300 mm wide x 300 mm deep. All the locker doors & bodies were perforated to allow any heat that is generated to disperse. BESPOKE SOLUTIONMANUFACTURING FLEXIBILITYTECHNICAL SUPPORT FROM MANUFACTURERCase Study

229 | M2M2TECHNICAL INFORMATIONTechnical InformationThe design team at RPP play an important role in developing products that combine quality, value and reliability. The technical department supports this effort and are capable of carrying out all the necessary tests for CE/UKCA compliance and BS testing. Our Sales and marketing team work alongside our technical department to ensure product development is done with the maximum input from customers and thereby making certain that product development is T93/68/EEC - The CE mark is a visible declaration by the manufacturer that the equipment which is marked complies with all the requirements of all the applicable European Union (EU) directives.Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2014/30/EULow Voltage Directive 2014/35/EUCEcarried out to meet market expectations.All RPP products are manufactured in accordance with the relevant British / European (BS EN) standards.The strength of RPP over the years has been in its design, its investment of tooling and provision of manufacturing, having total control from initial design concept to finished products.ALL PRODUCTS IN THIS CATALOGUE ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWINGSTANDARDS/TESTINGRPP strive for excellence in providing electrical accessory products to our expanding customer base. We place a high value on minimising the impact to the environment, and are committed to the maintenance and improvement of environmental practice in our day to day operations as a manufacturer and distributor.ENVIRONMENTALIn order to achieve our aims, the company will at all times ensure:• Compliance with relevant environmental legislation, regulations and other requirements to meet environmental and customer needs.• Prevention of pollution through the elimination or reduction of emissions and minimizing waste generation through application of reducing, reusing and recycling.• Continual improvement of the impact to the environment of the company’s products and processes. This to be achieved by the gathering of data, analysis and necessary action identified.• Communication of the environmental policy internally to employees and externally as appropriate.• To involve both our customers and our suppliers in a full appreciation of our overall environmental impact.• That environmental objectives and targets to be reviewed at regular intervals.We will engrave to your specified textural detail & Font size across the ranges to the below specification, contact sales on +44(0) 1527 528024 for further assistance. ENGRAVINGPRINTING SPECIFICATIONFont Standard line copyIn-fill Acrylic paintStandard colours Red, white & blackThe UKCA mark is a visible declaration by the manufacturer that the equipment which is marked complies with all the requirements of all the applicable British Standards directives.Electromagnetic Compatibility Regulations 2016Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regulations 2016UKCA

230M2 | TECHNICAL INFORMATIONThe range of M2 light switches are designed for ease of installation and are available in one or two gang, intermediate and multi-pole switch configurations, there is also double pole switching options available.SWITCHESCOMMON1LAMPLNCOMMON122TWO WAY SWITCHESTwo Way SwitchingCOMMON1LAMPLNCOMMON122DOTTED LINE SHOWS ALTERNATIVE SWITCH POSITIONS22 11TWO WAYSWITCHTWO WAYSWITCHINTERMEDIATESWITCHTwo Way Intermediate SwitchingThe range of M2 dimmer switches are available in one and two gang configurations with up to four operational dimmers on one plate.DIMMERSCOML1LAMPLN1L22DOTTED LINE SHOWS ALTERNATIVE SWITCH POSITIONSTWO WAYDIMMERCOML2L1COMMONTWO WAYSWITCH• One and two way switching available on each dimmer switch.• Integrated over temperature protection fuse fitted (non replaceable).• Leading edge & trailing edge.• For use with inductive and resistive loads.• Dimmer switches available in 400W.• It is recommended that the lamps Manufactured by LIF (Light Industry Federation) members only are used with the M2 range of dimmer switches.COML1LAMPLNL2DOTTED LINE SHOWS ALTERNATIVE SWITCH POSITIONSTWO WAY DIMMERCOML2L1DIMMERSTechnical InformationDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Electronic Transformer (E) These can be mounted remotely, but are now more commonly an integral part of the light fitting. Normally an output range of between 50-200VA. Not all electronic transformers are dimmable, check with manufacturerToroidal Transformer (T) Most toroidal transformers are dimmable, but confirm with manufacturer. Normal output range up to 400VA. A ‘soft-start’ dimmer should be used with toroidal transformer dimming.Wire Wound Transformer (W/W) These are normally remotely mounted and have the largest range in VA sizes.Note: No dimmers are available for fluorescent lampsDIMMER MODULE GUIDELINESType: 400W 10A SwitchOperational Range 60-400W 10AMax. Mains Voltage 240V 240VMax. Low Voltage Capacity 400W -GU10 Lamp Capacity 400W -Transformer Capacity E / T/ W -

231 | M2M2RCD SOCKETSSUPPLYLNEARTHLOAD‘NEUTRAL TO EARTH FAULT’TRIPSUPPLYLNEARTHLOAD‘LIVE TO EARTH FAULT’TRIPSUPPLYLNEARTHLOAD‘HEALTHY CIRCUIT’PassivePassive controlled RCD sockets incorporate a mechanism which is mechanically latched (closed) in the event of a mains failure situation, the socket RCD will operate under normal residual fault conditions.This type of device is suitable for fridge / freezer applications or in unmanned locations where a possible mains power failure could damage equipment.ActiveActive controlled RCD sockets incorporate a mechanism which is magnetically latched in the closed position and will automatically open in the event of a mains failure situation, the socket RCD will operate under normal residual fault conditions.This type of device is suitable for hazardous equipment which would energise on the return of the mains power, rotary or heating equipment.The range of M2 socket outlets are designed for ease of installation and are available in one or two gang configurations, there are also double pole switching options available.SOCKETSCONSUMERUNIT2NOTE: EARTH REMOVED FOR CLARITY FCU - FUSE CONNECTION UNIT1 - UNSWITCHED SPUR2 - SPUR USING AN FCU NOT CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO RING3 - SPUR USING AN FCU CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO RING4 - FCU SUPPLYING FIXED EQUIPMENT5 - BS1363 SOCKET OUTLETFIXEDEQUIPMENT1345JUNCTIONBOXJUNCTIONBOXJUNCTIONBOXDOMESTIC RING FINAL CIRCUITFOR FLOOR AREA UP TO 100m2REFER TO IEE WIRING REGULATIONSFOR INSTALLATION PRACTICEUSB SOCKETSRed ‘ON’ indication to show position of switch rocker.• Top access twin colour coded angled terminals to help with ease of wiring.• Neon switch rocker indication available.• Captive terminal screws help with installation of sockets.• Silver switching contacts with a 3mm contact gap.COMPLIANCE: BS 1363 PT2:1995 | CE Compliant:93/68/EEC | EN 61000-6-1:2007 | EN 61000-6-3:2007/+A1:2011 | EMC Directive 2004/108/EC | EU REACH Regulation No1907/2006 | UKCAMOUNTING BOXES: Flush (1 gang): 35mm. Flush (2 gang): 25mm. Surface: 29mmTERMINAL CAPACITY: Live & Neutral: 4 x 2.5mm2 | Earth: (dual) 8 x 2.5mm2FACE PLATE MATERIAL: Thermoset Urea / Stainless Steel / SteelSWITCHING: Single PoleCURRENT: 13A | USB rating varies see product pages for more informationVOLTAGE: 230VFREQUENCY: 50HzENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES: Packaging Waste:Cardboard/LDPE4 bags – Made from recycled content and can been recycled. RoHS Complaint – ref: 2011/65/EUThe products manufactured & otherwise supplied by the company do not have any perceived or known hazardous materials or by-products that would be deemed hazardous to the environment.Technical InformationTECHNICAL INFORMATION

232M2 | TECHNICAL INFORMATIONThe range of M2 telephone and data modules are available in one and two gang configurations with multi-outlet options on one plate.TELEPHONE32 5461MAIN WIRE COLOURSARE SHOWN IN CAPITALS1 - GREEN / white2 - BLUE / white3 - ORANGE / white4 - WHITE / orange5 - WHITE / blue6 - WHITE / green1 2FIRST SOCKET OUTLET(MASTER)34 5 6EXTENSION OUTLET(SECONDARY)654321• Master and extension telephone sockets available.• All connection options available including BNC, RJ45, CAT5, CAT5e and ISDN connectors.• TV and satellite connector PCBs are enclosed in a protective die-cast housing.• TV and satellite connectors available from single connection to four connection versions for all applications.• Non-isolated and fully screened outlets with earth terminal.• Supplementary TV outlets with back feed for further distribution.Technical InformationThe range of M2 ceiling roses are available with either 6” or 9” pendant sets, straight or angled batten holders and ceiling rose or lamp holder with no flex included.CEILING ROSESSWITCHLIVE FEEDLAMPLIVENEUTRALLOOPEARTH7551.658210485802924225.5050Typical pendant wiring schematic• Ceiling roses have eight terminals including Live, Neutral and Loop terminations plus a separate brass earth terminal block.• Ceiling roses can accept 3 x 1.5mm² cable into the Live & Neutral terminal and 5 x 1.5 m² cable into the Earth terminal.• Straight and angled batten holders can accept 3 x 1.5mm² cable into the Live & Neutral terminal and 6 x 1.5mm² cable into the Earth terminal (straight holder) 3 x 1.5mm² cable into the Earth terminal (angled holder).• PVC Heat Resistant 318Y H05VV-F / 0.75mm² x 2 Core 6” or 9” drop

233 | M2M26.5mm6.5mmSCREENED BRAID TO REMAIN IN PLACEOVER THE INNER INSULATIONTV CO-AXIALSTRIPPING DETAILSEINOUTCO-AXIAL CABLEDIPLEXTRIPLEXCO-AXIAL CABLECABLE CLAMPQUADSAT 2INSAT 1INETELEVISIONThe range of M2 television sockets are available in Digital and Analogue to include TV, satellite, FM & DAB outlets. The Digital outlets can be used as a main receiving point within the property or an additional point in conjunction with either a Distribution Unit, Combining Unit or Multi Switch.• Digital Outlets are enclosed in a protective die-cast housing.• Non Isolated and fully screened outlets with earth terminals.M2 weatherproof is an IP66 range of weatherproof accessories principally comprising of four main enclosures, accepting either standard one and two gang plate accessory products or our euro modules & plates, M2 weatherproof thereby offers a fully comprehensive range for all outdoor applications.A wide choice of accessories are available including WEATHERPROOF ACCESSORIESBS EN 60529:1991- Degrees of protection provided by enclosuresswitches, sockets, spurs and data outlets.Manufactured from tough polycarbonate with a clear or solid lift up cover and neoprene seals to ensure compliance to IP66. Plug entry seals to clamp onto the flex of the equipment to ensure a tight seal when in operation.FIRST NUMERAL REQUIREMENTS SECOND NUMERAL REQUIREMENTS6 Protected against dust & small particles6 Protected from powerful jets of water from all directionsIP66 SPECIFICATIONTECHNICAL INFORMATIONTechnical Information

234

PVCu CABLE MANAGEMENTSection ContentManufacturing in Britain for nearly 50 years, Centaur has become a leading name in the PVCu cable management market.Centrally located in Redditch, England, Centaur utilise a fast and efficient distribution network.Combining continued investment and a wealth of expertise, Centaur boast a vast selection of cable management products enabling a complete installation. A dedicated fabrication section allows bespoke offerings tailor made for individual requirements.Striving to do our utmost for the environment, Centaur aim to minimise the output of CO2 emissions through the recycling of raw materials.Meridian PVCu Trunking 236President PVCu Trunking 242President Aluminium Trunking 248President Bench Trunking 252President Power Poles & Posts 256Campus Range 258Kensington Trunking 264Maxi Trunking 268Mini Trunking 270Red Range & Non-Combustible 272Conduit 274Surface & Socket Boxes 282Dry Lining Boxes 284Bespoke Products 286Technical Information 290235

236CENTAUR |MERIDIAN FEATURESMeridian PVCu TrunkingKEYFEATURES:THREE COMPARTMENT MERIDIAN PVCu DADO TRUNKING1.Adaptor16 x 25mm Mini trunking adaptor for aesthetically pleasing connections1.Adaptor2.Hinged lidHinged lid that acts as a cable retainer to ease installation2.Hinged LidAdjustable internal & external bends for wall inaccuracies4.Adjustable BendsAll accessories overlap trunking to prevent need for joint couplers, screw kits also available3.Accessories3.Accessories

237| CENTAURCENTAURMERIDIAN FEATURESMeridian PVCu TrunkingDesigned with today’s cable management challenges in mind, Centaur’s latest innovative product range, Meridian dado trunking and accessories balances practicality with aesthetics. This easy to install 173 x 60mm range provides ample cabling space and boasts a large selection of key features suitable for a wide range of applications. Once the protective film covering is removed, the curved lid design gives a sleek but unobtrusive look to modern day installations.FEATURES:4.Adjustable Bends5.Pre-Pierced6.Cable SweepExternal data cable sweep for corner protection and segregation6.Cable Sweep7.ComplianceCat 6 & 7 compliant bend radii & contrasting lids or plates for Part M compliance7.Compliance8.Boxes & PlatesOutlet boxes or plates suited to wiring accessory installation8.Boxes & PlatesPre-pierced fixing holes for easy installation5.Pre-Pierced

238CENTAUR |COUPLER END CAPFLAT ANGLE17360DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGMerian ProfileSHEET 1 OF 1UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:SCALE: 1:5WEIGHT: REVDWG. NO.ASIZETITLE:NAMEDATECOMMENTS:Q.A.MFG APPR.ENG APPR.CHECKEDDRAWNFINISHMATERIALINTERPRET GEOMETRICTOLERANCING PER:DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHESTOLERANCES:FRACTIONALANGULAR: MACH BEND TWO PLACE DECIMAL THREE PLACE DECIMAL APPLICATIONUSED ONNEXT ASSYPROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIALTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THISDRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF<INSERT COMPANY NAME HERE>. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A WHOLEWITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF<INSERT COMPANY NAME HERE> IS PROHIBITED.5432155173608440THREE COMPARTMENT DADO TRUNKING173mm x 60mm 3 Compartment radius dado trunking white [3m length]• Radius design for maximum aesthetic appeal• Multi compartment to accommodate power and data cable segregation• Light oak wood effect finish available• Available in antimicrobial on request• Supplied with protective film and pierced base• Hinged lid to act as a cable retainer• Various colours available on requestFLAT TEERadius dado trunking flat angle - white Radius dado trunking flat tee - whitePVCu THREE COMPARTMENT TRUNKINGDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCat 6 & 7 compliant trunking c/w lids ACD 3 2 x 3mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCat 6 & 7 compliant radius dado flat angle c/w segregatorAFA 3 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCat 6 & 7 compliant radius dado flat tee c/w segregatorAFT 3 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYRadius dado coupler ACC 3 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYRadius dado end cap AECC 3 2HIGHIMPACTRESISTANCEANTIMICROBIALAVAILABLEMETRELENGTHS3 Meridian PVCu TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise

239| CENTAURCENTAURADJUSTABLE INTERNAL ANGLEADJUSTABLE EXTERNAL ANGLE1 GANG OUTLET BOXESASB 2ASP 1OUTLET PLATES10mm EXTENSION COLLARSECR 110WASB 1PVCu THREE COMPARTMENT TRUNKINGDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYRadius dado adjustable internal anglec/w internal plate (between 83° & 95°)AIC 3 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYRadius dado adjustable external angle c/w data cable sweep (between 40° & 95°)AEC 3 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 gang, 32mm ASB 1 11 gang, 32mm, 4 pillar ASB 1V 101 gang, 40mm ASBC6 1 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet plate, 1 gang ASP 1 15Outlet plate, 2 gang ASP 2 15DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Gang, round corners ECR 110W 101 Gang, square corners ECS 110W 102 Gang, round corners ECR 210W 102 Gang, square corners ECS 210W 10Meridian PVCu TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY2 gang, 32mm ASB 2 13 gang, 32mm ASB 3* 52 gang, 40mm ASBC6 2 102 & 3 GANG OUTLET BOXES* - Product made to order.

240CENTAUR |SEPARATE PROFILESACL 1SPARESAMC 2/3DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYBase unit AB 3 2 x 3 mRadius lid ACH 3 4 x 3 mCentre lid ACL 1 4 x 3 mPart M centre lid - grey ACL 1G* 4 x 3 mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYMini Trunking Adaptor (16 x 25mm) AMC 2/3 2Contrast plate - blue APM 1BL* 20Contrast plate - grey APM 1G 20External corner data cable sweep ACGE 3 6Locking device c/w cap ALD 3 50Q-CLIPNON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE CLIPS• 18th Edition wiring regulations section 521.10.202 compliant• Non-combustible• Manufactured from steel• Suitable for a range of different sized compartmentsQ-CLIP222Meridian PVCu TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.PVCu THREE COMPARTMENT TRUNKINGDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.80mm Long fire resistant steel cable retainer Q-CLIP80222mm Long fire resistant steel cable retainerSuitable for Meridian TrunkingQ-CLIP222Designed to be installed where cable capacity does not exceed 45% of the trunking.

241| CENTAURProduct ApplicationMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseILLUMINATED TRUNKINGUNIVERSITIES / EDUCATIONPRODUCT APPLICATION• Made to order• Bespoke sizes and lengths• Populated and pre-wired on request• Available in a range of different colours or finishesDESIGN FEATURES:Available from loose lengths all the way through to pre-wired, cut to length units, the Centaur Meridian illuminated trunking provides a practical, simple to install and aesthetically pleasing method for power and data distribution. Illuminated trunking units are specially made to suit installation requirements and significantly reduce labour time on site. A wide variety of wiring accessory configurations and circuit protection is available for a selection of applications. LED lighting is available in cool or warm white and can be fitted into either the top or bottom compartment of the dado trunking. Pre-wired units will be fully 18th edition compliant and in accordance with other relevant British Standards.

242CENTAUR |PRESIDENT FEATURESKEYFEATURES:MULTI COMPARTMENT PRESIDENTPVCu DADO & SKIRTING TRUNKING1.ProfilesChamfered, square or skirting profiles1.Profiles2.Cable CapacityLarge capacity multi-compartment design2.Cable CapacityCentaur offer a range of colours as well as wood effects available in light oak and mahogany.4.Colours/FinishesDouble-skinned walls for added strength, stability and segregation3.Double-Skinned Wall3.Double Skinned WallPresident PVCu Trunking

243| CENTAURCENTAURPRESIDENT FEATURESAn innovative design and aesthetically pleasing solution for cable management in hospitals, offices, schools, colleges, laboratories, hotels and public buildings. Offering substantial cable capacity and design appeal for today’s modern buildings.The President PVCu cable management system allows a fast, easy and cost-effective solution. Providing variation of chamfered, square or skirting profiles, in high impact resistant PVCu.Centaur President trunking is an all British design and manufactured in accordance with the requirements of BS 4678, Part 4 (1982) and allows the installer to comply with BS 7671 (wiring regulations).FEATURES:4.Colours/Finishes5.Pre-Pierced6.Moulded FittingsLocking device & caps for the moulded fittings provide fast installation and a neat appearance6.Moulded Fittings7.ComplianceSquare dado trunking available with Cat 6 & 7 fittings 7.Compliance8.Boxes & PlatesChoice of 32mm or 40mm deep outlet boxes8.Boxes & PlatesPre-pierced fixing holes for easy installation5.Pre-PiercedPresident PVCu Trunking

244CENTAUR |2180.6222504580.6PVCu MULTI COMPARTMENT TRUNKINGCHAMFERED DADO TRUNKING SKIRTING TRUNKINGWhen used with Cat 6 & 7 compliant accessories.21504580.251355580.61926048.55580.61926048.55580.61926048.5THREE COMPARTMENT DADO TRUNKING192mm x 60mm 3 Compartment square dado trunking white [3m length]• Clean line design for maximum aesthetic appeal• Multi compartment to accommodate power and data cable segregation• Light oak & mahogany wood effect finish available• Available in antimicrobial on request• Supplied with protective film and pierced base• Various colours available on requestDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCat 6 & 7 compliant trunking c/w lids ASD 1 2 x 3 mHIGHIMPACTRESISTANCEANTIMICROBIALAVAILABLEMETRELENGTHS3 President PVCu TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY3 Compartment trunking c/w lids ACD 2 2 x 3 mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY3 Compartment trunking c/w lids ASKT 3 2 x 3 mSEMI CHAMFERED DADO TRUNKINGDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY3 Compartment trunking c/w lids ACD 4 2 x 3 mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY4 Compartment trunking c/w lids ACD 5 1 x 3 mSEMI CHAMFERED DADO TRUNKINGMade to order

245| CENTAURCENTAURPVCu MULTI COMPARTMENT ACCESSORIESCOUPLERINTERNAL ANGLEEXTERNAL ANGLEAISC6 1ACS 1AEC 4AECC 2END CAPPresident PVCu TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYASD 1 coupler ACS 1 2ACD 2 coupler ACC 2 2ASKT 3 coupler ACSK 3 2ACD 4 coupler ACC 4 2 ACD 5 coupler ACC 5* 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYASD 1 end cap AECS 1 2ACD 2 end cap AECC 2 2ASKT 3 right-hand end cap AECSK-3RH 2ASKT 3 left-hand end cap AECSK-3LH 2ACD 4 end cap AECC 4 2 ACD 5 end cap AECC 5* 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCat 6 & 7 compliant ASD 1 internal angle AISC6 1 1ASD 1 internal angle AIS 1 1ASD 1 45º internal angle (fabricated) AIS 1/45* 1ACD 2 internal angle AIC 2 1ACD 2 45º internal angle (fabricated) AIC 2/45* 1ASKT 3 internal angle AISK 3 1ASKT 3 45º internal angle (fabricated) AISK 3/45* 1ACD 4 internal angle AIC 4 1ACD 4 45º internal angle (fabricated) AIC 4/45* 1ACD 5 internal angle AIC 5* 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYASD 1 external angle AES 1 1ASD 1 45º external angle (fabricated) AES 1/45* 1ACD 2 external angle AEC 2 1ACD 2 45º external angle (fabricated) AEC 2/45* 1ASKT 3 external angle AESK 3 1ASKT 3 45º external angle (fabricated) AESK 3/45* 1ACD 4 external angle AEC 4 1ACD 4 45º external angle (fabricated) AEC 4/45* 1ACD 5 external angle AEC 5* 1* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.

246CENTAUR |PVCu MULTI COMPARTMENT ACCESSORIESFLAT ANGLES1 GANG OUTLET BOXESAFAU 3ASB 1FLAT TEESAFT 11 GANG OUTLET PLATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYASD 1 flat angle AFA 1 1ACD 2 flat angle AFA 2 1ASKT 3 upward flat angle AFAU 3 1ASKT 3 downward flat angle AFAD 3* 1ACD 4 flat angle AFA 4 1ACD 5 flat angle AFA 5* 1President PVCu TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYASD 1 flat tee AFT 1 1ACD 2 flat tee AFT 2 1ASKT 3 upward flat tee AFTU 3 1ASKT 3 downward flat tee AFTD 3* 1ACD 4 flat tee AFT 4 1ACD 5 flat tee AFT 5* 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet box, 1 gang, 32mm ASB 1 1Outlet box, 1 gang, 32mm, 4 pillar ASB 1V 10Outlet box, 1 gang, 40mm ASBC6 1 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet plate, 1 gang ASP 1 152 GANG OUTLET PLATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet plate, 2 gang ASP 2 15DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet box, 2 gang, 32mm ASB 2 1Outlet box, 3 gang, 32mm ASB 3* 5Outlet box, 2 gang, 40mm ASBC6 2 102 & 3 GANG OUTLET BOXESASB 2* - Product made to order. * - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.

247| CENTAURCENTAURPVCu MULTI COMPARTMENT ACCESSORIESMINI TRUNKING ENTRYEXTENSION COLLARSPARESAMC 2ALD 1ECR 110WSCREENING INSERTASI/4President PVCu TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSEPARATE PROFILESACH 4DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYBase unit AB 1 2 x 3mSquare lid ASQ 1 4 x 3mChamfered lid ACH 1 4 x 3mCentre lid ACL 1 4 x 3mPart M compliant centre lid - grey ACL 1G* 4 x 3mBase unit (ACD 4) AB 4 2 x 3mSemi chamfered lid ACH 4 4 x 3mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCMT 2 square lid AMS 2* 2CMT 5 square lid AMS 5* 2CMT 2 chamfered lid AMC 2* 2CMT 5 chamfered lid AMC 5* 2CMT 2 semi chamfered lid AMC 2/4 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Gang, round corners, 10mm ECR 110W 101 Gang, square corners, 10mm ECS 110W 102 Gang, round corners, 10mm ECR 210W 102 Gang, square corners, 10mm ECS 210W 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.PACK QTYMetal screen insert (60mm)ASI 10 x3 mMetal screen insert (50mm)ASI/4* 10 x3 mCORNER GUARDACGE 60DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY50mm ACGE 50*660mm ACGE 60*6CONTRAST PLATESAPM 1BLDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYBlue APM 1BL*20Grey APM 1G20DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.PACK QTY20g Bottle, super fast adhesiveSA 3 1Locking devices c/w capsALD 1 5* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.Q-CLIPNON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE CLIPSQ-CLIP222Designed to be installed where cable capacity does not exceed 45% of the trunking.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.80mm Long fire resistant steel cable retainerSuitable for outer compartments of ACD 4 & ACD 5Q-CLIP80222mm Long fire resistant steel cable retainerSuitable for President centre compartment & ASD 1, ACD 2 & ASKT 3 outer compartmentsQ-CLIP222

248CENTAUR |ALUMINIUM THREE COMPARTMENT TRUNKINGTHREE COMPARTMENT SQUARE DADO TRUNKING48.580.6192556048.580.619255 6048.580.61925560FEATURES:Selected accessories available moulded or fabricated.All President aluminium trunking and fabricated accessories are powder coated traffic white (RAL 9016) & moulded accessories sprayed traffic white.When used with Cat 6 & 7 compliant accessories. Product made to order.CAT. NO. PACK QTYBSD 1W 1 x 2m192mm x 60mm 3 Compartment Aluminium Square Dado Trunking White (2m Length). Cat 6 & 7 CompliantCAT. NO. PACK QTYBCD 2W 1 x 2mTHREE COMPARTMENT CHAMFERED DADO TRUNKING192mm x 60mm 3 Compartment Aluminium Chamfered Dado Trunking White (2m Length)THREE COMPARTMENT SKIRTING TRUNKING192mm x 60mm 3 Compartment Aluminium Skirting Trunking White (2m Length)CAT. NO. PACK QTYBSKT 3W 1 x 2mPresident Aluminium TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseProduct made to order. Product made to order.

249| CENTAURCENTAURALUMINIUM THREE COMPARTMENT ACCESSORIESPresident Aluminium TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCOUPLERINTERNAL ANGLEEXTERNAL ANGLEBISC6 1WBCS 1WBEC 2WBECS 1WEND CAPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYBSD 1W coupler (PVCu) BCS 1W 2BCD 2W coupler (PVCu) BCC 2W 2BSKT 3W coupler (PVCu) BCSK 3W 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYBSD 1W end cap (PVCu) BECS 1W 2BCD 2W end cap (PVCu) BECC 2W 2BSKT 3W right-hand end cap (PVCu) BECSK-3RHW 2BSKT 3W left-hand end cap (PVCu) BECSK-3LHW 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCat 6 & 7 compliant BSD 1W internal angle (PVCu)BISC6 1W 1BSD 1W internal angle (PVCu) BIS 1W 1BSD 1W 45º internal angle (fabricated) BIS 1/45W 1BCD 2W internal angle (PVCu) BIC 2W 1BCD 2W 45º internal angle (fabricated) BIC 2/45W 1BSKT 3W internal angle (PVCu) BISK 3W 1BSKT 3W 45º internal angle (fabricated) BISK 3/45W 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYBSD 1W external angle (PVCu) BES 1W 1BSD 1W 45º external angle (fabricated) BES 1/45W 1BCD 2W external angle (PVCu) BEC 2W 1BCD 2W 45º external angle (fabricated) BEC 2/45W 1BSKT 3W external angle (PVCu) BESK 3W 1BSKT 3W 45º external angle (fabricated) BESK 3/45W 1All accessories made to order.All accessories made to order.All accessories made to order.All accessories made to order.

250CENTAUR |ALUMINIUM THREE COMPARTMENT ACCESSORIESBFT 2WFLAT ANGLE FLAT TEEBFA 1W1 GANG OUTLET BOXES ASB 1BSQ 1WSEPARATE PROFILESSPARESALD 1President Aluminium TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYBSD 1W flat angle BFA 1W 1BCD 2W flat angle BFA 2W 1BSKT 3W upward flat angle BFAU 3W 1BSKT 3W downward flat angle BFAD 3W 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYBSD 1W flat tee BFT 1W 1BCD 2W flat tee BFT 2W 1BSKT 3W upward flat tee BFTU 3W 1BSKT 3W downward flat tee BFTD 3W 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet box, 1 gang, 32mm ASB 1 1Outlet box, 1 gang, 32mm, 4 pillar ASB 1V 10Outlet box, 1 gang, 40mm ASBC6 1 102 & 3 GANG OUTLET BOXES ASB 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet box, 2 gang, 32mm ASB 2 1Outlet box, 3 gang, 32mm ASB 3* 5Outlet box, 2 gang, 40mm ASBC6 2 101 GANG OUTLET PLATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet plate, 1 gang ASP 1 152 GANG OUTLET PLATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet plate, 2 gang ASP 2 15DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYLocking device with cap ALD 1 100Earth strap BBS 1* 10Earth lead BBS 2* 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYBase unit BB 1 2 x 2 mSquare lid BSQ 1W 4 x 2 mChamfered lid BCH 1W 4 x 2 mCentre lid BCL 1W 4 x 2 mAll accessories made to order.All accessories made to order.* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.Products made to order.

251| CENTAURProduct ApplicationPRODUCT APPLICATIONGas & air outlets and nurse call points can be a challenge to install after a project has been completed.Centaur can produce vertical or horizontal bedhead units in any ward and laboratory areas and make them a breeze to install from their bespoke fabrication department. This comes with a complete Cat 6 cable management system to any general office areas.HEALTHCARE SECTORGAS & AIR OUTLETS• Option of Penlon or Gem 10 fixing plate• Anti-microbial available• Designed to fit multi-compartment trunkingDESIGN FEATURES:

252CENTAUR |PVCu & ALUMINIUM BENCH UNITSALUMINIUM BENCH UNITSALUMINIUM DUAL BENCH UNITSDBU 2DBUD 11102203022011030President Bench TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Gang x 2 DBUD 1* 12 Gang x 2 DBUD 2* 11 + 2 Gang x 2 DBUD 1/2* 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Gang DBU 1* 12 Gang DBU 2 13 Gang DBU 3* 11 + 2 Gang DBU 1/2* 12 + 2 Gang DBU 2/2* 11 + 1 + 2 Gang DBU 1/1/2* 1PVCu DUAL BENCH UNITSABUD 1/2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Gang x 2 ABUD 1* 12 Gang x 2 ABUD 2 11 + 2 Gang x 2 ABUD 1/2 1PVCu BENCH UNITSABU 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Gang ABU 1 12 Gang ABU 2 13 Gang ABU 3* 11 + 2 Gang ABU 1/2 12 + 2 Gang ABU 2/2 11 + 1 + 2 Gang ABU 1/1/2* 1FEATURES:Available plain, populated or pre-wired, President bench units offer a sleek and sophisticated look to a variety of applications, such as; laboratories, classrooms, offices etc.11030110* - Product made to order. * - Product made to order.* - Product made to order. * - Product made to order.

253| CENTAURCENTAURPVCu BENCH TRUNKINGPVCu BENCH TRUNKINGCOUPLERINTERNAL & EXTERNAL ANGLESEND CAP* - For use where a work surface and wall meet.** - For use with back to back bench trunking.ABT 1ABI 1ABEC 1*OUTLET BOXESASB 2ASP 1OUTLET PLATES11030110President Bench TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFEATURES:Easy to install clip-in dividers. Two or three completely segregated compartments for power and data cables.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYTrunking c/w lid ABT 1 2 x 3m40 mm Clip-in divider DIV 40 10 x 3mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCoupler ABC 2Bench Trunking with Lid White (3m Length)• Ideal for large cable capacities• Easily adapted to suit a range of installations such as under-shelf or in a vertical corner position• Easy to access• Aesthetically pleasing design• Dividers available for compartment segregationDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYEnd cap ABEC 1* 2Dual end cap ABEC 2** 2Right-hand end cap ABEC 1RH 2Left-hand end cap ABEC 1LH 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYInternal angle (fabricated) ABI 1 1External angle (fabricated) ABE 1* 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet box, 1 gang, 32mm ASB 1 1Outlet box, 2 gang, 32mm ASB 2 1Outlet box, 3 gang, 32mm ASB 3* 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet plate, 1 gang ASP 1 15Outlet plate, 2 gang ASP 2 15* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.

254CENTAUR |ALUMINIUM BENCH TRUNKINGALUMINIUM BENCH TRUNKINGCOUPLERINTERNAL & EXTERNAL ANGLESEND CAP* - For use where a work surface and wall meet.** - For use with back to back bench trunking.ABEC 1TWDBI 1DBT 1/2M11030110FEATURES:Selected accessories available moulded or fabricated.All President aluminium bench trunking and fabricated accessories are powder coated traffic white (RAL 9016) & moulded accessories sprayed traffic white.President Bench TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYAluminium trunking c/w lid DBT 1/2M* 2 x 2mAluminium trunking c/w lid DBT 1/3M* 1 x 3mAluminium base c/w PVCu lid DBT 2/2M* 2 x 2mAluminium base c/w PVCu lid DBT 2/3M* 1 x 3mPVCu 40mm clip-in divider DIV 40 10 x 3mHIGHIMPACTRESISTANCEANTIMICROBIALAVAILABLEMETRELENGTHS3 Aluminium Bench Trunking with Aluminium Lid White• Design provides added strength when under mechanical stress• Provision for earth continuity• Supplied in a glossy traffic white finish• Ideal for large cable capacities• Easily adapted to suit a range of installations such as under-shelf or in a vertical corner position• Easy to access• Aesthetically pleasing designDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCoupler (PVCu) ABC TW* 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYInternal angle (fabricated) DBI 1 1Internal angle c/w PVCu lid (fabricated)DBI 2 1External angle (fabricated) DBE 1 1External angle c/w PVCu lid (fabricated)DBE 2 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYEnd cap (PVCu) ABEC 1TW* 2Dual end cap (PVCu) ABEC 2TW** 2Right-hand end cap (PVCu) ABEC 1RH TW 2Left-hand end cap (PVCu) ABEC 1LH TW 2* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.All accessories made to order.All accessories made to order.

255| CENTAURCENTAUROUTLET BOXESASB 2ASP 1OUTLET PLATESSPARESBBS 2ALUMINIUM BENCH TRUNKING ACCESSORIESBench trunking is an ideal solution for laboratories, schools, colleges and universities.Centaur are able to integrate both power socket outlets and gas outlets into bench trunking, helping to keep trailing pipes/cables clear from the work space. Dual-sided options are also available in the form of both trunking and bench units, they’re available as standard, pre-wired/populated or bespoke.PRODUCT APPLICATIONMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet box, 1 gang, 32mm ASB 1 1Outlet box, 2 gang, 32mm ASB 2 1Outlet box, 3 gang, 32mm ASB 3* 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet plate, 1 gang ASP 1 15Outlet plate, 2 gang ASP 2 15DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYEarth strap BBS 1* 10Earth lead BBS 2* 10EDUCATION SECTORBENCH TRUNKINGPresident Bench Trunking* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.

256CENTAUR |PVCu POWER POLE & POST SYSTEMSPOWER POLE & POST* - 3m lengths for AP 2.EACH POWER POLE PACK COMPRISESACCESSORIESASB 1VAP 680EACH POWER POST PACK COMPRISESAccessories supplied separately.14080.5102452222FEATURES:Double-sided for a larger distribution, President PVCu power poles & posts are ideal for supplying commercial applications, large power, data and multimedia demand through one location.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwisePresident Power Poles & PostsDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet box, 1 gang, 32mm, 4 pillars ASB 1V 10Top cover for suspended & solid ceilings APF 1 1Tee used for suspended and solid ceilings, and floors. Compatible with President trunking ACD 4APT 1* 1Top slide for slab fixing (standard) ATS 1* 1Top slide 1m extension for slab fixing ATS 1500* 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYPower pole 3.6m length AP 1 1Power pole 3m length AP 2 1Power post 680mm length AP 680 1DESCRIPTIONPost body 1 x 680mmSide lids 2 x 680mmCentre lids 2 x 680mmBase foot (metal) 1Base moulding 1Top cap 1DESCRIPTIONPole body* 1 x 3.6mSide lids* 2 x 3.6mCentre lids* 2 x 3.6mFixing bracket 1Base foot (metal) 1Base moulding 1• Compatible with ACD 4 President profile• Fixing brackets and bases included• Full range of accessories to compliment • Painted colour finishes availableHIGHIMPACTRESISTANCEANTIMICROBIALAVAILABLEAP 1 AP 2For coloured lid options or non standard heights contact Centaur sales office.3 STANDARDOPTIONS* - Product made to order.

257| CENTAURCENTAURALUMINIUM POWER POLE SYSTEMSSINGLE SIDED POWER POLEEACH POWER POLE PACK COMPRISESOUTLET BOXOUTLET PLATE1005047 2222Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwisePresident Power Poles & PostsFEATURES:Single-sided power pole offering distribution in applications where it may be subject to mechanical stress.Aluminium power poles are powder coated traffic white (RAL 9016) & selected moulded accessories sprayed traffic white.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYSingle sided power pole 3m length AP 3W 1HIGHIMPACTRESISTANCEANTIMICROBIALAVAILABLEMETRELENGTHS3 • Fixing brackets, top cover and bases included• Full range of accessories to compliment • Painted colour finishes availableDESCRIPTIONPole body 1 x 3mPole lid 1 x 3m1 Gang outlet box 6Top cover 1Fixing bracket 1Base foot (metal) 1Base moulding 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Gang outlet box, 32mm, 4 pillars CSPB 1W 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Gang outlet plate, 4 pillars CSP 1W 10BESPOKE CONFIGURATIONSMANUFACTURETECHNICAL SUPPORTDESIGNCentaur offer a department that is dedicated to providing customer specials. Direct contact with the factory can enable purpose-made items, professionally produced and delivered directly to site.

258CENTAUR |CAMPUS FEATURESCampus RangeKEYFEATURES:CAMPUSMULTI COMPARTMENT TRUNKING1.Compliance2.Manufactured to comply with BS 4678: Part 4 Heavy Duty ClassificationClip-on one piece fittings for quick and easy installation1.Compliance2.Clip-On AccessoriesOutlet boxes have square knock out in base to allow for deeper accessories3.Outlet Boxes & PlatesClip-on divider for 50mm deep trunking.Self-adhesive divider for 30mm deep trunking4.DividersClip-On Accessories

259| CENTAURCENTAURCAMPUS FEATURESA cost effective trunking system in PVCu or aluminium for use in schools, college halls of residence, hospitals, offices, government and local authority buildings or wherever an economical cable management system is required.The Centaur Campus dado trunking systems are an easy to install method of cable management, having clean, uncluttered lines for aesthetic appeal and the flexibility to fit additional accessories and outlets when required.PVCu Campus available in 3 sizes:100mm x 30mm100mm x 50mm (Aluminium option available)200mm x 50mmFEATURES:Campus RangeOverlapping one-piece cover for fast installation7.Radius internal angle & external corner guards for data cable protection6.Two module MCB/RCD housing with DIN rail fitted option available8.18th Edition compliant when used with Centaur Q-Clip5.5.Corner Guards4.Dividers6.Covers3.Boxes & PlatesCorner Guards Covers

260CENTAUR |PVCu DADO TRUNKING & ACCESSORIESTRUNKINGCOUPLERINTERNAL ANGLEEND CAPCMXT 42WCXC 42WCIAM 42WCES 42WDIVIDERDIV 42WFEATURES:Practical in its design, Campus dado trunking offers a cost effective solution to large cable demands. The option of clip-on and fabricated accessories allows both a neat and efficient installation.Cat 6 & 7 options available. Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCampus RangeDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY30mm Self-adhesive divider DIV 41W 10 x 3 m50mm Clip-in divider DIV 42W 10 x 3 mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYTrunking c/w lids CMXT 41W 100 x 30 2 x 3mTrunking c/w lids CMXT 42W 100 x 50 2 x 3mTrunking c/w lids DMXT 42W 200 x 50 2 x 3m• Anti-tamper locking lid provides a clean exterior line to the trunking• Firm locking action defies accident removal• Dividers available for compartment segregationHIGHIMPACTRESISTANCEANTIMICROBIALAVAILABLEMETRELENGTHS3 DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYExternal coupler CXC 41W* 100 x 30 2External coupler CXC 42W 100 x 50 2External coupler DXC 42W 200 x 50 2Internal coupler CIC 41W* 100 x 30 1Internal coupler CIC 42W 100 x 50 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYEnd cap CES 41W 100 x 30 15End cap CES 42W 100 x 50 1End cap DES 42W 200 x 50 15DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm)PACK QTYInternal angle CIAM 41W* 100 x 30 1Internal angle Cat 6&7 compliant CIAM 42W 100 x 50 1Internal angle Cat 6&7 compliant DIAM 42W 200 x 50 1* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.

261| CENTAURCENTAURPVCu DADO ACCESSORIESFLAT ANGLECABLE RETAINEREXTERNAL ANGLECXAM 42WFLAT TEECFAM 42WCFTM 42WSPARESCSPB 1W* - Suitable for Campus Dado Trunking profiles CMXT 42W & DMXT 42W. ** - Product made to order.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCampus RangeDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet box, 1 gang, 32mm, 4 pillars CSPB 1W* 1Outlet box, 2 gang, 32mm CSPB 2W* 1Outlet plate, 1 gang CSP 1W 15Outlet plate, 2 gang CSP 2W 1515 mm Outlet box spacer CS 42W** 6External corner guard CG 42** 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCable retainer CRT 42W* 6DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYFlat tee CFTM 41W* 100 x 30 1Flat tee CFTM 42W 100 x 50 1Flat tee (fabricated) DFTT 42W* 200 x 50 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYFlat angle CFAM 41W* 100 x 30 1Flat angle CFAM 42W 100 x 50 1Flat angle DFAM 42W 200 x 50 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYExternal angle CXAM 41W* 100 x 30 1External angle CXAM 42W 100 x 50 1External angle DXAM 42W 200 x 50 1Q-CLIPNON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE CLIPSQ-CLIP222* - Product made to order. * - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.Designed to be installed where cable capacity does not exceed 45% of the trunking.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.80mm Long fire resistant steel cable retainerSuitable for Campus Range when dividers are installedQ-CLIP80222mm Long fire resistant steel cable retainerSuitable for Campus Range when dividers are not installedQ-CLIP222

262CENTAUR |Products made to order.ALUMINIUM DADO TRUNKING & ACCESSORIESEXTERNAL ANGLEFEATURES:Selected accessories available moulded or fabricated.All Campus aluminium trunking & fabricated accessories are powder coated traffic white (RAL 9016) & moulded accessories sprayed traffic white.Cat 6 & 7 options available.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCampus RangeDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYExternal angle (PVCu) BXAM 42W 100 x 50 1External angle (fabricated) BXAT 42W 100 x 50 1INTERNAL ANGLEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYCat 6 & 7 compliant internal angle (PVCu)BIAM 42W 100 x 50 1Internal angle (fabricated) BIAT 42W 100 x 50 1END CAPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYEnd cap (PVCu) BES 42W 100 x 50 15COUPLERDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYCoupler (PVCu) BXC 42W 100 x 50 2TRUNKINGBMXT 42WDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYTrunking c/w lids BMXT 42W 100 x 50 2 x 3m50mm Clip-in divider DIV 42/S - 10 x 3m• Anti-tamper locking lid provides a clean exterior line to the trunking• Firm locking action defies accident removal• Dividers available for compartment segregationHIGHIMPACTRESISTANCEANTIMICROBIALAVAILABLEMETRELENGTHS3 Product made to order. Product made to order.Product made to order. Product made to order.

263| CENTAURCENTAURALUMINIUM DADO ACCESSORIESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCampus RangeFLAT TEESPARESFLAT ANGLEBFAM 42WCRT 42WOUTLET BOXES & PLATESBFTM 42WCSPB 1WDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY100 x 50mm Cable retainer CRT 42W 6Earth strap BBS 1 10Earth lead BBS 2 10External corner guard CG 42 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYFlat tee (PVCu) BFTM 42W 100 x 50 1Flat tee (fabricated) BFTT 42W 100 x 50 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYFlat angle (PVCu) BFAM 42W 100 x 50 1Flat angle (fabricated) BFAT 42W 100 x 50 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYOutlet box, 1 gang, 32mm, 4 pillars CSPB 1W 1Outlet box, 2 gang, 32mm CSPB 2W 1Outlet plate, 1 gang CSP 1W 15Outlet plate, 2 gang CSP 2W 1515mm Outlet box spacer CS 42W* 6Products made to order. Products made to order.Products made to order.* - Product made to order.BESPOKE CONFIGURATIONSMANUFACTURETECHNICAL SUPPORTDESIGNCentaur offer a department that is dedicated to providing customer specials. Direct contact with the factory can enable purpose-made items, professionally produced and delivered directly to site.

264CENTAUR |KENSINGTON MULTI COMPARTMENT TRUNKINGUnobtrusive skirting, architrave/small dado cable management system. Ideal for installation in hotels, sheltered housing, nursing homes, and portable buildings where inconspicuous cabling is required to blend into the existing surroundings. The Centaur Kensington PVCu range comprises of one or two compartments.A door kit is available with pre-cut lengths of architrave and accessories to help with ease of ordering, keeping installation time and wastage to a minimum.Kensington Trunking• Smooth lines for cleaning. • Architrave profile can be run as a small dado system.• Ideal for solid floor buildings.• Outlet boxes for electrical accessories.DESIGN FEATURES:3.Door frame kit available for ease of ordering and reduction of waste. 2.Fittings overlap for more cutting tolerance, facilitating ease of installation.1.Single or twin compartments for cable segregation (removable divider).

265| CENTAURCENTAURDesigned to be installed where cable capacity does not exceed 45% of the trunking.Products made to order.SKIRTING TRUNKINGCOUPLERINTERNAL & EXTERNAL ANGLECKDCKIEND CAP CKE-RHSKIRTING TO ARCHITRAVE ADAPTORCKA-RHSPARES CKS 18025The Kensington skirting range offers a practical solution to cable management in domestic and commercial environments as the lids are easily separated from the base, allowing cables to be removed and added.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCMT 2 adaptor CKMT 2* 2Cable retainer CKR* 10Outlet box, 1 gang CKS 1 5Outlet box, 2 gang CKS 2 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYRight-hand adaptor CKA-RH 2Left-hand adaptor CKA-LH 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYInternal angle CKI 10External angle CKX 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYRight-hand end cap CKE-RH 5Left-hand end cap CKE-LH 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCoupler CKC 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Compartment CKD 1 15m2 Compartment CKD 15mSKIRTING TRUNKINGMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseKensington TrunkingQ-CLIP80DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.80mm Cable retainerSuitable for CKD & CKD 1Q-CLIP80222mm Cable retainer Q-CLIP222Q-CLIP NON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE CLIP* - Product made to order.

266CENTAUR |ARCHITRAVE TRUNKINGARCHITRAVE TRUNKINGCOUPLERINTERNAL & EXTERNAL ANGLECDAThe Kensington architrave range provides an efficient method to cabling around door ways, eliminating the need to install under floor cable management. This range can also be adapted to use as a dado trunking.CDIFLAT ANGLE & FLAT TEECDFA8025Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseKensington TrunkingDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Compartment CDA 1 15m2 Compartment CDA 15mEND CAPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYEnd cap CDE 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCoupler CDC 10SPARES CDS 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCMT 2 adaptor CDMT 2 2Cable retainer CDR 10Outlet box, 1 gang CDS 1 5Outlet box, 2 gang CDS 2 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYFlat angle CDFA 2Flat tee CDFT 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYInternal angle CDI 10External angle CDX 10Products made to order.Product made to order. Product made to order.Product made to order. Product made to order. Product made to order.Designed to be installed where cable capacity does not exceed 45% of the trunking.Q-CLIP80DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.80mm Cable retainerSuitable for CDA & CDA 1Q-CLIP80222mm Cable retainer Q-CLIP222Q-CLIP NON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE CLIP

267| CENTAURCENTAURKENSINGTON TRUNKINGKensington TrunkingUtilising a slick and inconspicuous design, cabling is well hidden and blends into the room surroundings, along with the easy adaptability for the future.The Kensington door kit enables bespoke lengths to be cut, reducing waste and time on site.LEISURE INDUSTRYKENSINGTON TRUNKING• Smooth lines for cleaning. • Architrave profile can be run as a small dado system.• Ideal for solid floor buildings.• Outlet boxes for electrical accessories.DESIGN FEATURES:PRODUCT APPLICATION

268CENTAUR |Products made to order.MAXI TRUNKING & ACCESSORIESTRUNKING CMXT 22WBoasting a unique anti-tamper locking lid, Centaur Maxi Trunking provides a clean line to the exterior appearance. Dividers available separately allowing the option for multiple compartments.DIVIDERSDIV 22W16mm16mm25mm16mm50mm25mm38mm16mm16mm10mm38mm25mmCES 22WINTERNAL COUPLERCIC 22WEND CAPMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseAdditional colours: Available on request.Maxi TrunkingDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYTrunking c/w lid CMXT 22W 50 x 50 4 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMXT 32W 75 x 50 4 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMXT 33W 75 x 75 4 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMXT 44W 100 x 100 2 x 3mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYSelf-adhesive divider DIV 22W 10 x 3mSelf-adhesive divider DIV 33W 10 x 3mSelf-adhesive divider DIV 44W 10 x 3mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYEnd cap CES 22W 50 x 50 1End cap CES 32W 75 x 50 1End cap CES 33W 75 x 75 1End cap CES 44W 100 x 100 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYInternal coupler CIC 22W 50 x 50 1Internal coupler CIC 32W 75 x 50 1Internal coupler CIC 33W 75 x 75 1Internal coupler CIC 44W 100 x 100 1

269| CENTAURCENTAURDesigned to be installed where cable capacity does not exceed 45% of the trunking.MAXI TRUNKING ACCESSORIESINTERNAL ANGLECIAM 22WCFAM 22WFLAT ANGLEFLAT TEECFTM 22WMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMaxi TrunkingFEATURES:Standard colour white, RAL/BS colours available on request are subject to order quantity.Specially fabricated fittings can be made to order.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYFlat tee (moulded) CFTM 22W 50 x 50 2Flat tee (fabricated) CFTT 22W* 50 x 50 1Flat tee (fabricated) CFTT 32W 75 x 50 1Flat tee (fabricated) CFTT 33W 75 x 75 1Flat tee (fabricated) CFTT 44W 100 x 100 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYFlat angle (moulded) CFAM 22W 50 x 50 2Flat angle (fabricated) CFAT 22W* 50 x 50 1Flat angle (fabricated) CFAT 32W 75 x 50 1Flat angle (fabricated) CFAT 33W 75 x 75 1Flat angle (fabricated) CFAT 44W 100 x 100 1EXTERNAL ANGLECXAM 22WDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYExternal angle (moulded) CXAM 22W 50 x 50 2External angle (fabricated) CXAT 22W* 50 x 50 1External angle (fabricated) CXAT 32W 75 x 50 1External angle (fabricated) CXAT 33W 75 x 75 1External angle (fabricated) CXAT 44W 100 x 100 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYInternal angle (moulded) CIAM 22W 50 x 50 2Internal angle (fabricated) CIAT 22W* 50 x 50 1Internal angle (fabricated) CIAT 32W 75 x 50 1Internal angle (fabricated) CIAT 33W 75 x 75 1Internal angle (fabricated) CIAT 44W 100 x 100 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.80mm Long fire resistant steel cable retainerSuitable for Maxi Trunking when divider is installedQ-CLIP80222mm Long fire resistant steel cable retainerSuitable for Maxi Trunking when divider is not installedQ-CLIP222Q-CLIPNON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE CLIPS• 18th Edition wiring regulations section 521.10.202 compliant• Non-combustible• Manufactured from steel• Suitable for a range of different sized compartmentsQ-CLIP222* - Product made to order. * - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.* - Product made to order.

270CENTAUR |MINI TRUNKING & ACCESSORIESTRUNKINGCMT 1WCMT 1SASELF-ADHESIVE TRUNKINGAdding extra strength to the integral cross section, the specially designed tamper proof lid eliminates accidental removal. Self-adhesive dividers in selected size enables cable segregation.MEC 1WEND CAP16mm16mm25mm16mm50mm25mm38mm16mm16mm10mm38mm25mmMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseAdditional colours: Available on request.Mini TrunkingDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYTrunking c/w lid CMT 0W 16 x 10 20 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMT 1W 16 x 16 20 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMT 2W 25 x 16 20 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMT 3W 38 x 16 15 x 3mTrunking twin compartment c/w lid CMT 3W T/C* 38 x 16 15 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMT 4W 38 x 25 15 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMT 5W 50 x 25 12 x 3mTrunking twin compartment c/w lid CMT 5W T/C* 50 x 25 12 x 3mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYEnd cap MEC 0W 16 x 10 100End cap MEC 1W 16 x 16 10End cap MEC 2W 25 x 16 100End cap MEC 3W 38 x 16 10End cap MEC 4W 38 x 25 30End cap MEC 5W 50 x 25 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYTrunking c/w lid CMT 0SA 16 x 10 20 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMT 1SA 16 x 16 20 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMT 2SA 25 x 16 20 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMT 3SA 38 x 16 15 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMT 4SA 38 x 25 15 x 3mTrunking c/w lid CMT 5SA 50 x 25 12 x 3mMC 1WCOUPLERDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm)PACK QTYCoupler MC 0W* 16 x 10 60Coupler MC 1W 16 x 16 10Coupler MC 2W 25 x 16 40Coupler MC 3W 38 x 16 1Coupler MC 4W 38 x 25 10Coupler MC 5W 50 x 25 1CMT 2BR/SASELF-ADHESIVE TRUNKINGDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYBlack trunking c/w lidCMT 2B/SA 25 x 16 20 x 3mBrown trunking c/w lidCMT 2BR/SA 25 x 16 20 x 3mCMT 2B/SA* - Products made to order.* - Product made to order.

271| CENTAURCENTAURMINI TRUNKING ACCESSORIESMIB 1WSELF-ADHESIVE DIVIDERINTERNAL ANGLEDIV 2WMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseMini TrunkingDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYSelf-adhesive DIV 2W 10 x 3 mSelf-adhesive DIV 3W 10 x 3 mSelf-adhesive DIV 4W 10 x 3 mSelf-adhesive DIV 5W 10 x 3 mDivider (metal) DIV 5 METAL 10 x 3 mMT 1-1WEQUAL TEESURFACE BOX ADAPTORMA 1WEXTERNAL ANGLEFLAT ANGLEMEB 1WMFB 1WCEILING ROSE ADAPTORDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCeiling rose adaptor CMT 2/CMT 1MCR 2W 30DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYTo fit CMT 1 (centre) MA 1W 10To fit CMT 2 (centre) MA 2W 50DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm)PACK QTYFlat angle MFB 0W 16 x 10 60Flat angle MFB 1W 16 x 16 60Flat angle MFB 2W 25 x 16 40Flat angle MFB 3W 38 x 16 40Flat angle MFB 4W 38 x 25 25Flat angle MFB 5W 50 x 25 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm)PACK QTYEqual tee MT 0-0W* 16 x 10 50Equal tee MT 1-1W 16 x 16 10Equal tee MT 2-2W 25 x 16 30Equal tee MT 3-3W 38 x 16 10Equal tee MT 4-4W 38 x 25 10Equal tee MT 5-5W 50 x 25 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm)PACK QTYExternal angle MEB 0W 16 x 10 50External angle MEB 1W 16 x 16 50External angle MEB 2W 25 x 16 40External angle MEB 3W 38 x 16 10External angle MEB 4W 38 x 25 25External angle MEB 5W 50 x 25 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYInternal angle MIB 0W 16 x 10 50Internal angle MIB 1W 16 x 16 50Internal angle MIB 2W 25 x 16 40Internal angle MIB 3W 38 x 16 10Internal angle MIB 4W 38 x 25 25Internal angle MIB 5W 50 x 25 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.80mm Cable retainerSuitable for CMT 0 - CMT 4Q-CLIP80222mm Cable retainerSuitable for CMT 5Q-CLIP222Q-CLIP NON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE CLIPSQ-CLIP80* - Product made to order.Products made to order.Designed to be installed where cable capacity does not exceed 45% of the trunking.

272CENTAUR |RED 202 MINI TRUNKINGTRUNKINGCOUPLERBENDS & TEEMFB 2RTERMINAL BOXES & LIDSSB 201ROUTLET BOXESAll terminal boxes are complete with glands and earth terminalCB 2RCB 7RFEATURES:The Red 202 Mini Trunking range is ideal for use on installations such as computer and power supply switches, emergency stops, panic alarms, smoke Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseAll Red 202 products are also available in white.Red Range & Non-Combustibledetectors and sounders. Red 202 surface boxes have mini trunking opening ready prepared and are complete with earth terminals. Red 202 provides immediate identification of critical safety and alarm circuits.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYTrunking c/w lid CMT 2R 25 x 16 20 x 3mSelf-adhesive trunking c/w lidCMT 2R/SA 25 x 16 20 x 3m25mm x 16mm PVC Mini Trunking Red (3m Length)CAT. NO. SIZE (mm)PACK QTYMC 2R 25 x 16 40DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYInternal bend MIB 2R 25 x 16 40External bend MEB 2R 25 x 16 40Flat bend MFB 2R 25 x 16 40Equal tee MT 2-2R 25 x 16 40DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. D PACK QTYSquare terminal box (1 outlet) SB 201R 44 10Square terminal box (2 outlet) SB 202R 44 10Square lid, 1 gang FL 1R - 20Square lid, 2 gang FL 2R - 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Back outlet box CB 1R 1020mm Terminal box CB 2R 1020mm Through outlet box CB 3R 1020mm Angle box CB 4R 1020mm T box CB 5R 1020mm 4 Way box CB 6R 1020mm U box CB 7R 1020mm Y box CB 8R 1020mm H box CB 9R 10Circular lid CCL 1R 100Steel cheesehead screw M4 X 12mm 100END CAPCAT. NO. SIZE (mm) PACK QTYMEC 2R 25 x 16 100Products made to order.Products made to order.

273| CENTAURCENTAUR18th EDITION WIRING REGULATION PRODUCTSMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseRed Range & Non-CombustibleFEATURES:521.10.202“Regulation requires cables to be adequately supported against the premature collapse in the event of a fire.”DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.80mm Long fire resistant steel cable retainerSuitable for: Outer compartments of ACD 4 & ACD 5, Kensington, CMT 0 - CMT 4 & CMT 5 when divider is installedQ-CLIP80222mm Long fire resistant steel cable retainerSuitable for: Meridian, President centre compartment & ASD 1, ACD 2 & ASKT 3 outer compartments, Campus Range, Maxi Trunking & CMT 5Q-CLIP222Q-CLIPNON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRE CLIPS• 18th Edition wiring regulations section 521.10.202 compliant• Non-combustible• Manufactured from steel• Suitable for a range of different sized compartmentsQ-CLIP222NON-COMBUSTIBLE STEEL SPACER BAR SADDLESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Steel saddle bar, white SSBS 20W4025mm Steel saddle bar, white SSBS 25W4020mm Steel saddle bar, black SSBS 20B4025mm Steel saddle bar, black SSBS 25B40• Colour coordinated to suit Centaur’s 20 & 25mm conduit• Compliant to the 18th Edition of the Wiring Regulations• Ensure suitably non-combustible fixings are used to secure to wall surfacesSSBS 20W SSBS 25BDesigned to be installed where cable capacity does not exceed 45% of the trunking.

274CENTAUR |PVCu HIGH IMPACT CONDUITSUPER HIGH IMPACT CONDUIT, HEAVY GAUGEHG 20WManufactured to comply with BS 4607 Part 5.SUPER HIGH IMPACT CONDUIT, LIGHT GAUGEHIGH IMPACT OVAL CONDUITHIGH IMPACT CHANNELOCO 1500WLG 20WCH 150WFEATURES:Manufactured in accordance to: BS 4607 Part 5; BSEN 50086-2-1 (1996); BSEN 61386-21 (2004) formerly BS 6099. Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseConduit & accessories: Available as standard black or white.ConduitTested regularly to high quality standards, the Centaur super high impact conduit provides an easy and secure method of cable management. Heavy gauge and light gauge options are available to suit a variety of applications.SIZE NOM. DEPTH CAT. NO. PACK QTY13mm 7.4mm CH 050W 50 x 2m25mm 8.0mm CH 100W 50 x 2m38mm 8.5mm CH 150W 50 x 2mSIZE NOM. WALL THICKNESS CAT. NO. PACK QTY13mm 0.9mm OCO 500W 50 x 3m16mm 0.9mm OCO 625W 50 x 3m20mm 0.9mm OCO 750W 50 x 3m25mm 1.0mm OCO 1000W 50 x 3m32mm 1.0mm OCO 1250W 20 x 3m38mm 1.3mm OCO 1500W 20 x 3mSIZE NOM. WALL THICKNESSCAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm 1.3mm LG 20 30 x 3m25mm 1.52mm LG 25 30 x 3m32mm 1.52mm LG 32* 10 x 3m38mm 1.52mm LG 38* 10 x 3m50mm 1.9mm LG 50* 10 x 3mSIZE NOM. WALL THICKNESSCAT. NO. PACK QTY20 mm 1.8mm HG 20* 30 x 3m25 mm 1.9mm HG 25* 30 x 3m32 mm 2.4mm HG 32 10 x 3m38 mm 2.44mm HG 38 10 x 3m50 mm 3.05mm HG 50 10 x 3m* - Selected conduit & accessories also available in red.* - Products made to order.Size

275| CENTAURCENTAURFLEXIBLE CONDUIT & FIXINGS ACCESSORIESFLEXIBLE CONDUITFLEXIBLE CONDUIT ADAPTORCOUPLEREXPANSION COUPLERExpansion couplers should be installed when a run exceeds 6m or on lengths adjacent to two fixed points.MALE ADAPTORCAF 2WCEC 20WCSC 50W CMA 38WCFP-25W-10M-CP*Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseConduit & accessories: Available as standard black or white.ConduitDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Male adaptor CMA 20 10025mm Male adaptor CMA 25 7032mm Male adaptor CMA 32* 2538mm Male adaptor CMA 38 2550mm Male adaptor CMA 50* 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Coupler CSC 20 10025mm Coupler CSC 25 5032mm Coupler CSC 32 2538mm Coupler CSC 38 1550mm Coupler CSC 50* 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Flexible conduit adaptor CAF 2 5025mm Flexible conduit adaptor CAF 3 50DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Expansion coupler CEC 20 5025mm Expansion coupler CEC 25 25DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.20mm Flexible conduit, 50m CFP 225mm Flexible conduit, 50m CFP 320mm Ø, 10m Flexible conduit c/w 10x glands. White (PVCu) CFP-20W-10M-CP25mm Ø, 10m Flexible conduit c/w 10x glands. White (PVCu) CFP-25W-10M-CP20mm Ø, 10m Flexible conduit c/w 10x glands. Black (PVCu) CFP-20B-10M-CP25mm Ø, 10m Flexible conduit c/w 10x glands. Black (PVCu) CFP-25B-10M-CP* - Products made to order. * - Products made to order.

276CENTAUR |CONDUIT FIXING ACCESSORIESSCREWED LOCKRING FEMALE ADAPTORSCREWED LOCKNUTSCREWED MALE BUSHSPACER BAR SADDLE STRAP SADDLECFA 50WCMB 32WCLR 20W93WSBS 32W SS 32WScrews not included.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseConduit & accessories: Available as standard black or white.ConduitDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Female adaptor CFA 20 10025mm Female adaptor CFA 25 5032mm Female adaptor CFA 32 2538mm Female adaptor CFA 38* 2550mm Female adaptor CFA 50* 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Screwed lockring CLR 20 10025mm Screwed lockring CLR 25 10032mm Screwed lockring CLR 32 5038mm Screwed lockring CLR 38* 2550mm Screwed lockring CLR 50* 25DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Screwed male bush CMB 20 10025mm Screwed male bush CMB 25 10032mm Screwed male bush CMB 32 5038mm Screwed male bush CMB 38* 2550mm Screwed male bush CMB 50* 25DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Screwed locknut 93 10025mm Screwed locknut 94 100DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Spacer bar saddle SBS 20 10025mm Spacer bar saddle SBS 25 10032mm Spacer bar saddle SBS 32 5038mm Spacer bar saddle SBS 38 2550mm Spacer bar saddle SBS 50 25DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Strap saddle SS 20 10025mm Strap saddle SS 25 10032mm Strap saddle SS 32 10038mm Strap saddle SS 38 2550mm Strap saddle SS 50 25NON-COMBUSTIBLE STEEL SPACER BAR SADDLESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Steel saddle bar, white SSBS 20W4025mm Steel saddle bar, white SSBS 25W4020mm Steel saddle bar, black SSBS 20B4025mm Steel saddle bar, black SSBS 25B40• Colour coordinated to suit Centaur’s 20 & 25mm conduit• Compliant to the 18th Edition of the Wiring Regulations• Ensure suitably non-combustible fixings are used to secure to wall surfacesSSBS 20W SSBS 25B18thEDITION* - Products made to order. * - Products made to order.* - Products made to order.

277| CENTAURCENTAURCONDUIT FIXING ACCESSORIESROUND CONDUIT CLIPOVAL CONDUIT CLIPINSPECTION ELBOW, BEND & TEESLIP BENDHEAVY GAUGE BENDREDUCER & ADAPTORSCS 20WCOC 4WCIE 20WCSB 20WCHB 25WCR 2WMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseConduit & accessories: Available as standard black or white.ConduitDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm SCS 20 10025mm SCS 25 100DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY13mm COC 1W 10016mm COC 2W 10020mm COC 3W 10025mm COC 4W 100DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Inspection elbow CIE 20 5020mm Inspection bend CIB 20 3025mm Inspection bend CIB 25 2020mm Inspection tee CIT 20 4025mm Inspection tee CIT 25 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Slip bend CSB 20 2525mm Slip bend CSB 25 20DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY25-20mm Reducer CR 2 10020mm Oval to round conduit adaptorCOR 20 100DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm c/w Couplers CHB 20 2525mm c/w Couplers CHB 25 1532mm c/w Couplers CHB 32 238mm c/w Couplers CHB 38* 250mm c/w Couplers CHB 50* 2* - Products made to order.SLIP BENDCSBM 20WDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Slip bend - white CSBM 20W 2520mm Slip bend - black CSBM 20B 25

278CENTAUR |CONDUIT BOXESPLAIN BOXTERMINAL BOXTHROUGH BOXANGLE BOXTEE BOX 4 WAY BOX20 CRB 2W20 CRB 3W 20 CRB 4W20 CRB 5W 20 CRB 6WFEATURES:Lid fixing centres approx. 50.8mm. M4 brass inserts in pillars. Moulded recess for earth terminals (Ref ET 1). Boxes without lugs are suitable for loads up to 3kg centrally, at 60º maximum. Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseConduit & accessories: Available as standard black or white.ConduitBoxes with external lugs, riveted to M4 brass inserts in pillars are suitable for suspending loads up to 10kg centrally, at 60º maximum. External lugs can be used for screw fixing to the structure or keyed into concrete slab.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYPlain box 20 CRB 1 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Terminal box 20 CRB 2 3025mm Terminal box 25 CRB 2 20DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Through box 20 CRB 3 3025mm Through box 25 CRB 3 20DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Angle box 20 CRB 4 3025mm Angle box 25 CRB 4 20DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Tee box 20 CRB 5 2025mm Tee box 25 CRB 5 20DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm 4 Way box 20 CRB 6 2025mm 4 Way box 25 CRB 6 5

279| CENTAURCENTAURCONDUIT BOXESLOOP IN BOXY & U BOXLIDS & EARTH ELECTRODE BOX20 CRB 14WEXTENSION RINGCONDUIT BOX GASKET SEALCXR 20WCCL 1WADAPTABLE BOXMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseConduit & accessories: Available as standard black or white.ConduitDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm With 4 x 20mm knockouts 20 CRB 13 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Y box 20 CRB 14 120mm U box 20 CRB 15 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYCircular lid CCL 1 100Overlapping lid, 85mm dia. CCL 0 10020mm Earth electrode box, black CEB 1B 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY12.5mm Extension ring CXR 12* 5020mm Extension ring CXR 20 5025mm Extension ring CXR 25 5038mm Extension ring CXR 38* 2050mm Extension ring CXR 50* 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYRubber gasket seal CRG 1 100DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY75 x 75 x 50mm Adaptable box CAB 1 5* - Products made to order.

280CENTAUR |CONDUIT BOXES & ACCESSORIESTERMINAL & THROUGH BOXANGLE BOX32 SRB 2WBELL MOUTH BUSHCBB 20WSCREWED CONDUIT PLUGHEAVY GAUGE CONDUIT BENDING SPRING LIGHT GAUGE CONDUIT BENDING SPRINGCHS 20 CLS 20IP55 NYLON COMPRESSION GLANDS251WCPS 20WCompression glands available in white, black & red.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseConduit & accessories: Available as standard black or white.ConduitDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY32mm Terminal box 32 SRB 2 532mm Through box 32 SRB 3 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY32mm Angle box 32 SRB 4 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Bell mouth bush CBB 20 1025mm Bell mouth bush CBB 25 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Screwed conduit plug CPS 20 10025mm Screwed conduit plug CPS 25 100DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Heavy gauge bending spring (green tips)CHS 20 125mm Heavy gauge bending spring (green tips)CHS 25 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Light gauge bending spring (red tips)CLS 20 125mm Light gauge bending spring (red tips)CLS 25 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY20mm Small for 7.0-10.5 dia. cables 251 10020mm Large for 8.0-13.0 dia. cables 252 10020mm Large plain end for 8.0-13.0 dia. cables 252 P 10025mm For 12.0-18.0 dia. cables 254* 100Products made to order. Product made to order.* - Product made to order.

281| CENTAURCENTAURCONDUIT ACCESSORIESADHESIVEWaterproof adhesive (Permanent) 250ml tin vinyl solvent cement for making watertight joints between PVCu conduit and fittings.NYLON DRAW TAPECDT 30SLEEVING HANKSBLUE 5/6MULTI SLEEVING REELSMulti 2/3SINGLE SLEEVING REELSBROWN REEL 3/4Add suffix: 3/4 (3mm i/d 4mm o/d). 4/5 (4mm i/d 5mm o/d). 5/6 (5mm i/d 6mm o/d)Add suffix: 3/4 (3mm i/d 4mm o/d). 4/5 (4mm i/d 5mm o/d).Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseConduitDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY250ml Waterproof adhesive, permanent SA 2 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY10m Nylon draw tape CDT 10 120m Nylon draw tape CDT 20 130m Nylon draw tape CDT 30 1DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY2mm i/d 3mm o/d - Blue BLUE 2/3 100m2mm i/d 3mm o/d - Brown BROWN 2/3 100m2mm i/d 3mm o/d - Green / yellow GYE 2/3 100mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY2mm i/d 3mm o/d - blue BLUE REEL 2/3 100m2mm i/d 3mm o/d - brown BROWN REEL 2/3 100m2mm i/d 3mm o/d - Green / yellow GYE REEL 2/3 100mDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY2mm i/d 3mm o/d MULTI 2/3 60m G/Y, 20m blue & brown3mm i/d 4mm o/d MULTI 3/4 60m G/Y, 20m blue & brown4mm i/d 5mm o/d MULTI 4/5 40m G/Y, 10m blue & brownST 2TAPEDESCRIPTION L (m) CAT. NO. PACK QTY12mm Double sided self adhesive foam tape 50 ST 1 118mm Double sided self adhesive foam tape 50 ST 2 1

282CENTAUR |SURFACE & SOCKET BOXESFLUSH FITTING SOCKET BOXCSU/8/1ALSBR/3W1 GANG SURFACE BOX CONDUIT KNOCKOUT1 GANG SURFACE BOX PLAIN SIDES1 GANG SURFACE BOX MINI TRUNKING CUTOUTS1 GANG SURFACE BOX MULTI ENTRYSBP 9WSB 3WSB 3/20WSupplied with 1 fixed lug & 1 adjustable lug.Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface & Socket BoxesDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY1 Gang, 35mm deep. 8 x 20mm round knockoutsCSU/8/1AL 202 Gang, 35mm deep. 12 x 20mm round knockoutsCSU/8/2AL 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY32mm Deep, square corners SBR/3W 2032mm Deep, rounded corners SBR/7W 2044mm Deep, square corners SBR/9W 1047mm Deep, round corners SBR/11W 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY25mm Deep, square corners SBP 1W* 2032mm Deep, square corners SBP 3W 2025mm Deep, rounded corners SBP 5W* 2032mm Deep, rounded corners SBP 7W 2044mm Deep, square corners SBP 9W 1047mm Deep, round corners SBP 11W 10PVCu Surface Box Plain Sides Round Corners White• Self-extinguishing• High Impact Resistant PVCu• Compliant to BS 4662DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY25mm Deep, square corners SB 1W 2032mm Deep, square corners SB 3W 2025mm Deep, rounded corners SB 5W 203 mm Deep, rounded corners SB 7W 20DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY32mm Deep, square corners SB 3/20W 2032mm Deep, rounded corners SB 7/20W 20* - Products made to order.

283| CENTAURCENTAURSBR/4WSurface boxes manufactured to comply with BS 4662.2 GANG SURFACE BOX CONDUIT KNOCKOUT2 GANG SURFACE BOX PLAIN SIDES2 GANG SURFACE BOX MINI TRUNKING CUTOUTS2 GANG SURFACE BOX - MULTI ENTRYSBP 2WSB 4WSB 4/20WSURFACE & SOCKET BOXESMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSurface & Socket BoxesDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY32mm Deep, square corners SBR/4W 1032mm Deep, rounded corners SBR/8W 1044mm Deep, square corners SBR/10W 547mm Deep, round corners SBR/12W 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY25mm Deep, square corners SBP 2W* 1032mm Deep, square corners SBP 4W 1025mm Deep, rounded corners SBP 6W* 1032mm Deep, rounded corners SBP 8W 1044mm Deep, square corners SBP 10W 547mm Deep, round corners SBP 12W 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY25mm Deep, square corners SB 2W 1032mm Deep, square corners SB 4W 1025mm Deep, rounded corners SB 6W 1032mm Deep, rounded corners SB 8W 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY32mm Deep, square corners SB 4/20W 1032mm Deep, rounded corners SB 8/20W 10* - Products made to order.SBR/11W SBR/12W

284CENTAUR |FASTERFIX DRY LINING BOXES1 GANG DRY LINING BOX SPRING ACTION LUGS2 GANG DRY LINING BOX SPRING ACTION LUGS1 GANG DEEP DRY LINING BOX SPRING ACTION LUGS2 GANG DEEP DRY LINING BOX SPRING ACTION LUGSDUAL 1 + 1 GANG DRY LINING BOX SPRING ACTION LUGSDUAL 1 + 2 GANG DRY LINING BOX SPRING ACTION LUGS Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDry Lining BoxesDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. QTYDepth 35mm, board thickness 6 - 16mm CDLB 1+2W 6DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. QTYDepth 35mm, board thickness 6 - 16mm CDLB 1+1W 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. QTYDepth 47mm, aperture 73mm x 134mm, board thickness 10mm - 26mm CDLB2-47 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. QTYDepth 35mm, aperture 73mm x 133mm, board thickness 6mm - 16mm CDLB2-35 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. QTYDepth 47mm, aperture 74mm x 73mm, board thickness 10mm - 26mmCDLB1-47 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. QTYDepth 35mm, aperture 73mm x 73mm, board thickness 6mm - 16mm CDLB1-35 10• Spring action lugs will self align to thickness between 6mm & 16mm• Conforms to BS4662• Made from self-extinguishing PVCuSPRINGACTIONLUGSCIRCULAR DRY LINING BOXDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY2x 20mm back entry, depth 55.2mm, aperture 70mm, board thickness 9mm - 31mm, fixing centres 50.8mmCDLBR 45 10

285| CENTAURCENTAURDRY LINING BOXES1 GANG DRY LINING BOX2 GANG DRY LINING BOX1 GANG DEEP DRY LINING BOX2 GANG DEEP DRY LINING BOXCIRCULAR DRY LINING BOXMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDry Lining BoxesDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYDepth 35mm, aperture 73mm x 73mm, board thickness 2mm - 19mm CDLB 1W 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYDepth 46mm, aperture 73mm x 73mm, board thickness 2mm - 30mmCDLB 3W 10DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYDepth 35mm, aperture 73mm x 133mm, board thickness 2mm - 19mmCDLB 2W 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYDepth 46mm, aperture 73mm x 133mm, board thickness 2mm - 30mmCDLB 4W 5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYDouble back entry, depth 36mm, aperture 63.5mm, board thickness 2mm - 20mm, fixing centres 50.8mmCDLBR 5W 10

286CENTAUR |BESPOKE PRODUCT FEATURES3.Guidance led support direct from the manufacturer.2.Precision made products to suit exact specifications.1.Quick and efficient lead times to suit customer requirements.FEATURES:Using their specialised and experienced fabrication department, Centaur are able to provide bespoke cable management solutions to a variety of applications within all sectors of the industry. Considerations such as compliance with current legislation and project budgets are taken into account at an early design stage. Based upon their technical experience, Centaur can assist projects from design through to installation with continuous innovation.Bespoke ProductsMAKE THE PRODUCT FIT THE JOB

287| CENTAURCENTAURBESPOKE PRODUCT FEATURESBespoke ProductsMulti-compartment trunking can be provided for installations that require vast amount of cables. Using Centaur’s innovative base extensions (ABX 1 & ABX 4), customers can be supplied with a large number of extra centre compartments to suit cabling requirements. Working in coordination with this product, Centaur’s flexibility enables them to fabricate accessories to maintain an aesthetically appealing system.A popular choice for specification in hospitals, Centaur offers a complete range of anti-microbial trunking and accessories. A silver based additive added into the PVCu compound enables the prevention of bacteria spreading further if the surfaces are kept free of dirt and grime. From corporate colours to Part M compliance, Centaur offers a vast array of colours and finishes to a wide range of products. A choice of extruded/moulded or paint sprayed colours/finishes can facilitate quick lead times on specialised products. Wood effect trunking is also an option to match existing fixtures with buildings, Centaur offer both a light oak and mahogany finish along with sprayed colour coordinated accessories.MULTI-COMPARTMENT TRUNKING & ACCESSORIESANTI-MICROBIAL TRUNKING & ACCESSORIESCOLOURS/FINISHESILLUMINATED TRUNKINGAvailable plain, populated or pre-wired, the Centaur illuminated trunking is a great product for quiet studying, such as university halls of residence. With the option of cool or warm white LED fitting, illuminated trunking is ideal for a range of ambience. Units are tailor made to the customer’s requirements from lengths to colour to wiring accessories.

288CENTAUR |PENDANTSPRE-WIRED & POPULATEDBEDHEAD UNITSFABRICATED ANGLESFabricated as a bespoke solution to eliminate tripping hazards and keep sockets out of arms reach from vulnerable people such as hospitals patients or students, pendants are available in a variety of lengths with a selection of wiring accessory configurations to install. Pendants are manufactured from a powder coated solid aluminium body, with a four compartment surrounding for added accessory space and a fixing plate included.Working in coordination with another of the Installation Materials Division operations, Centaur are able to offer trunking both pre-wired and populated with matching accessories. Pre-wired units vary from cut lengths of trunking to power posts to bench units and can be wired to tails or for a plug and play system.With vertical or horizontal bedhead units available, Centaur offer a wide variety of accessories made for hospital applications. Penlon or Gem 10 medical gas plates can be fitted into the centre compartment of the Meridian or President ranges to enable fixing of gas, air and vacuum outlets. These outlets along with nurse call points can be fabricated into the trunking if provided with them. Specialist angles can be fabricated to adapt to pre-existing objects in buildings e.g. odd shaped pillars or existing trunking. Odd angles can also be created to provide a more pleasing to the eye finish in difficult installations. A variety of different compartment options are also available e.g. an angle that comes down from a four compartment trunking down to a three compartment trunking. BESPOKE PRODUCTSBespoke Products

289| CENTAURCENTAURCAROUSELSPODSPIPE ENCASEMENTENDLESS POSSIBILITIESBoasting four sides and a massive twelve compartments, the Centaur carousel systems is ideal for supplying several areas with power, data and voice from a central location. Available in light PVCu, sturdy aluminium or aluminium base with a PVCu lid, carousels are a very popular source within commercial applications.For use on the large (192mm) President chamfered compartments only, the Centaur pod accessory allows for the easy creation of a local extension (above or below the trunking run) where wiring accessories are required. Special accessories can be fabricated to order. Supplying 10mm and 15mm pipe clips and offering a tidy pipe trunking outlet, Centaur pipe encasement is a practical yet visibly appealing method of housing pipe work. Centaur pipe clips are capable of holding pipes that operate up to a working temperature of 80°C and the pipes should not come into contact with the trunking walls. Clips are recommended to be installed at approximately one metre intervals along the trunking length.From RCD/MCB/surge protection device housing to transparent trunking, Centaur offers a vast array of bespoke products beyond this page. To help transform ideas into products, please contact the Centaur sales office.BESPOKE PRODUCTSBespoke Products

290CENTAUR |* - Typical values for guideline purposes only. i - denotes no outlet box fitted in compartment. ii - denotes 32mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment. iii - denotes 40mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment. iv - denotes 60mm radius corner guard fitted in compartment for internal/external angles. v - denotes 60mm radius corner guard protection fitted in compartment for flat angles.MERIDIAN CABLE CAPACITY ACD 3 TECHNICAL INFORMATIONCHEMICAL RESISTANCEFIRE RESISTANCESTRENGTHPRESIDENT PVCu TRUNKINGThe PVCu material used in the manufacture of President trunking systems is resistant to most organic chemicals, solutions of organic acids, alkalis and salts. It may possibly be softened by some organic materials such as ketones and aromatic compounds. If in doubt please contact Centaur sales office.High impact resistance. The material is formulated to comply with the –5°C clause of BS 4678 Part 4 (1982), cable trunking standard.The materials used in Centaur President trunking system are non-flame propagating and comply with the requirements of BS 476 Part 7 and BS 4678 Part 4.President systems are designed to accommodate local thermal expansion and contraction. The coefficient of linear expansion: 7.0 x 10 –5°C operating temperatures –5°C to 60°C. 17360DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGMerian ProfileSHEET 1 OF 1UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:SCALE: 1:5WEIGHT: REVDWG. NO.ASIZETITLE:NAMEDATECOMMENTS:Q.A.MFG APPR.ENG APPR.CHECKEDDRAWNFINISHMATERIALINTERPRET GEOMETRICTOLERANCING PER:DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHESTOLERANCES:FRACTIONALANGULAR: MACH BEND TWO PLACE DECIMAL THREE PLACE DECIMAL APPLICATIONUSED ONNEXT ASSYPROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIALTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THISDRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF<INSERT COMPANY NAME HERE>. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A WHOLEWITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF<INSERT COMPANY NAME HERE> IS PROHIBITED.5432155173608440A B CCONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTORCAPACITY A @ 45% FULLCAPACITY B @ 45% FULL CAPACITY C @ 45% FULLFull Term CSA 100% FIll (mm2) 1711 i-4442; ii-1758; iii-1356; iv-3202; v-33251711PVC power stranded 1.5 8.6 i-89 i-232; ii-92; iii-71; iv-167; v-174 i-89PVC power stranded 2.5 12.6 i-61 i-158; ii-63; iii-48; iv-113; v-118 i-61PVC power stranded 4.0 16.6 i-46 i-120; ii-48; iii-37; iv-86; v-90 i-46PVC power stranded 6.0 21.2 i-36 i-94; ii-37; iii-29; iv-67; v-70 i-36Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-18 i-47; ii-18; iii-14; iv-33; v-35 i-18Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-15 i-40; ii-16; iii-12; iv-28; v-30 i-15Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-12 1-31; ii-12; iii-9; iv-22; v-23 i-12Technical Information

291| CENTAURCENTAURTECHNICAL INFORMATIONPRESIDENT SKIRTING TRUNKING CABLE CAPACITY ASKT 3/BSKT 3W5580.61926048.5A B C* - Typical values for guideline purposes only. i - denotes no outlet box fitted in compartment. ii - denotes 32mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment. iii - denotes 40mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment. iv - denotes 60mm radius corner guard fitted in compartment for internal/external angles. v - denotes 60mm radius corner guard protection fitted in compartment for flat angles.For ASD 1/BSD 1W, use the cable capacity section C twice and section B. For ACD 2/BCD 2W, use the cable capacity section A twice and section B.CONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTORCAPACITY A @ 45% FULLCAPACITY B @ 45% FULL CAPACITY C @ 45% FULLPVC power stranded 1.5 8.6 i-101 i-225; ii-90; iii-71; iv-163; v-170 i-128PVC power stranded 2.5 12.6 i-69 i-153; ii-61; iii-48; iv-111; v-115 i-87PVC power stranded 4.0 16.6 i-52 i-116; ii-47; iii-36; iv-84; v-87 i-66PVC power stranded 6.0 21.2 i-41 i-91; ii-36; iii-28; iv-66; v-68 i-52Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-21 i-46; ii-18; iii-14; iv-33; v-35 i-26Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-18 i-39; ii-16; iii-12; iv-28; v-30 i-22Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-13 i-29; ii-11; iii-8; iv-20; v-21 i-16Technical InformationPOWER POLE & POST CABLE CAPACITY AP 1/AP 2/AP 680 & ACD 4* - Typical values for guideline purposes only. i - denotes no outlet box fitted in compartment. ii - denotes 32mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment. ACD 4 only - iii - denotes 40mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment. iv - denotes 50mm radius corner guard fitted in compartment for internal/external angles. v - denotes 50mm radius corner guard protection fitted in compartment for flat angles.80.6455013521CONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTORCAPACITY A @ 45% FULLCAPACITY B @ 45% FULL CAPACITY C @ 45% FULLPVC power stranded 1.5 8.6 i-39 i-183; ii-53; iii-33; iv-121; v-141 i-39PVC power stranded 2.5 12.6 i-27 i-125; ii-36; iii-22; iv-83; v-96 i-27PVC power stranded 4.0 16.6 i-20 i-95; ii-27; iii-17; iv-63; v-73 i-20PVC power stranded 6.0 21.2 i-16 i-74; ii-21; iii-12; iv-49; v-57 i-16Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-8 i-37; ii-11; iii-6; iv-25; v-29 i-8Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-7 i-32; ii-9; iii-5; iv-21; v-25 i-7Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-5 i-24; ii-6; iii-4; iv-15; v-18 i-5

292CENTAUR |CABLE CAPACITIESCAROUSEL POST CABLE CAPACITY AP 5680/6680/7680* - Typical values for guideline purposes only. i - denotes no outlet box fitted in compartment. ii - denotes 32mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment. iii - denotes 40mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment.C22520511065POWER POLE & POST CABLE CAPACITY AP 1, AP 2 & AP 680 * - Typical values for guideline purposes only. i - denotes no outlet box fitted in compartment. ii - denotes 32mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment. ACD 4 only - iii - denotes 40mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment. iv - denotes 50mm radius corner guard fitted in compartment for internal/external angles. v - denotes 50mm radius corner guard protection fitted in compartment for flat angles.14080.5451022222CONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTORCAPACITY A @ 45% FULLCAPACITY B @ 45% FULL CAPACITY C @ 45% FULLPVC power stranded1.5 8.6 i-39 i-183; ii-53; iii-33; iv-121; v-141 i-39PVC power stranded2.5 12.6 i-27 i-125; ii-36; iii-22; iv-83; v-96i-27PVC power stranded4.0 16.6 i-20 i-95; ii-27; iii-17; iv-63; v-73i-20PVC power stranded6.0 21.2 i-16 i-74; ii-21; iii-12; iv-49; v-57i-16Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-8 i-37; ii-11; iii-6; iv-25; v-29 i-8Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-7 i-32; ii-9; iii-5; iv-21; v-25 i-7Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-5 i-24; ii-6; iii-4; iv-15; v-18 i-5Technical InformationBENCH TRUNKING CABLE CAPACITY ABT 1/DBT 1* - Typical values for guideline purposes only. i - denotes no outlet box fitted in compartment. ii - denotes 32mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment. iii - denotes 40mm deep outlet box fitted in compartment30110110CONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTORCAPACITY A @ 45% FULLCAPACITY B @ 45% FULLCAPACITY C @ 45% FULLPVC power stranded 1.5 8.6 i-64 i-288; ii-168 iii-150i-64PVC power stranded 2.5 12.6 i-44 i-197; ii-115 iii-102i-44PVC power stranded 4.0 16.6 i-33 i-150; ii-87 iii-78i-33PVC power stranded 6.0 21.2 i-26 i-117; ii-68 iii-61i-26Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-13 i-56; ii-32 iii-28 i-13Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-11 i-50; ii-28 iii-25 i-11Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-8 i-38; ii-21 iii-19 i-8CONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTORCAPACITY A @ 45% FULLCAPACITY B @ 45% FULLCAPACITY C @ 45% FULLPVC power stranded 1.5 8.6 i-64 i-288; ii-168 iii-150i-64PVC power stranded 2.5 12.6 i-44 i-197; ii-115 iii-102i-44PVC power stranded 4.0 16.6 i-33 i-150; ii-87 iii-78i-33PVC power stranded 6.0 21.2 i-26 i-117; ii-68 iii-61i-26Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-13 i-56; ii-32 iii-28 i-13Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-11 i-50; ii-28 iii-25 i-11Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-8 i-38; ii-21 iii-19 i-8

293| CENTAURCENTAURCABLE CAPACITIESCAMPUS CABLE CAPACITY DMXT 42W* - Typical values for guideline purposes only. i - denotes no outlet box or dividers fitted in compartment. ii - denotes 32mm deep outlet box and no dividers fitted in compartment. iii - denotes 50mm corner guard fitted for external angle only.22 222222474750200CAMPUS CABLE CAPACITY CMXT 42W, BMXT 42W & AP 3 POWER POLE* - Typical values for guideline purposes only. i - denotes no outlet box or dividers fitted in compartment. ii - denotes 32mm deep outlet box and no dividers fitted in compartment. CMXT 42W/BMXT 42W only - iii - denotes 50mm corner guard fitted for external angle only.CAMPUS CABLE CAPACITY CMXT 41* - Typical values for guideline purposes onlyi - denotes no outlet box or dividers fitted in compartment.2580KENSINGTONSKIRTING TRUNKING CKD22224750100100308025* - Typical values for guideline purposes onlyi - denotes no outlet box or dividers fitted in compartmentTechnical InformationCONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTORCAPACITY A @ 45% FULLCAPACITY B @ 45% FULLPVC power stranded 1.5 8.6 i-217; ii-64; iii-137 i-217; ii-64; iii-137PVC power stranded 2.5 12.6 i-150; ii-44; iii-95 i-150; ii-44; iii-95PVC power stranded 4.0 16.6 i-113; ii-33; iii-71 i-113; ii-33; iii-71PVC power stranded 6.0 21.2 i-88; ii-26; iii-55 i-88; ii-26; iii-55Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-45; ii-13; iii-28 i-45; ii-13; iii-28Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-39; ii-11; iii-24 i-39; ii-11; iii-24Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-29; ii-8; iii-18 i-29; ii-8; iii-18CONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTORCAPACITY A @ 45% FULLCAPACITY B @ 45% FULLCAPACITY C @ 45% FULLPVC power stranded 1.5 8.6 i-48; ii-15 iii-33i-110; ii-31 iii-71i-48; ii-15 iii-33PVC power stranded 2.5 12.6 i-33; ii-10 iii-23i-75; ii-21 iii-49 i-33; ii-10 iii-23PVC power stranded 4.0 16.6 i-25; ii-8 iii-17i-57; ii-16 iii-37 i-25; ii-8 iii-17PVC power stranded 6.0 21.2 i-19; ii-6 iii-13i-45; ii-12 iii-29 i-19; ii-6 iii-13Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-10; ii-3 iii-7 i-22; ii-6 iii-14 i-10; ii-3 iii-7Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-8; ii-2 iii-6 i-19; ii-5 iii-12 i-8; ii-2 iii-6Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-6; ii-2; iii-4 i-14; ii-4; iii-6 i-6; ii-2; iii-4CONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTOR CAPACITY A @ 45% FULLPVC power stranded 1.5 8.6 i-115PVC power stranded 2.5 12.6 i-77PVC power stranded 4.0 16.6 i-59PVC power stranded 6.0 21.2 i-46Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-23Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-19Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-15CONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTORCAPACITY A @ 45% FULLCAPACITY B @ 45% FULLPVC power stranded 1.5 8.6 i-23 i-56PVC power stranded 2.5 12.6 i-16 i-38PVC power stranded 4.0 16.6 i-12 i-29PVC power stranded 6.0 21.2 i-9 i-23Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-5 i-11Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-4 i-10Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-3 i-7

294CENTAUR |CONDUCTOR SIZE mm2CABLE FACTORCAPACITY A @ 45% FULLCAPACITY B @ 45% FULLPVC power stranded 1.5 8.6 i-23 i-49PVC power stranded 2.5 12.6 i-16 i-33PVC power stranded 4.0 16.6 i-12 i-25PVC power stranded 6.0 21.2 i-9 i-20Cat. 6 UTP 6.5* dia. 42.2 i-5 i-9Cat. 6 STP 7.0* dia. 49.0 i-4 i-8Cat. 7 8.0* dia. 64.0 i-3 i-6CAT. NO. SIZE NOMINAL CROSS SECTION AREA BASED ON 45 % CAPACITYCMT 0 16mm x 10mm 42mm2 CMT 1 16mm x 16mm 66mm2CMT 2 25mm x 16mm 120mm2CMT 3 38mm x 16mm 185mm2CMT 4 38mm x 25mm 325mm2CMT 5 50mm x 25mm 410mm2CAT. NO. SIZE NOMINAL CROSS SECTION AREA BASED ON 45 % CAPACITYCMXT 22 50mm x 50mm 930mm2 CMXT 32 75mm x 50mm 1415mm2CMXT 33 75mm x 75mm 2200mm2CMXT 41 100mm x 30mm 1020mm2CMXT 42 100mm x 50mm 1895mm2CMXT 44 100mm x 100mm 4030mm2TYPE OF CONDUCTORCONDUCTOR CROSS SECTIONAL AREA FACTORSolid 1.5mm27.12.5mm210.2Stranded 1.5mm28.12.5mm211.44mm215.26mm222.910mm236.3Choice of trunking is normally controlled by the quantity of cable to be carried. In accordance with the requirements of IEE. wiring regulations, the space factor of trunking occupied should not exceed 45% of the cross sectional area of the section.CABLE CAPACITIESChoice of trunking is normally controlled by the quantity of cable to be carried. In accordance with the requirements of IEE wiring regulations, the space factor of trunking occupied should not exceed 45% of the cross sectional area of the section.MAXI TRUNKING SELECTION & CAPACITYPVC INSULATED SINGLECORE CABLE IN TRUNKINGFor each cable to be used, obtain the cable factors from the table above, add all factors together and compare to the capacities given.Any trunking with a space factor equal to or larger than that of the cable factors will satisfactorily accommodate the desired cables.Centaur conduit is light in weight (16% of weight of steel conduit), is clean and easy to handle, does not require the use of on site special equipment such as vice bender or thread cutting gear, is non-conductive, will not corrode or stain plaster.Centaur conduit, oval conduit and high impact channelling should be installed using the special Centaur accessories.MINI TRUNKING SELECTION & CAPACITYTechnical InformationKENSINGTONARCHITRAVE TRUNKING CDA* - Typical values for guideline purposes onlyi - denotes no outlet box or dividers fitted in compartment25808025CONDUIT SELECTION & CAPACITY

295| CENTAURCENTAURCABLE CAPACITIESCONDUIT CABLE CAPACITYCalculation system based on Appendix 12 IEE Wiring Regulations.1. Use table 12A or 12C to determine the factor for each cable being used.2. Add the appropriate cable factors and compare with the conduit factor from table 12B or 12D.3. The required conduit size is the one having a factor equal to or greater than the sum of the cable factors.Single-core PVC insulated cables in straight runs of conduit exceeding 3m in length or in runs of any length incorporating bends or sets. The information in the tables is intended only for guidance.Table 12A. Cable factors short straight runsTable 12D Conduit factors for runs incorporating bends.CONDUIT CABLE CAPACITYTechnical InformationCONDUCTOR CONDUCTOR CROSS SECTIONAL AREAFACTOR CONDUIT DIA. FACTOR CONDUCTOR CONDUCTOR CROSS SECTIONAL AREAFACTORSolid 1mm222 16mm 290 Solid or stranded1mm2161.5mm227 20mm 460 1.5mm2222.5mm239 25mm 800 2.5mm230Stranded 1.5mm231 32mm 1400 4mm2432.5mm243 Table 12B.Conduit factors short straight runs6mm2584mm258 10mm21056mm288 Table 12C. Cable factors for long straight or runs incorporating bends 10mm2146LENGTH OF RUN (m)CONDUIT DIAMETER (mm)16 20 25 32 16 20 25 32 16 20 25 32 16 20 25 32 16 20 25 32Straight One Bend Two Bends Three Bends Four Bends1 Covered By Tables 12A and 12B188 303 543 947 177 286 514 900 158 256 463 818 130 213 288 6921.5182 294 528 923 167 270 487 857 143 233 422 750 111 182 333 6002177 286 514 900 158 256 463 818 130 213 388 692 97 159 292 5292.5171 278 500 878 150 244 442 783 120 196 358 643 86 141 260 4743167 270 487 857 143 233 422 750 111 182 333 6003.5179 290 521 911 162 263 475 837 136 222 404 720 103 169 311 5634177 286 514 900 158 256 463 818 130 213 388 692 97 159 292 5294.5174 282 507 889 154 250 452 800 125 204 373 667 91 149 275 5005171 278 500 878 150 244 442 873 120 196 358 643 86 141 260 4746167 270 487 857 143 233 422 750 111 182 333 6007162 263 475 837 136 222 404 720 103 169 311 5638158 256 463 818 130 213 388 692 97 159 292 5299154 250 452 800 125 204 373 667 91 149 275 50010150 244 442 783 120 196 358 643 86 141 260 474Oval conduit and high impact channel are usually used for short runs in domestic situations, for external fixing or where the deep chasing required for round conduit is not possible. PVCu conduit has a rate of expansion greater than that of steel; it is therefore important to make sure that surface work allows for sliding joint into boxes or couplers, this will permit movement along the conduit run and avoid distortion. The distance between saddles or clips should not exceed 4’ 0’ (1.20m). If possible the boxes should be fixed first and a line used to establish correct alignment, which will ease the threading of cable through the conduit. Cutting can be performed with any fine-toothed saw. Bending or forming of conduit of 25mm Dia. or less can be achieved cold, provided the appropriate bending spring is employed internally in the location of the bend. Greater diameters may need local application of gentle heat. Cable is threaded by using the Centaur draw tape. Centaur plastic conduit cement provides a waterproof joint which is easily made by painting the female internal surface of any joint before sliding the male section in with a twisting action to spread the cement evenly.

STEEL CABLE MANAGEMENTSection ContentAs a British manufacturer of cable management products, Tamlex is uniquely placed. With over 50 years experience and expertise, its proven capability to supply from floor service boxes to power and lighting trunking systems.As a design orientated manufacturer, Tamlex has established many standard product ranges as well as special products to suit individual installation circumstances that incorporate features and benefits for the installer.At Tamlex we strive for excellence in providing cable management products to our expanding customer base. We place a high value on minimising the impact to the environment and are committed to the maintenance and improvement of environmental practice in our day to day operations as a manufacturer and distributor.Trunking 298Lighting Trunking 304Dado & Skirting Trunking 306Cable Tray 312FastConnect Basket Tray 316Service Boxes & Plates 322Steel Conduit 329Modular Flush Screed Trunking 330Flush Screed Trunking 333Switch, Socket & Adaptable Boxes 334Strut Framework & Accessories 336General Fixings 341Technical Information 342297

298TAMLEX |IP4X TRUNKING FEATURESIP4X TrunkingTo reduce installation time our IP4X turnbuckle trunking accessories now incorporate an innovative integrated coupler and overlapping lid on accessories as standard. This small step in the accessory base slides into the base of the trunking, while the extended lid slots over the trunking lid. This provides a much easier and quicker installation and an overall more aesthetically pleasing product.IP4X TRUNKINGIP4X FEATURES:TURNBUCKLE FEATURE:The IP4X turnbuckle trunking incorporates our pre-fitted turnbuckle system which requires a simple quarter turn to create a positive lock fixing. This feature multiplied over many in an installation can save considerable time over the conventional fixings.TURNBUCKLEFIXING SYSTEMCERTIFIEDCERTIFIEDIP4XSCREWSOur new Universal head screws allow our IP4x turnbuckle trunking fitting to be easier and more efficient.BRAND PRINTED Introducing the Tamlex mark which is now punched on to our products to showcase our brand.

299| TAMLEXTAMLEXIP4X TRUNKING FEATURES IP4X TrunkingThis small step in the accessory base seamlessly slides into the base of the trunking lengths.1.Stepped BaseEnsure the system connects into the correct compliant position with pre punched screw holes on either side. 3.Turnbuckle FixingEasier & faster to install with the quarter turn lock in place turnbuckle lid fixing screws.4.Screw LocatorsTRUNKING LENGTHS1.Stepped Base2.Lids4.Screw LocatorsA new snap-fit cover strap is available to keep the IP4X integrity on the trunking lengths by utilising our full height one-piece ‘U‘ shaped internal coupler.This provides a much easier and quicker installation and an overall more aesthetically pleasing product.Additional features:• IP4X Rated• Includes turnbuckle lid fixings• Available from 50x50mm – 300x300mm• M6 universal fitting screws provided• Products includes the Tamlex markThe extended lid slots over the trunking length lid to ensure IP4X compliance.2.Lids3.Turnbuckle Fixing

300TAMLEX |DISTRIBUTION TRUNKING• Manufactured from continuously hot dipped zinc coated low carbon steel strip to BS EN 10346: 2015.• Tamlex trunking can be powder coated to any RAL colour.• All lid fixings and couplers included.• Standard trunking is available with a selection of lid fixings.• Special sizes are available.MULTI-COMPARTMENT TRUNKINGSTANDARD LENGTHS COMPARTMENT OPTIONSFor 1 compartment trunking there is no need to change the catalogue number. Example TRE33For 2 compartment trunking add ‘/2’ to the end of the catalogue number. Example TRE33/2For 3 compartment trunking add ‘/3’ to the end of the catalogue number. Example TRE33/3TRE62/3TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseAll Trunking accessories compatible with TRE and MRE systemsTrunking and accessories available up to 300mm x 300mm x 3m upon request. SIZES2 COMPARTMENTCAT. NO.3 COMPARTMENTCAT. NO.W H LmTRE22/2 N/A 50 50 3TRE32/2 TRE32/3 75 50 3TRE33/2 TRE33/3 75 75 3TRE42/2 TRE42/3 100 50 3TRE43/2 TRE43/3 100 75 3TRE44/2 TRE44/3 100 100 3TRE62/2 TRE62/3 150 50 3TRE63/2 TRE63/3 150 75 3TRE64/2 TRE64/3 150 100 3TRE66/2 TRE66/3 150 150 3COMPARTMENT OPTIONSStandard trunking is available in multi-compartment options. Trunking and accessories are supplied with equal compartments as standard. For unequal compartments, details must be supplied at the time of order.STANDARD ACCESSORIES COMPARTMENT OPTIONSFor 1 compartment accessories there is no need to change the catalogue number. Example TGBT33For 2 compartment accessories add ‘/2’ to the end of the catalogue number. Example TGBT33/2For 3 compartment accessories add ‘/3’ to the end of the catalogue number. Example TGBT33/3PRODUCT CODE GUIDEFor example to order TRE42 with two compartments follow this exampleTrunking Cat. No.Width (Inches)CompartmentsTRE 4 2Height (Inches)2 /SINGLE COMPARTMENT TURNBUCKLETRE33CAT. NO. W H LmTRE22 50 50 3TRE32 75 50 3TRE33 75 75 3TRE42 100 50 3TRE43 100 75 3TRE44 100 100 3TRE62 150 50 3TRE63 150 75 3TRE64 150 100 3TRE66 150 150 3TRE82 200 50 3TRE83 200 75 3TRE84 200 100 3TRE86 200 150 3CAT. NO. W H LmTRE88 200 200 3TRE92 225 50 3TRE93 225 75 3TRE94 225 100 3TRE96 225 150 3TRE99 225 225 3TRE122 300 50 3TRE123 300 75 3TRE124 300 100 3TRE126 300 150 3TRE128 300 200 3TRE129 300 225 3TRE1212 300 300 3• Supplied complete with turnbuckle lid.IP4X TRUNKINGCERTIFIEDCERTIFIEDIP4XIP4X COVER STRAPST3IPCAT. NO. WT2IP 50T3IP 75T4IP 100T6IP 150T8IP 200T9IP 225T12IP 300

301| TAMLEXTAMLEXIP4XAS STANDARDGUSSET BEND TOP LID GUSSET BEND INSIDE LIDTRUNKING ACCESSORIES• For 2 compartment fittings add suffix ‘/2’ e.g. TGBT33/2.• For 3 compartment fittings add suffix ‘/3’ e.g. TGBT33/3.TGBT33 TGBN33TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseAll Trunking accessories compatible with TRE and MRE systemsAdditional sizes of all accessories available upon request up to 300 x 300mm90° CAT. NO. 45° CAT. NO. W HTGBT22 TGHT22 50 50TGBT32 TGHT32 75 50TGBT33 TGHT33 75 75TGBT42 TGHT42 100 50TGBT43 TGHT43 100 75TGBT44 TGHT44 100 100TGBT62 TGHT62 150 50TGBT63 TGHT63 150 75TGBT64 TGHT64 150 100TGBT66 TGHT66 150 15090° CAT. NO. 45° CAT. NO. W HTGBN22 TGHN22 50 50TGBN32 TGHN32 75 50TGBN33 TGHN33 75 75TGBN42 TGHN42 100 50TGBN43 TGHN43 100 75TGBN44 TGHN44 100 100TGBN62 TGHN62 150 50TGBN63 TGHN63 150 75TGBN64 TGHN64 150 100TGBN66 TGHN66 150 150GUSSET BEND OUTSIDE LID GUSSET TEE TOP LIDTGTT33TGBO3390° CAT. NO. 45° CAT. NO. W HTGBO22 TGHO22 50 50TGBO32 TGHO32 75 50TGBO33 TGHO33 75 75TGBO42 TGHO42 100 50TGBO43 TGHO43 100 75TGBO44 TGHO44 100 100TGBO62 TGHO62 150 50TGBO63 TGHO63 150 75TGBO64 TGHO64 150 100TGBO66 TGHO66 150 150CAT. NO. W HTGTT22 50 50TGTT32 75 50TGTT33 75 75TGTT42 100 50TGTT43 100 75TGTT44 100 100TGTT62 150 50TGTT63 150 75TGTT64 150 100TGTT66 150 150IP4XAS STANDARDIP4XAS STANDARDIP4XAS STANDARD

302TAMLEX |TRC33-22TGFT44TGTO44TGTN44TRUNKING ACCESSORIESREDUCERAdditional sizes available upon request.GUSSET FOURWAYGUSSET TEE INSIDE LIDGUSSET TEE OUTSIDE LIDEARTH BRASS LINKPack quantity: 50 per pack.TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseAll Trunking accessories compatible with TRE and MRE systemsAdditional sizes of all accessories available upon request up to 300 x 300mm• For 2 compartment fittings add suffix ‘/2’ e.g. TGTN33/2.• For 3 compartment fittings add suffix ‘/3’ e.g. TGTN33/3.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. For trunking EBLCAT. NO. W1 H1 W2 H2TRC33-22 75 75 50 50TRC42-22 100 50 50 50TRC44-22 100 100 50 50TRC44-33 100 100 75 75TRC64-44 150 100 100 100TRC66-33 150 150 75 75TRC66-44 150 150 100 100H1H2W2W1W1W2H1H2W2W1H1H1H2W2W1H2H1CAT. NO. W HTGFT22 50 50TGFT32 75 50TGFT33 75 75TGFT42 100 50TGFT43 100 75CAT. NO. W HTGTN22 50 50TGTN32 75 50TGTN33 75 75TGTN42 100 50TGTN43 100 75CAT. NO. W HTGTO22 50 50TGTO32 75 50TGTO33 75 75TGTO42 100 50TGTO43 100 75CAT. NO. W HTGTO44 100 100TGTO62 150 50TGTO63 150 75TGTO64 150 100TGTO66 150 150CAT. NO. W HTGTN44 100 100TGTN62 150 50TGTN63 150 75TGTN64 150 100TGTN66 150 150CAT. NO. W HTGFT44 100 100TGFT62 150 50TGFT63 150 75TGFT64 150 100TGFT66 150 150TURNBUCKLEPack quantity: 25 per pack.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. Tamlex turnbuckle TTBØ12mmFixing HoleIP4XAS STANDARDIP4XAS STANDARDIP4XAS STANDARDUNIVERSAL SCREWPack quantity: 100 per pack.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. M6 x 8mm Screws TF080

303| TAMLEXTAMLEXSUSPENSIONGHA33SHARP BENDTNEO44TRUNKING ACCESSORIESTNTT33CABLE RETAINER SLEEVE COUPLER FLANGE COUPLERCR3 GSC33 GCA33Supplied in 1’s. Supplied in pairs. Supplied in pairs.HDD2HDØ11• For 2 compartment fittings add suffix ‘/2’ e.g. TNET33/2.• For 3 compartment fittings add suffix ‘/3’ e.g. TNET33/3.TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseAll Trunking accessories compatible with TRE and MRE systemsAdditional sizes of all accessories available upon request up to 300 x 300mmTRUNKING SIZE SUSPENSION SIZECAT. NO. W H H DGHA22 50 50 122 45GHA33 75 75 147 45GHA44 100 100 172 45GHA66 150 150 222 45GSE33STOP ENDCAT. NO. W HGSE22 50 50GSE32 75 50GSE33 75 75GSE42 100 50GSE43 100 75GSE44 100 100GSE62 150 50GSE63 150 75GSE64 150 100GSE66 150 150TOP LIDCAT. NO.INSIDE LIDCAT. NO.OUTSIDE LIDCAT. NO.TNET22 TNEN22 TNEO22TNET32 TNEN32 TNEO32TNET33 TNEN33 TNEO33TNET42 TNEN42 TNEO42TNET43 TNEN43 TNEO43TNET44 TNEN44 TNEO44TNET62 TNEN62 TNEO62TNET63 TNEN63 TNEO63TNET64 TNEN64 TNEO64TNET66 TNEN66 TNEO66CAT. NO. TRUNKING WIDTHCR2 50CR3 75CR4 100CR6 150CAT. NO. TRUNKING WIDTHGSC22 50GSC33 75GSC44 100GSC66 150CAT. NO. TRUNKING HEIGHTGCA22 50GCA33 75GCA44 100GCA66 150SOCKET ADAPTOR PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. W H D100mm Single socket plate TSSP4 230 104 12150mm Single socket plate TSSP6 230 155 12100mm Double socket plate TDSP4 230 104 12150mm Double socket plate TDSP6 230 155 12TSSP4U SLEEVE COUPLERGSCU33Supplied in 1’s.CAT. NO. TRUNKING WIDTHGSCU22 50GSCU33 75GSCU44 100GSCU66 150SHARP TEETOP LID TEECAT. NO.W HTNTT22 50 50TNTT32 75 50TNTT33 75 75TNTT42 100 50TNTT43 100 75TNTT44 100 100TNTT62 150 50TNTT63 150 75TNTT64 150 100TNTT66 150 150For multi-compartment trunkingIP4XAS STANDARDIP4XAS STANDARDIP4XAS STANDARD

304TAMLEX |• 3m & 4.5m lengths as standard.• Snap-on lid fits both sizes.• Couplers simply slide into position.• Standard 2” trunking accessories can also be used.• Manufactured from continuously hot dipped zinc coated low carbon steel strip to BS EN 10346: 2015.• Tamlex trunking can be powder coated to any colour.LIGHTING TRUNKINGTRUNKING BODYCOUPLERSLLC3TRUNKING LIDSLPLLong couplers should be used when the trunking is suspended. Couplers are designed to bite fit against the return flange on the trunking body.Couplers & lid must be ordered separately.LTS 3-11TRUNKING SUSPENSION3760HWLWHL60 37Lighting TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCAT. NO. W H LmLLC 3 50 50 240LSC 3 50 50 150CAT. NO. W H LmLPL white (plastic) 50 50 2LGLM metal (galv) 50 50 2CAT. NO. W H LmLTB 3 50 50 3LTB45 50 50 4.5LTB 350mm x 50mm Galvanised Lighting Trunking BodyCAT. NO. HOLE DIA. TO ACCEPTLTS 3-11 11 M10 RodLTS 3-20 20 20mm ConduitA ‘Snap-on’ lid trunking system for fast, tool free installationsLWH

305| TAMLEXTAMLEXTOP LID BENDS OUTSIDE LID BENDSLIGHTING TRUNKINGTOP LID FOURWAYINSIDE LID BENDSTOP LID TEEHWHWWHWHWHWHWHWHWHWHLighting TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCouplers are designed to bite fit against the return flange on the trunking body.CAT. NO. W H AL2TC 3 50 50 90°L2TC 3 45 50 50 45°CAT. NO. W H AL2OC 3 50 50 90°L2OC 3 45 50 50 45°CAT. NO. W H AL2IC 3 50 50 90°L2IC 3 45 50 50 45°CAT. NO. W HL3TC 3 50 50CAT. NO. W HL4TC 3 50 50GIRDER CLAMPFLANGE ENDSupplied in pairs.CABLE RETAINERLIGHT FITTING SUSPENSIONSupplied with long brass bush and lock ring.166250535670623716705653Trunking supplied separately.CAT. NO.LFSSTOP ENDCAT. NO. W HLBE 3 50 50CAT. NO.LGC 3CAT. NO.LCRCAT. NO.LFE 3Supplied separately.ØAØAØA

306TAMLEX |STEEL DADO & SKIRTING TRUNKINGDado & Skirting TrunkingKEYFEATURES:STEEL PERIMETER TRUNKINGSQUARE DADO & CHAMFERED SKIRTINGFEATURES:Tamlex perimeter trunking is manufactured from galvanised sheet steel to BS EN 50085-1:2005 and is designed with durability and ease of installation in mind. An ideal solution with superior mechanical strength for high traffic environments such as hospitals, offices, schools, colleges, laboratories, hotels and public buildings whilst offering excellent screening capability and first-class fire protection. Available in a square dado or chamfered skirting profile in 2 or 3 compartments, the dividers also have provision every 100mm along the length with 25mm KOs to allow easy access between compartments. With pre-pierced fixing holes for easy installation and all bends and tee covers overlap the trunking to prevent the need for additional joint couplers plus increasing ingress protection for an aesthetically pleasing and cleaner design. The cover is supplied powder coated white to RAL 9016 but is available in a variety of colours on request which not only offers an attractive finish but is also highly resilient to damage during use and installation. Also available in self-colour galvanised finish for that modern industrial look.

307| TAMLEXTAMLEXSTEEL DADO & SKIRTING TRUNKINGDado & Skirting TrunkingDividers have provision every 100mm along the length with 25mm KOs to allow easy access between compartments1.KnockoutsPre-pierced fixing holes in base for easy installation2.Pre-piercedGalvanised sheet steel to BS EN 50085-1:20053.Galvanised SteelOFFERING A COMPREHENSIVE RANGEKnockouts2.1.Pre-pierced3.Galvanised SteelSupplied powder coated white to RAL 9016 but is available in a variety of colours on request 4.RAL 90164.RAL 9016

308TAMLEX |TDA83SQUARE DADO TRUNKING This range combines excellent screening capability and clean design with superior mechanical strength. Ideal for hospitals, laboratories or universities whilst also offering first class fire protection.• Quick and easy to fit system • All metal construction - for maximum strength and durability• All partitions have 25mm knock outs – for ease of installation• Available in other finish styles - unpainted or any RAL colour• Full range of accessories• Supplied complete with joint coupler90° FLAT BENDS - DOWNWARDSTDA62FBD90° INTERNAL BENDSSTEEL DADO TRUNKINGDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D Lm2 Compartment TDA62 150 60 22 Compartment TDA82 200 60 23 Compartment TDA83 200 60 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TDA62FBD 150 602 Compartment TDA82FBD 200 603 Compartment TDA83FBD 200 60Steel Dado TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseLid Powder Coated:White - RAL 9016 as standardOrientation is determined by the top compartmentDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TDA62IB 150 602 Compartment TDA82IB 200 603 Compartment TDA83IB 200 60TDA62IB90° EXTERNAL BENDSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TDA62EB 150 602 Compartment TDA82EB 200 603 Compartment TDA83EB 200 60TDA62EB90° FLAT BENDS - UPWARDSTDA62FBUDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TDA62FBU 150 602 Compartment TDA82FBU 200 603 Compartment TDA83FBU 200 6050150501005050100FLAT TEE (LEFT DOWN)DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TDA62TDL 150 602 Compartment TDA82TDL 200 603 Compartment TDA83TDL 200 60TDA62TDL

309| TAMLEXTAMLEXSTEEL DADO TRUNKINGSteel Dado TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseLid Powder Coated:White - RAL 9016 as standardOrientation is determined by the top compartmentFLAT TEE (RIGHT DOWN)DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TDA62TDR 150 602 Compartment TDA82TDR 200 603 Compartment TDA83TDR 200 60TDA62TDRJOINT COVERSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Dado TDA6C 150 60200mm Dado TDA8C 200 60TDA6CFLAT TEE (LEFT UP)DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TDA62TUL 150 602 Compartment TDA82TUL 200 603 Compartment TDA83TUL 200 60TDA62TULFLAT TEE (RIGHT UP)DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TDA62TUR 150 602 Compartment TDA82TUR 200 603 Compartment TDA83TUR 200 60TDA62TURSINGLE SOCKET PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Dado TDA6SSP 150 60200mm Dado TDA8SSP 200 60TDA6SSPDOUBLE SOCKET PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Dado TDA6DSP 150 60200mm Dado TDA8DSP 200 60TDA6DSP2 GANG SWITCHED SOCKET PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Dado TDA6TSS 150 60200mm Dado TDA8TSS 200 60TDA6TSSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Dado TDA6E4M 150 60200mm Dado TDA8E4M 200 60END CAPSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Dado TDA6EC 150 60200mm Dado TDA8EC 200 60TDA6EC2 GANG EURO 4 MODULE PLATESTDA6E4MSupplied in pairs.

310TAMLEX |STEEL SKIRTING TRUNKINGSteel Skirting TrunkingTSK62CHAMFERED SKIRTING TRUNKING This range combines excellent screening capability and clean design with superior mechanical strength. Ideal for hospitals, laboratories or universities whilst also offering first class fire protection.• Quick and easy to fit system • All metal construction - for maximum strength and durability• All partitions have 25mm knock outs – for ease of installation• Available in other finish styles - unpainted or any RAL colour• Full range of accessories• Supplied complete with joint couplers90° FLAT BENDS - DOWNWARDSTSK62FBD90° INTERNAL BENDSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D Lm2 Compartment TSK62 150 60 22 Compartment TSK82 200 60 23 Compartment TSK83 200 60 2DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TSK62FBD 150 602 Compartment TSK82FBD 200 603 Compartment TSK83FBD 200 60Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseLid Powder Coated:White - RAL 9016 as standardOrientation is determined by the top compartmentDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TSK62IB 150 602 Compartment TSK82IB 200 603 Compartment TSK83IB 200 60TSK62IB90° EXTERNAL BENDSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TSK62EB 150 602 Compartment TSK82EB 200 603 Compartment TSK83EB 200 60TSK62EB90° FLAT BENDS - UPWARDSTSK62FBUDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TSK62FBU 150 602 Compartment TSK82FBU 200 603 Compartment TSK83FBU 200 6050150501005050100FLAT TEE (LEFT DOWN)DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TSK62TDL 150 602 Compartment TSK82TDL 200 603 Compartment TSK83TDL 200 60TSK62TDL

311| TAMLEXTAMLEXSTEEL SKIRTING TRUNKINGSteel Skirting TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseLid Powder Coated:White - RAL 9016 as standardOrientation is determined by the top compartmentJOINT COVERSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Skirting TSK6C 150 60200mm Skirting TSK8C 200 60TSK6CFLAT TEE (LEFT UP)DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TSK62TUL 150 602 Compartment TSK82TUL 200 603 Compartment TSK83TUL 200 60TSK62TULFLAT TEE (RIGHT UP)DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TSK62TUR 150 602 Compartment TSK82TUR 200 603 Compartment TSK83TUR 200 60TSK62TURSINGLE SOCKET PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Skirting TSK6SSP 150 60200mm Skirting TSK8SSP 200 60TSK6SSPDOUBLE SOCKET PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Skirting TSK6DSP 150 60200mm Skirting TSK8DSP 200 60TSK6DSP2 GANG SWITCHED SOCKET PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Skirting TSK6TSS 150 60200mm Skirting TSK8TSS 200 60TSK6TSSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Skirting TSK6E4M 150 60200mm Skirting TSK8E4M 200 60END CAPSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D150mm Skirting TSK6EC 150 60200mm Skirting TSK8EC 200 60TSK6EC2 GANG EURO 4 MODULE PLATESTSK6E4MFLAT TEE (RIGHT DOWN)DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. H D2 Compartment TSK62TDR 150 602 Compartment TSK82TDR 200 603 Compartment TSK83TDR 200 60TSK62TDRSupplied in pairs.

312TAMLEX |CABLE TRAYMMF225MCT2MHF225No fixing couplers required on MCT tray.LIGHT DUTY TRAY 10mm STRAIGHT EDGEMEDIUM DUTY TRAY25mm DEEP RETURNED FLANGEHEAVY DUTY TRAY50mm DEEP RETURNED FLANGEBends, tees and fourways can be site fabricated or purchased.Sizes above 600mm available upon request.Cable TrayMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCAT. NO. W D LmMCT2 50 10 3MCT3 75 10 3MCT4 100 10 3MCT6 150 10 3MCT9 225 10 3MCT12 300 10 3MCT18 450 10 3FEATURES:• Standard tray supplied in 3m lengths• 3 Standard designs of tray to suit individual applications.• Hole pattern designed to provide maximum flexibility for positioning cable ties without compromising strength.• Manufactured from continuously hot dipped zinc coated low carbon steel strip to BSEN 10346: 2009.• Light duty tray has a notched end eliminating the need for separate couplers.• Return flange tray couplers do not require the tray to be drilled even when it has been cut.• Special sizes and designs are available upon request.• Lid for tray can be made to order.• Solid tray available upon request.• Cable tray can be powder coated to any RAL colour.CAT. NO. W D LmMMF/50 50 25 3MMF/75 75 25 3MMF/100 100 25 3MMF/150 150 25 3MMF/225 225 25 3MMF/300 300 25 3MMF/450 450 25 3MMF/600 600 25 3CAT. NO. W D LmMHF/75 75 50 3MHF/100 100 50 3MHF/150 150 50 3MHF/225 225 50 3MHF/300 300 50 3MHF/450 450 50 3MHF/600 600 50 3Other sizes and designs are available upon request.OTHER SIZESOther sizes and designs are available upon request.OTHER SIZESOther sizes and designs are available upon request.OTHER SIZES

313| TAMLEXTAMLEXACCESSORIESPMF225-FTCPMF225-FEC90° FLAT BENDSFLAT TEESPMF225-FEC4545° FLAT BENDSCable TrayMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwisePMF225-FWCFOURWAYSLIGHT DUTYCAT. NO.MEDIUM DUTYCAT. NO.HEAVY DUTYCAT. NO.WPCT50-FE PMF50-FEC - 50PCT75-FE PMF75-FEC PHF75-FEC 75PCT100-FE PMF100-FEC PHF100-FEC 100PCT150-FE PMF150-FEC PHF150-FEC 150PCT225-FE PMF225-FEC PHF225-FEC 225PCT300-FE PMF300-FEC PHF300-FEC 300PCT450-FE PMF450-FEC PHF450-FEC 450- PMF600-FEC PHF600-FEC 600LIGHT DUTYCAT. NO.MEDIUM DUTYCAT. NO.HEAVY DUTYCAT. NO.WPCT50-FE45 PMF50-FEC45 - 50PCT75-FE45 PMF75-FEC45 PHF75-FEC45 75PCT100-FE45 PMF100-FEC45 PHF100-FEC45 100PCT150-FE45 PMF150-FEC45 PHF150-FEC45 150PCT225-FE45 PMF225-FEC45 PHF225-FEC45 225PCT300-FE45 PMF300-FEC45 PHF300-FEC45 300PCT450-FE45 PMF450-FEC45 PHF450-FEC45 450- PMF600-FEC45 PHF600-FEC45 600LIGHT DUTYCAT. NO.MEDIUM DUTYCAT. NO.HEAVY DUTYCAT. NO.WPCT50-FT PMF50-FTC - 50PCT75-FT PMF75-FTC PHF75-FTC 75PCT100-FT PMF100-FTC PHF100-FTC 100PCT150-FT PMF150-FTC PHF150-FTC 150PCT225-FT PMF225-FTC PHF225-FTC 225PCT300-FT PMF300-FTC PHF300-FTC 300PCT450-FT PMF450-FTC PHF450-FTC 450- PMF600-FTC PHF600-FTC 600LIGHT DUTYCAT. NO.MEDIUM DUTYCAT. NO.HEAVY DUTYCAT. NO.WPCT50-FW PMF50-FWC - 50PCT75-FW PMF75-FWC PHF75-FWC 75PCT100-FW PMF100-FWC PHF100-FWC 100PCT150-FW PMF150-FWC PHF150-FWC 150PCT225-FW PMF225-FWC PHF225-FWC 225PCT300-FW PMF300-FWC PHF300-FWC 300PCT450-FW PMF450-FWC PHF450-FWC 450- PMF600-FWC PHF600-FWC 600INTEGRATED COUPLERINTEGRATED COUPLERINTEGRATED COUPLERINTEGRATED COUPLER

314TAMLEX |ACCESSORIESREDUCERSWhen ordering tray reducers, order the larger size using the Cat. No. * - The smaller size (W2) must be specified from 50mm to 450mm (e.g. PMF300-RC225).PMF225-RC*SIZE (mm)W2ADJUSTABLE BENDSPMF225-ADJUNIVERSAL RISERSPMF225-URSizes above 600mm available upon request. Bend adjusts from 5° to 95°.Cable TrayMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseLIGHT DUTYCAT. NO.MEDIUM DUTYCAT. NO.HEAVY DUTYCAT. NO.WPCT50-UR PMF50-UR - 50PCT75-UR PMF75-UR PHF75-UR 75PCT100-UR PMF100-UR PHF100-UR 100PCT150-UR PMF150-UR PHF150-UR 150PCT225-UR PMF225-UR PHF225-UR 225PCT300-UR PMF300-UR PHF300-UR 300PCT450-UR PMF450-UR PHF450-UR 450- PMF600-UR PHF600-UR 600MEDIUM DUTYCAT. NO.HEAVY DUTYCAT. NO.WPMF75-ADJ PHF75-ADJ 75PMF100-ADJ PHF100-ADJ 100PMF150-ADJ PHF150-ADJ 150PMF225-ADJ PHF225-ADJ 225PMF300-ADJ PHF300-ADJ 300PMF450-ADJ PHF450-ADJ 450LIGHT DUTYCAT. NO.MEDIUM DUTYCAT. NO.HEAVY DUTYCAT. NO.WPCT100-RE* PMF100-RC* PHF100-RC* 100PCT150-RE* PMF150-RC* PHF150-RC* 150PCT225-RE* PMF225-RC* PHF225-RC* 225PCT300-RE* PMF300-RC* PHF300-RC* 300PCT450-RE* PMF450-RC* PHF450-RC* 450 - PMF600-RC* PHF600-RC* 600W (mm)W2CABLE TRAY LIDSThe cable tray lid is available for PMF and PHF ranges of cable tray and below 75mm and above 600mm upon request.Lid retaining clips sold seperately (supplied in pairs).PMF/225LIDMEDIUM DUTYCAT. NO.HEAVY DUTYCAT. NO.W LmPMF/75LID PHF/75LID 75 3PMF/100LID PHF/100LID 100 3PMF/150LID PHF/150LID 150 3PMF/225LID PHF/225LID 225 3PMF/300LID PHF/300LID 300 3PMF/450LID PHF/450LID 450 3PMF/600LID PHF/600LID 600 3PMF/LC PHF/LC Lid clipsINTEGRATED COUPLER

315| TAMLEXTAMLEXACCESSORIESCable TrayMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseSTAND OFF BRACKETSSTO9‘G’ HANGERSTGH9CAT. NO. W HSTO2 50 40STO3 75 40STO4 100 40STO6 150 40CAT. NO. SIZE HTGH2 50 150TGH3 75 150TGH4 100 165TGH6 150 200TGH9 225 220TGH12 300 255HSIZE11 mmØ7mmCan be used reversed as cable tray hangersCAT. NO. L W H H2LDS2 50 50 70 30LDS3 75 50 70 30LDS4 100 50 70 30LDS6 150 50 70 30LDS9 225 50 70 30LDS12 300 50 70 30LIGHT DUTY SUPPORTSWLH2H11LDS6Tray is transparent for illustrative purposes‘SNAP-ON’ CABLE TRAY COUPLERSnap-on couplers are fitted outside tray and are supplied as pairs without fixings. Multiple fixings positions including M6 and slotted.MEDIUM DUTY CAT. NO.PMF/FCPØ11mmØ11mmLWH2HCAT. NO. W HSTO9 225 40STO12 300 40STO18 450 40STO24 600 40DIVIDERSCAT. NO. Lm HMMF/FT 3 25MHF/FT 3 50Cable tray dividers for segregationHEAVY DUTY CAT. NO.MHF/CPCABLE TRAY COUPLERMMF/FTMHF/FT

316TAMLEX |FASTCONNECT BASKET TRAY FEATURESFastConnect Basket TrayTamlex continues to innovate with its enhanced new range of FastConnect basket tray and accessories. Tamlex offers a comprehensive range of basket tray solutions for both power and data installation. The range has been designed to help reduce installation time on-site and therefore save you money. The FastConnect basket tray system is quick and easy to assemble with no tools required thanks to its patented removable coupler which adds strength and rigidity.Type of material:METAL (C4D steel wire, UNE-EN 16120-2: 2012)Ultimate tensile strength: 70 kg/mm2Yield strength: 60 kg/mm2Coating:ELECTRO ZINC (E.Z) in accordance with UNE-EN 2081: 2010Zn minimum thickness: 12 μm.FASTCONNECT BASKET TRAYFEATURES:

317| TAMLEXTAMLEXFASTCONNECT BASKET TRAY FEATURESFastConnect Basket TrayTamlex presents its new anti-corrosion coating applied to the basket tray. After a long period of research and development with specialists in the field, the result is a superior galvanic coating. Iridescent, fluoride-free with much higher quality to the previous electro zinc and dichromate electro zinc.Higher corrosion resistance550 hours of resistance according to test of neutral salt fog (NSS) ISO 9227.Higher corrosion rating according to product standard IEC 61537.Class 6.Greener coatingThe final solution requires less chemicals, with lower levels of discharge of metal in the wastewater. Reduces costs and environmental impact.Strong, lightweight and simple to installHours of resistance according to test of neutral salt fog (NSS) ISO 9227. 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550STANDARD ZINC PLATING - EZ / C2HOT DIP GALVANISED COATING - EZ / C6FastC0nnectFastEZ / C61.Labour SavingCoupler can be easily removed and repositioned if necessary4.VersatileDoes not require screws, bolts or other accessories2.Cost SavingsFastConnect couplers are pre-installed during manufacture3.ConvenienceSafer - Rounded terminations of rods to reduce risk of cable damage7.Stronger - Mechanical strength increased up to 22%6.Efficient - Substantial improvement in electrical continuity8.Compliance - In accordance with standard BS EN 61537:20075.The FastConnect Patented coupler allows for sections of basket tray to be simply joined together without tools in record time.STEP 1STEP 2STEP 3

318TAMLEX |BTF200/60* - Supplied with BT/FX60 couplersSupplied with pre-installed FastConnect coupler.BT/LDS60 BT/LDS100Distance between supports is of 1.2m and the maximum load is of 2Kg/m.Ø8mmFASTCONNECT BASKET TRAY• Supplied with pre-installed FastConnect coupler as standard• 60mm depth as standard• Steel wire frame 4.0mm diameter• The FastConnect coupler can be easily removed and repositioned if necessary• Supplied in 3 metre lengths• Can be powder coated to any colourPRE-FABRICATED 90° BENDS BT/FE200LIGHT DUTY BASKET TRAY BRACKETSBASKET TRAY & SUPPORT BRACKETSC6CORROSION RESISTANCECAT. NO. W D LmBTF60/60* 60 60 3BTF100/60 100 60 3BTF150/60 150 60 3BTF200/60 200 60 3ROUNDEDTERMINATIONSIN ALL RODSC6CORROSION RESISTANCECAT. NO. W DBT/FE100 100 60BT/FE150 150 60BT/FE200 200 60BT/FE300 300 60CAT. NO. W DBT/LDS60 60 110BT/LDS100 100 133FastConnect Basket TrayMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwisePRE-INSTALLEDFASTCONNECTCOUPLERThe FastConnect Patented coupler allows for cut sections of basket tray to be simply joined together without tools in record time.ADDITIONAL BASKET TRAY COUPLERSBT/FC100DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.100mm FastConnect basket tray coupler BT/FC100 150mm FastConnect basket tray coupler BT/FC150200mm FastConnect basket tray coupler BT/FC200300mm FastConnect basket tray coupler BT/FC300400mm FastConnect basket tray coupler BT/FC400600mm FastConnect basket tray coupler BT/FC60035mm BRACKET FOR BTF60/60Fast Fix Coupler For BTF60/60DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Fast fix bracket BT/FX60Supplied as a pair.CAT. NO. W D LmBTF300/60 300 60 3BTF400/60 400 60 3BTF600/60 600 60 3

319| TAMLEXTAMLEXACCESSORIESHOLD DOWN CLAMPHOLD DOWN SUPPORTDWADWAFastConnect Basket Tray Hold Down Bracket (Sold in Singles)Hold Down Bracket for BTF60/60 Basket Tray OnlyBT/LB200‘L’ SHAPE SUPPORT BRACKETSCAT. NO. W D ABT/LB100 170 155 70BT/LB150 220 155 70BT/LB200 270 155 70BT/LB300 370 165 70BT/LB400 470 175 70CAT. NO. W D ABT/CB100 170 215 70BT/CB150 220 215 70BT/CB200 270 215 70BT/CB300 370 215 70BT/CB400 470 215 70‘C’ SHAPE SUPPORT BRACKETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Hold down support BT/HD60BT/CB200FastConnect Basket TrayMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDistance between supports is of 1.2m and the maximum load is of 10Kg/m.Distance between supports is of 1.2m and the maximum load is of 10Kg/m.Ø7mmØ11mm x 30mmØ11mm x 30mmCHANNEL SUPPORT CLIPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Channel support clip BT/SCNot to be used with BTF60/60UNION CLAMP ASSEMBLYDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYUnion clamp assemblyBT/UC 50CAT. NO. HOLE DIA.BT/HD8 8BT/HD10 10BT/HD8

320TAMLEX |ACCESSORIESCONDUIT FEED PLATESOCKET BOX ADAPTOR PLATEWATERFALL SIDE SUPPORTEARTH TERMINAL CLAMPFLOOR FOOTPlastic supportCABLE SUPPORT DROP OUT PLATEPlastic support FastConnect Basket TrayMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Tray floor foot BT/FFDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Cable support drop out plate BT/CSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Conduit feed plate 20/25mm BT/CADESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Socket box adaptor plate BT/SBDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Waterfall side support drop out plate BT/WPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTYEarth terminal clamp BT/EC 25WALL BRACKETFastConnect Basket Tray Wall Bracket DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Wall bracket BT/WBØ7mm

321| TAMLEXTAMLEXACCESSORIESCan be used with threaded rod or zip wire to form a trapeze hanger to suspend 100mm to 600mm wide basket tray from the ceiling. Incorporates a slot push fit design for speedy fitting.SUSPENSION FRAMESPUSH FIT LIDS• Cover eliminates dirt and dust build-up on cables• Provides physical protection for cables• To mount the cover no accessories are needed – fixed by push fit designBT/SF200BT/L150Standard length - 3 metres.FastConnect Basket TrayMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. W100mm FastConnect suspension frame BT/SF100 150150mm FastConnect suspension frame BT/SF150 200200mm FastConnect suspension frame BT/SF200 250300mm FastConnect suspension frame BT/SF300 350400mm FastConnect suspension frame BT/SF400 450600mm FastConnect suspension frame BT/SF600 650DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. W D 100mm Basket tray 3m push fit lid BT/L100 100 10150mm Basket tray 3m push fit lid BT/L150 150 10200mm Basket tray 3m push fit lid BT/L200 200 10300mm Basket tray 3m push fit lid BT/L300 300 10400mm Basket tray 3m push fit lid BT/L400 400 10600mm Basket tray 3m push fit lid BT/L600 600 10Ø11mmJOINT STRIP/SPLICE PLATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. PACK QTY300mm Joint strip/splice plateBT/JS 10Ø11mmSIDE SUSPENSION CLIPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Side suspension clip BT/SSFILLET / DIVIDERDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.60mm fillet / divider (3m) BT/FTSnap-Fit tool free design. (No additional fixings required)Rod not included.BASKET TRAY LID CLIPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Bracket tray lid clip BT/LCSupplied as a pair.

322TAMLEX |CSB/3 FEATURESService Boxes & PlatesSingle piece metal construction and innovative design enables the latest Tamlex cavity floor box to provide features to assist installation and provide multiple options for the end user.This exciting range is available in 3 and 4 compartments and in 4 depths ranging from 68mm to 130mm.A large range of service plates are available separately enabling multiple configurations to be accommodated.CAVITY FLOOR BOXESFEATURES:

323| TAMLEXTAMLEXCSB/3 FEATURESReversible self-closing lidCSB/3/BE shown aboveService Boxes & PlatesAvailable in 3 and 4 compartment and in 4 depths ranging from 68mm to 130mm4.Options1.2x Cable outlets5.20 & 25mm* Knockouts4.Options20 & 25mm knockouts to accept flexible conduit. * - 25mm not available on CSB/3/S & FSB3/S2.Removable Lid3.Carpet InfillReinforced with steel plates with a recessed lid to allow 10mm infill3.Carpet InfillAlternative metal trims available designed specifically for high traffic environments such as receptions and universities. (Can be powder coated)7.6.PolycarbonateDurable polycarbonate trim and lid as standard6.PolycarbonateCable outlets with sponge foam to prevent ingress1.2x Outlets5.20 & 25mm* Knockouts2.Removable Lid8.Not suitable for wheeled traffic areas1. Lift up hinged lid to access the power and data sockets.2. Plug in the required leads to the available sockets.3. Close lid and position leads through the hinged access slots.Different depths available upon requestIMPORTANT: PLEASE NOTE - Service boxes are designed for use in office type environments and should not be installed in main walkways, corridors, gangways or in contact with wheeled traffic.

324TAMLEX |3 COMPARTMENT SERVICE BOXESCAVITY BOXESCSB3/SService Boxes & PlatesMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwisePlate Size:Accepts 85mm plates onlyCAT. NO. KNOCKOUTS D A BCSB3/S 20mm 68* 24 23CSB3/BE 20/25mm 87 24 42CSB3 20/25mm 100 45 35CSB3/ED 20/25mm 130 45 65SCREED For use with 20mm conduit.85 85 85CAT. NO. KNOCKOUTS D A BFSB3/S 20mm 68* 24 23* - Customer notice 68mm depth service boxes have restrictive cable capacityWLDimensions:Length: 320mmWidth: 225mmWLFloor cut-out size:Length: 305mmWidth: 205mmWLDimensions:Length: 320mmWidth: 225mmWLFloor cut-out size:Length: 305mmWidth: 205mmDAB85 85 85DAB

325| TAMLEXTAMLEX3 COMPARTMENT SERVICE BOX PLATESPlates are manufactured in plastic coated steel (blue) with folded edges to give additional strength. The 68mm cavity and screeded service boxes should only be fitted with flush / panel mounted (X)(X)sockets (C2GS) due to the limited depth.(X) Not suitable for 68mm deep service boxes due to restrictive cable capacityService Boxes & PlatesMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFEATURES:DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D1x1 Gang outlet CPP04/1 192 85 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D2x1 Gang outlets CPP04/2 192 85 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D2x Non standard sockets C2USNS 192 85 12(X)DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D2 Gang outlet CPP04/D 192 85 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W DTwin switched socket dual earth C2GS/DE 192 85 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D2x Unswitched sockets C2US 192 85 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D3x Unswitched sockets C3US 192 85 1285121921921285851219219212858512192192128585121921921285851219219212858512192192128585121921921285

326TAMLEX |BLANK PLATEVOICE & DATAService Boxes & PlatesMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise3 COMPARTMENT SERVICE BOX PLATESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D4x RJ45/LJ6C (37x22mm) CPP06 192 85 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D6x RJ45/LJ6C (37x22mm) CPP06/6 192 85 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D8x RJ45/LJ6C (37x22mm) CPP06/8 192 85 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D10x RJ45/LJ6C (37x22mm) CPP06/10 192 85 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W DAccept 25x50mm & 50x50mm modulesCDE345 192 85 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W DBlank plate CBP 192 85 12851219219212858512192192128585121921921285851219219212858512192192128585121921921285Plates are manufactured in plastic coated steel (blue) with folded edges to give additional strength. The 68mm cavity and screeded service boxes should only be fitted with flush / panel mounted sockets (C2GS) due to the limited depth.(X) Not suitable for 68mm deep service boxes due to restrictive cable capacityFEATURES:DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W D3x Twin switched sockets C3GS 192 210 122101219212192210

327| TAMLEXTAMLEXMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCAVITY BOXESCAT. NO. KNOCKOUTS D A BCSB4/SL 20mm 68 24 23For use with 20mm conduit.SCREEDCAT. NO. KNOCKOUTS D A BFSB4/SL 20mm 68 24 23WLDimensions:Length: 320mmWidth: 225mmWLFloor cut-out size:Length: 305mmWidth: 205mm4 compartment boxes have 4 equal compartments 63.5mm wide.Use with ‘SL’ plates only.63.563.5 63.5 63.5DABWLDimensions:Length: 320mmWidth: 225mmWLFloor cut-out size:Length: 305mmWidth: 205mm4 compartment boxes have 4 equal compartments 63.5mm wide.Use with ‘SL’ plates only.63.563.5 63.5 63.5DAB1219263.51921263.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W DTwin switched socket - Slimline C2GS/SL 192 63.5 12BLANK PLATEDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W DAccept 25x50mm & 50x50mm modules - SlimlineCDE345/SL 192 63.5 12DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W DBlank plate - Slimline CBP/SL 192 63.5 121219263.51921263.51219263.51921263.5DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. L W DAccept 4x RJ45/LJ6C 37x22mm - SlimlineCPP06/SL 192 63.5 121219263.51921263.5Service Boxes & Plates4 COMPARTMENT SERVICE BOXSERVICE BOX REPLACEMENT PARTSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.45mm Deep trim to fit 68/87mm service boxes CST6865mm Deep trim to fit 100/130mm service boxes CST100Service box lid CSLCable flap CFCST100CSLCFCST68

328TAMLEX |SOLID CABLE TRAYThe solid cable tray is available in 25mm and 50mm deep and available from 75mm to 600mm wide upon request.Tamlex cable tray in addition to other Tamlex product ranges are available in specific paint finishes required by the customer.SPECIALIST PAINT FINISHESSPECIAL FABRICATIONWe are a service driven business; that’s what our business was built on. We aim to give our clients fantastic prices and quality whilst meeting the tight deadlines required by today’s industry. We have a vital edge over our competition with our ability to turn around bespoke products quickly. This comes from our investment in technology and people, together with robust processes and efficient systems. We’re also committed to going that extra mile to deliver high quality on time and exceed customer expectations.Need something special or bespoke?If you need specialist or bespoke products or you can’t find the product specification you need, simply contact the Tamlex factory for further information ot email: sales@tamlex.co.ukCNC PUNCHING CNC DESIGNPOWDER COATEDSPOT WELDINGSTRUT CUT TO LENGTHCUTTINGFORMINGPRESSINGASSEMBLYSpecial FabricationSPECIAL FABRICATIONFor an installation of parallel running FastConnect basket tray.BESPOKE SUSPENSION FRAME BRACKETSBespoke design to customer specification. Double skinned for extra strength and durabilityPRISON UNITS

329| TAMLEXTAMLEXCAT. NO. DIA LmSPC25-3 25 3.00SPC25 25 3.75SPC20CLASS 3 GALVANISEDSPC25CLASS 3 GALVANISED• Galvanised steel - Class 3.• Supplied in 3.00 & 3.75 metre lengths.FEATURES:• All conduit conforms to BS4568 part 1.• All conduit have threaded ends with one end fitted with a coupler.CAT. NO. DIA LmSPC20-3 20 3.00SPC20 20 3.7520mm Metal Pre Galvanised Steel Conduit• All conduit have threaded ends with one end fitted with a coupler• Conduit conforms to BS 4568 pt125mm Metal Pre Galvanised Steel Conduit• All conduit have threaded ends with one end fitted with a coupler• Conduit conforms to BS 4568 pt1STEEL CONDUITSteel ConduitMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise

330TAMLEX |MODULAR TRUNKING FEATURESModular Flush Screed TrunkingOne of Tamlex’s strengths as a manufacturer is the ability to react to individual customer requirements. Whether the requirement is for a range of standard products to be delivered direct to a site address or it is for a complete installation kit of bespoke manufactured products Tamlex can and has met this demand.• 3 segmented compartments to accommodate service boxes.• Reinforced lid allows foot traffic.• Service boxes can be fitted after trunking is installed.• Supplied in standard 2m lengths with couplers.MODULAR FLUSH SCREED TRUNKINGFEATURES:Screed trunking must be installed on a solid foundation and completely supported by a screed ribbon.

331| TAMLEXTAMLEXMODULAR TRUNKING FEATURESReinforced lid allows foot trafficModular Flush Screed TrunkingSupplied to be site fitted to increase stability and reduce lid deflection4.Rubber Grommets1.Supplied in 2m Lengths5.Service Box Outlets2.Lids6.PlatesRemovable dividers provide greater flexibility when fitting service outlets3.DividersSupplied in 2m lengths with 3 lids to accommodate service outlets1.Supplied in 2m Lengths4.Rubber GrommetsCan be fitted in place of any 0.5m lid section anywhere in the trunking length5.Service Box OutletsPower, voice and data plates available to accommodate customer’s needs6.Plates3.Dividers2.Lids2. Remove lid & fillet.3. Drop in service outlet box.1. Select any lid position.SERVICE BOX OUTLET FITTINGAll accessories are supplied without fixings (use Cat. No. NBM6). Service boxes can be positioned/repositioned anywhere on trunking.

332TAMLEX |350651308513085 1301303506516835065653501683903506565350390MODULAR FLUSH SCREED TRUNKINGMODULAR FLUSH SCREED TRUNKING LENGTHSupplied in standard 2m lengths with 4 x 0.5m lid sections and joining coupler. Rubber grommet supplied to be site fitted.RISER BENDINTERSECTIONIntersection to be used as Flat Bend, Tee and Fourway.STOP ENDSERVICE BOX OUTLET35026262465Modular Flush Screed TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwise• 3 segregated compartments.• Reinforced lid to allow foot traffic.• Service boxes can be fitted after trunking is installed.• Internal fillets have rubber gasket to increase stability and reduce lid deflection.CAT. NO. W D LmFSM350/65/3 350 65 2CAT. NO. W HFSIRM350 350 65CAT. NO. W HFSJM350 350 65CAT. NO. W HFSBM3 350 65CAT. NO. W HFSEM350 350 65DID YOU KNOW?Service box outlets can be fitted in place of any 0.5m lid section anywhere in the trunking length, even after the trunking is fittedScreed trunking must be installed on a solid foundation and completely supported by a screed ribbon.Suitable for modular flush screed trunking only.

333| TAMLEXTAMLEXDFLUSH SCREED TRUNKING• 3 segregated compartments.• Shallow 25mm deep trunking profile.• Reinforced lid to allow foot traffic.• Manufactured from continuously hot dipped zinc coated low carbon steel strip to BSEN 10346:2009.• Fillets have gasket strip fitted to increase stability and reduce lid deflection.• Intersections are 55mm deep to allow the maximum cable capacity throughout the system.FLUSH SCREED TRUNKING LENGTHJacking bolts need to be ordered separately (M6 x 40mm) Cat. No. TF005.2m length complete with 2 x 1m lids & coupler.RISER BENDINTERSECTIONIntersection - Fourway.Intersection - Flat bend.Intersection - Tee.INTERSECTIONSTOP ENDFLUSH SCREED TRUNKING SERVICE BOX702252582 70Flush Screed TrunkingMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCAT. NO. W D A BFSB3 220 69 24 23CAT. NO. W HFSE/91 225 25CAT. NO. W DFSJ/93 225 55CAT. NO. W HFSIR/3 225 25CAT. NO. W D LmFS225/25/3 225 25 2Screed trunking must be installed on a solid foundation and completely supported by a screed ribbon.DABSuitable for Tamlex flush screed trunking only. Intersection to be used as flat bend, tee and fourway.

334TAMLEX |SWITCH & SOCKET BOXES1 GANG SWITCH & SOCKET BOXEST1G25T1G16 has 1 fixed lug and 1 adjustable lug.All boxes have 3 fixed lug and 1 adjustable lug.2 GANG SWITCH & SOCKET BOXEST2G35All boxes have 1 fixed lug and 1 adjustable lug.T2G35DUALHDWW DHHDWW DHSwitch, Socket & Adaptable BoxesMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFEATURES:The Tamlex range of switch & socket boxes are available in a wide range of styles and sizes for any domestic, commercial and industrial installations.• Switch & socket boxes conform to BS 4662.• Boxes supplied with one fixed lug & one adjustable lug.• Manufactured from continuously hot dipped zinc coated low carbon steel strip to BSEN 10346: 2009.• Switch and socket boxes are fitted with brass pillar earth terminals.CAT. NO. D W H 25x12.5mm 20mm 25mmT1G16 16 72 72 3 - -T1G25 25 72 72 - 12 -T1G35 35 72 72 - 11 -T1G47 47 72 72 - 8 3T2G35DUAL has 2 x single socket apertures and dual fixed lugs.CAT. NO. D W H 20mm 25mmT2G25 25 132 72 16 -T2G35 35 132 72 13 3T2G47 47 132 72 10 6DUAL SWITCH & SOCKET BOXESCAT. NO. D W H K/O 20mmT2G35DUAL 35 156 72 16KNOCKOUTSKNOCKOUTS

335| TAMLEXTAMLEXADAPTABLE BOXESGALVANISED ADAPTABLE BOXESK962GAvailable in a wide range of styles and sizes for any domestic, commercial and industrial installations.DWHW DHSwitch, Socket & Adaptable BoxesMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFEATURES:• Manufactured from continuously hot dipped zinc coated low carbon steel strip to BSEN 10346: 2009.• Tamlex non-standard adaptable boxes can be manufactured in various sizes.• Adaptable boxes can also be supplied without knockouts (plain) or with knockouts as standard.• The boxes can be painted upon request.• Special sizes available.• 20mm Knockout holesCAT. NO. W H DK331G 75 75 37K332G 75 75 50K333G 75 75 75CAT. NO. W H DK441G 100 100 37K442G 100 100 50CAT. NO. W H DK632G 150 75 50K642G 150 100 50CAT. NO. W H DK663G 150 150 75K664G 150 150 100K666G 150 150 150CAT. NO. W H DK962G 225 150 50K963G 225 150 75K993G 225 225 75K664GK643GK442GK333GAdditional sizes available on requestPEDESTAL BOXESDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. W H D1 Gang angled pedestal box PBX1 102 55 922 Gang angled pedestal box PBX2 25 72 72PBX2CAT. NO. W H DK443G 100 100 75K444G 100 100 100CAT. NO. W H DK643G 150 100 75K662G 150 150 50Other colours available upon request

336TAMLEX |STRUT FRAMEWORKPLAIN STRUTTS21P-3B2B TS41P-3B2BSLOTTED STRUTTS21P-3 TS41P-3TS21S-3TS41S-3Strut Framework & AccessoriesMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseCAT. NO. H W Lm GAUGETS21P-3LG 21 41 3 1.5TS21P-3 21 41 3 2.5TS41P-3LG 41 41 3 1.5TS41P-3 41 41 3 2.5CAT. NO. H W Lm GAUGETS21S-3LG 21 41 3 1.5TS21S-3 21 41 3 2.5TS41S-3LG 41 41 3 1.5TS41S-3 41 41 3 2.5CAT. NO. H W Lm GAUGETS21P-3B2BLG 42 41 3 1.5TS21P-3B2B 42 41 3 2.5TS41P-3B2BLG 82 41 3 1.5TS41P-3B2B 82 41 3 2.5Plain Channel Strut Framework• Rigid construction for a wide variety of applications• Manufactured from structural grade continuously hot dipped zinc coated low carbon steel strip to BSEN 10346: 2009• Channel available in both 1.5mm and 2.5mm thick• Supplied in 3m lengths• Wide range of external brackets available for use with strut frame workSlotted Channel Strut Framework• Rigid construction for a wide variety of applications• Manufactured from structural grade continuously hot dipped zinc coated low carbon steel strip to BSEN 10346: 2009• Channel available in both 1.5mm and 2.5mm thick• Supplied in 3m lengths• Wide range of external brackets available for use with strut frame workBACK TO BACKBack to Back Channel Strut Framework• Rigid construction for a wide variety of applications• Manufactured from structural grade continuously hot dipped zinc coated low carbon steel strip to BSEN 10346: 2009• Channel available in both 1.5mm and 2.5mm thick• Supplied in 3m lengths• Wide range of external brackets available for use with strut frame workDID YOU KNOW?Tamlex strut framework can be supplied pre-cut to any length to suit customer requirements.

337| TAMLEXTAMLEXACCESSORIES2 HOLE RIGHT ANGLE BRACKETTA105-21TB202INTERNAL COUPLERSInternal couplers c/w fixing screws. EXTERNAL COUPLERS3 HOLE RIGHT ANGLE BRACKETSQUARE PLATESFLAT PLATESTB104TB101-10Pack quantity: 100 per pack.Use with channel nuts.4 HOLE GUSSET SUPPORT BRACKETCAT. NO. SIZETB145 100 x 804 HOLE RIGHT ANGLE BRACKETCAT. NO. SIZETB144 100 x 80CAT. NO. SIZETB142 100 x 40CAT. NO. SIZETB140 40 x 40CAT. NO. SIZETB201 21 x 41TB202 41 x 41CAT. NO. SIZETA105-21 21 x 41TA105-41 41 x 41DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.For use with M12 rod, 2 x 14mm hole TB102For use with M12 rod, 3 x 14mm hole TB103For use with M12 rod, 4 x 14mm hole TB104For use with M12 rod, 5 x 14mm hole TB105DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.For use with M6 rod, 8mm hole TB101-6For use with M8 rod, 10mm hole TB101-8For use with M10 rod, 12mm hole TB101-10For use with M12 rod, 14mm hole TB101-12DOUBLE CORNER BRACKET4 HOLE GUSSET L-SHAPE BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.4 Hole ‘L’ shape gusset bracketTB147DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.4 Hole double corner bracketTB146135° OBTUSE ANGLE BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Hole 135° obtuse bracketTB148Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseStrut Framework & Accessories

338TAMLEX |ACCESSORIES45° TEE BRACKETL BRACKETTB1552 HOLE STEP-UP BRACKETStrut Framework & Accessories45° ACUTE ANGLE BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Hole 45° acute bracketTB149DOUBLE TEE BRACKETTEE BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.4 Hole flat tee bracket TB152DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.8 Hole double tee bracketTB151CHANNEL SUPPORT BRACKETCORNER SUPPORT BRACKETSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Right hand TB155Left hand TB154DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.4 Hole corner channel support bracketTB153DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.3 Hole flat bend bracket TB161DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.4 Hole 45° tee bracket TB156DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.3 Hole 40mm step up bracket TB172DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Hole 20mm step up bracket TB1713 HOLE STEP-UP BRACKET4 HOLE STEP-UP BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.4 Hole 80mm step up bracket TB173Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseTB154

339| TAMLEXTAMLEXStrut Framework & AccessoriesMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseACCESSORIES3 HOLE TOP HAT BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.3 Hole 20mm top hat TB1745 HOLE TOP HAT BRACKET6 HOLE TOP HAT BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.6 Hole 80mm double top hat bracketTB177DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.5 Hole 40mm top hat TB175Used with channel nut, not included.Used with channel nut, not included.Cone pointed screws (TF050) supplied.‘U’ BRACKETGIRDER CLAMPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.1 Hole girder clamp TB251DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.4 Hole ‘U’ double bracketTB178‘U’ BOLTDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.40mm ‘U’ bolt TB252-41GIRDER CLAMPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.2 Hole girder clamp TB253Cone pointed screws (TF050) supplied.Cone pointed screws (TF050) supplied.TB256-21WINDOW HOLE CLAMPSGIRDER CLAMPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.‘U’ shape girder clamp TB254Cone pointed screws (TF050) supplied.GIRDER CLAMPDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.‘U’ shape girder clamp TB255DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.21mm Hole clamp TB256-2141mm Hole clamp TB256-41Suitable for: 21 x 41 & 41 x 41.

340TAMLEX |CANTILEVER ARMS TC103-45LONG SPRINGSCHANNEL NUTSACCESSORIESStrut Framework & AccessoriesBASE PLATE BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Corner base plate bracket TB211-2BASE PLATE BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Double base plate bracket TB212BASE PLATE BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Gusset base plate bracket TB213DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.150mm Long arm - plain TC103-15300mm Long arm - plain TC103-30450mm Long arm - plain TC103-45600mm Long arm - plain TC103-60750mm Long arm - plain TC103-75Note: TA103-x will not fit light duty strut.STRUT COVERSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.3m Plastic cover - White TA103-P3m Plastic cover - Black TA103-B3m Plastic cover - Grey TA103-GEND CAPS TA101DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.21mm End cap (White) TA10241mm End cap (White) TA10121mm End cap (Black) TA102B41mm End cap (Black) TA101BPLAIN TN10PCAT. NO. SIZETN6P M6TN8P M8TN10P M10TN12P M12SHORT SPRINGS TN10SSCAT. NO. SIZETN6SS M6TN8SS M8TN10SS M10TN12SS M12TN10LSCAT. NO. SIZETN6LS M6TN8LS M8TN10LS M10TN12LS M12BASE PLATE BRACKETDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.Single base plate bracket TB211-1Measurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseTA102BTA103-BTA103-PTA103-G

341| TAMLEXTAMLEXGeneral FixingsMeasurements:Millimetres (mm) unless stated otherwiseFIXINGSM6 SET SCREW BOLTS (HIGH TENSILE)Pack Quantity: 100 per pack.Pack Quantity: 100 per pack. Pack Quantity: 100 per pack.TF022TF019CONE SET SCREWSPack Quantity: 100 per pack.ROOFING NUTS & BOLTSHEXAGONAL NUTSDROP-IN ANCHORSSTUD CONNECTOR WEDGE NUTPack Quantity: 100 per pack. Pack Quantity: 100 per pack.Pack Quantity: 100 per pack.Pack Quantity: 100 per pack.Pack Quantity: 200 per pack.TF025TF061TF048 TF058TF071TF013THREADED RODSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.M6 x 3m Long TF021M8 x 3m Long TF022M10 x 3m Long TF023M12 x 3m Long TF024TF030FLAT WASHERSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.M6 TF030M8 TF031M10 TF032M12 TF033TF037SHAKE PROOF WASHERSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO.M6 TF034M8 TF035M10 TF036M12 TF037Pack Quantity: 100 per pack.TF041PENNY WASHERSDESCRIPTION CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.M6 x 25mm TF038 M6 x 32mm TF042M8 x 25mm TF039 M8 x 32mm TF043M10 x 25mm TF040 M10 x 32mm TF044M12 x 25mm TF041 M12 x 32mm TF045DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.M6 x 20mm TF001M6 x 25mm TF002M6 x 30mm TF003M6 x 35mm TF004M6 x 40mm TF005M8 SET SCREW BOLTS (HIGH TENSILE)Pack Quantity: 100 per pack.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.M8 x 20mm TF006M8 x 25mm TF007M8 x 30mm TF008M8 x 35mm TF009M8 x 40mm TF010M10 SET SCREW BOLTS (HIGH TENSILE)Pack Quantity: 100 per pack.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.M10 x 20mm TF011M10 x 25mm TF012M10 x 30mm TF013M10 x 35mm TF014M10 x 40mm TF015M12 SET SCREW BOLTS (HIGH TENSILE)Pack Quantity: 100 per pack.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO.M12 x 20mm TF016M12 x 25mm TF017M12 x 30mm TF018M12 x 35mm TF019M12 x 40mm TF020TF008TF002CAT. NO. SIZETF025 M6 x 12mmTF026 M6 x 16mmTF027 M6 x 20mmTF028 M6 x 25mmTF029 M6 x 30mmCAT. NO. SIZETF050 M10 x 40CAT. NO. SIZE CAT. NO. SIZETF046 M6 TF048 M10TF047 M8 TF049 M12CAT. NO. SIZE CAT. NO. SIZETF055 M6 TF057 M10TF056 M8 TF058 M12CAT. NO. SIZE CAT. NO. SIZETF059 M6 TF061 M10TF060 M8 TF062 M12CAT. NO. SIZETF068 M6TF069 M8TF070 M10TF071 M12UNIVERSAL SCREWPack quantity: 100 per pack.DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. M6 x 8mm Screws TF080

342TAMLEX |TECHNICAL INFORMATIONTechnical Information50501501007515010075200200225225300300TRE22TRE44TRE33IMPORTANT: Cable trunking is designed such that the main body carries the weight of the cables, Trunking should NOT be installed in any way that causes the lid to carry the cable weight.LIGHTING TRUNKINGLPL4732 - 34LTB3/45 Internal Dimensions505034Support centres maximum 3 metreTrunking Lid supplied in 2 metre lengths as standard and are manufactured to fit LTB trunking body.TRE66TRUNKING SIZETRUNKINGSIZE (mm)SIZE OF TRUNKINGCAT. NO.NOMINAL CONDUCTOR SIZE1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 10.0 16.0 25.0 35.0 50.0 70.0 95.050 x 50 138 123 85 67 52 33 24 16 12 9 7 575 x 50 208 185 128 101 79 51 37 24 18 13 10 775 x 75 312 273 191 152 118 76 55 37 28 20 16 11100 x 50 277 247 170 135 95 67 49 39 25 18 14 10100 x 75 416 370 256 203 158 101 74 49 37 27 21 15100 x 100 555 494 350 271 211 135 98 66 50 37 28 21150 x 75 624 556 382 304 237 152 111 74 56 41 32 23150 x 100 833 741 510 406 316 203 148 99 75 55 42 31150 x 150 1250 1112 766 609 475 305 222 148 112 83 64 47TRUNKING SIZE NOMINAL CONDUCTOR SIZE WEIGHTSURFACE (mm) 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 10.0 16.0 25.0 PER Kg/mLTB3/45 50 x 50 138 123 98 67 52 33 24 16 1.45505015010075150100752002002252253003005050150100751501007520020022522530030050501501007515010075200200225225300300

343| TAMLEXTAMLEXTechnical InformationTECHNICAL INFORMATIONHOLE PATTERN81662.525COUPLERS FOR RETURN EDGE TRAY10mm DeepLight Duty10152550The Tamlex range of PCT cable tray can be site fabricated to produce flat bends, tees and fourway sections using roofing nuts & bolts.LOAD TEST DATA EXAMPLETamlex PMF 100 Medium Duty TrayMaximum Safe Working Load (Kg/m)GENERAL CABLE TRAY DATASnap-on couplers are fitted outside tray and are supplied as pairs without fixings. Multiple fixings positions including M6 and slotted.Return flanged tray couplers do not require the tray to be drilled, even when the tray has been cut.Assembly nuts and bolts are supplied separately (Cat. No. TF025).Hole pattern designed to provide maximum flexibility for positioning cable ties etc.Span (Metres)MCTCABLE TRAYSIZE (mm)25mm Deep Return Edge TrayMMF50mm Deep Return Edge TrayMHFTray is transparent for illustrative purposes30309.5

344TAMLEX |TECHNICAL INFORMATIONTechnical InformationElectrogalvanised (ELECTROZINC/EZ)A steel base coated with a zinc layer by electrolysis, by means of submerging the lengths in a bath composed of a zinc solutions, in accordance with BS EN ISO 2081. Depending on the type of zinc layer, it will have a different degree of protection on the steel, avoiding corrosion and enhancing the visual appearance of the length. This treatment is carried out once the length has been welded.The IEC 61537 Standard classifies the degree of resistance to corrosion of the system’s components depending on the steel’s electrolytic covering, belonging to Class 1 those with a minimum thickness of 5μm and to Class 2 those of 12μm. Tamlex uses Class 6 as its standard material for its basket tray in order to guarantee the quality of its products against corrosion. This treatment is used in dry environments free of pollutants.The allowable working load (AWL) is the maximum load which can be applied during normal use, without danger. Therefore, the workload shall always be less than the AWL.The AWL of our products are calculated in accordance with BE EN 61537.For earth bonding requirements please refer to the current Wiring Regulations BS7671 and all current amendments.The distance between supports is of 1.2m and the maximum load is of 10Kg/m.The distance between supports is of 1.2m and the maximum load is of 2Kg/m.Tamlex presents its new anti-corrosion coating applied to the basket tray. After a long period of research and development with specialists in the field, the result is a superior galvanic coating. Iridescent, fluoride-free with much higher quality to the previous electrozinc and dichromate electro zinc.The final solution requires less chemicals, with lower levels of discharge of metal in the wastewater. Reduces costs and environmental impact.FastConnect Coupler IncludedPre-Fabricated BendsTool Free InstallationCoupler Can Be EasilyRemoved and RepositionedSafety Edge To Avoid Damage To CablesElectrical ContinuityCompliant to EN 61537Hours of resistance according to test of neutral salt fog (NSS) ISO 9227. 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550STANDARD ZINC PLATING - EZ / C2HOT DIP GALVANISED COATING - EZ / C6FastC0nnectFastEZ / C6NEW INNOVATIVE PLATED FINISH OFFERING SUPERIOR PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSIONd (mm)NAWL = (Newtons/m) ; d = distance between supports (mm)1 Newton = 0.102 kg.MATERIALSUPPORT BRACKETLIGHT DUTY SUPPORT BRACKETEARTH BONDINGALLOWABLE WORKING LOAD AWL (N/m)HIGHER CORROSION RESISTANCE550 hours of resistance according to test of neutral salt fog (NSS) ISO 9227.HIGHER CORROSION RATING ACCORDING TO PRODUCT STANDARD IEC 61537Class 6.GREENER COATINGBASKET TRAYTRUNKINGMINIMUM WORKING TEMPERATUREMAXIMUM WORKING TEMPERATUREACCORDING TO STANDARD60mm FastConnect Basket Tray -40°c +150°c BS EN 61537

345| TAMLEXTAMLEXTechnical Information3 Compartment (mm) 4 Compartment (mm)63.563.563.563.5858585Floor Cut Out ApertureSERVICE BOXES COMPARTMENT OPTIONS251450SLOTTED STRUT HOLE DIMENSIONSLength 3.0mCOUPLERSInternalExternal8512192Full Width Service PlatesCSB3, CSB/3/BE, FSB3, CSB3/EDCSB4/SL3052051219263.5SL Style Service PlatesPLATE DIMENSIONSSTRUT FRAMEWORK SYSTEMMaterial: 2.5mm thick cold rolled steel (also available in 1.5mm)TECHNICAL INFORMATIONSTRUT FRAMEWORK SYSTEMMaterial: 2.5mm thick cold rolled steel (also available in 1.5mm)2241222241418221TS21P-3 / TS21S-3 TS41P-3 / TS41S-3 BACK TO BACK22412222414182212241222241418221IMPORTANT: PLEASE NOTE - Service boxes are designed for use in office type environments and should not be installed in main walkways, corridors, gangways or in contact with wheeled traffic.

346TAMLEX |FLUSH SCREED TRUNKINGScreed trunking must be fully supported across its complete width. The minimum screed depth is 68mm. Service boxes should be installed when the trunking is fitted. Please see technical details for Service Boxes above.70225252925682 70Flush Screed Cross Section FSB3MODULAR FLUSH SCREED TRUNKING3506513085130Modular Flush Screed Cross SectionModular flush screed trunking must be fully supported across its complete width.Modular Flush Screed Service Box FSBM335026262465TECHNICAL INFORMATIONTechnical InformationThis innovative and customisable system can be installed in new developments or in an existing installation. Below are some of our installation guidelines that need to be considered when using this system.1.Access (Existing Installations Only). Adequate space needs to be cut in the screed to allow access for trunking system and access for installation tools.2.Solid Foundation. Screed trunking must be installed on a solid foundation and completely supported by a screed ribbon approved by an consultant or architect.3.Lids and Service Boxes. The galvanised trunking lids and service boxes should be in position before the screed is poured to ensure the pressure of the screed does not distort the side walls of the trunking.4.Levelling. Once the trunking is levelled and before coupling together, the screed ribbon/bedding should be packed under the trunking to remove the possibility of any voids which could create soft spots in the trunking system.5.Finishing. Take care when pouring the screed. The screed should be compacted to provide a fixed support for the trunking system and its contents. Ensure the screed is smoothly finished to the trunking lid to prevent any lines showing on the final flooring finish.MODULAR FLUSH SCREED TRUNKINGFLUSH SCREED TRUNKING

VISIT OURWEBSITEWWW.IMDIVISION.COMACCESS TO OVER 20,000 PRODUCTSCATALOGUE & DATA SHEET DOWNLOADSFOLLOW US ON SOCIAL MEDIA

Tamlex01952 586 689sales@tamlex.co.ukwww.tamlex.co.ukHarcourtHalesfield 15 TelfordShropshireTF7 4ERM2 Electrical01527 520 678sales@m2electrical.co.ukwww.m2electrical.co.ukPipers RoadPark Farm Ind. Est. RedditchWorcestershireB98 0HURPP01527 528 024sales@rpp.uk.comwww.rpp.uk.comPipers RoadPark Farm Ind. Est. RedditchWorcestershireB98 0HUProteus Industrial01952 292 001ind@proteusswitchgear.co.ukwww.proteusswitchgear.co.ukStafford Park 12TelfordShropshireTF3 3BJProteus Consumer01527 517 117cons@proteusswitchgear.co.ukwww.proteusswitchgear.co.ukPipers Road, Park Farm Ind. Est. RedditchWorcestershireB98 0HUCentaur01527 528 049sales@centaurmfg.comwww.centaurmfg.comPipers RoadPark Farm Ind. Est. RedditchWorcestershireB98 0HUIssue 2.2The content of this catalogue is for information only. The manufacturer reserves the right to alter design or specification without prior notice.